Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
May, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 1
NEXT MEETING: Organization of SCAMIT Literature Library
GUEST SPEAKER: NONE
DATE:
Monday, June 17, 1991 @9:30AM
Note this is the third Monday of the month.
LOCATION:
Cabrillo Marine Museum
San Pedro, CA
At the June 17 th meeting we will be cataloging and shelving
literature from the SCAMIT reference library. Please plan on
attending and help get the library in order. This is a good
opportunity for everyone to get involved.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON May 13 & 14, 1991
Bryozoan Workshop : Dr. Bill Banta of the American University in
Washington D.C. hosted a very informative workshop. He began by
explaining that Bryozoans have a rich and abundant fossil record
with marine deposits have been dating back to the Cenozoic era.
Freshwater forms have a more recent fossil history dating back to
only the Ordovician period. They are so abundant that, for
example, a large part of Florida is built on Bryozoan fossils.
He discussed three major groups of Bryozoans:
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
1) Ctenostomes are characterized by having a setigerous
collar/ an uncalacified body wall, and no operculum.
Common genera include Alcvonidium . Victorella . and
Bowerbankia . This group also includes Clavopora . which
is known to occur on soft bottoms.
2) stenolaemate (=Cyclosomata in Osburn, 1953) are
identified as having calcified body walls, no operculum,
circular zooid (in cross-section), and the solitary
zooid's outer surfaces appears perforated (pitted). This
group includes the following genera: Stomatopora .
Nplella, Flustrellidra . Crisia . Lichenopora , and
Tubuljpora .
3) Cheilostomates have opercula, calcified body walls, and
the individual zooid are not circular in cross-section.
This group is further subdivided into Anasca (front
uncalcified) and Ascophora (front calcified). Anasca
genera include Membranioora , Thalamoporella .
Scrupocellaria . Bugula, Lyrula . and Pueillina . Ascophora
genera include Murconella . Parasmittina . Rhynchozoon .
Porella . Costazia . and Laaenipora ■
Dr. Banta demonstrated that to best understand Bryozoan taxonomy
you must first understand their morphology and colonial growth
patterns. To this end he is preparing a packet of information that
will be made available upon request to SCAMIT members at a future
date. The best reference for identifying Pacific coast Bryzoans is
Osburn, 1953 (Bryozoa of the Pacific Coast of America. Alan Hancock
Pacific Expeditions. 14(1-3):1-841).
New publicationfs) : Hans Kuck of LACMNH announces a new
publication of interest to SCAMIT members:
Wetzer, R,, H. G. Kuck, P. Baez R., R. C. Brusca, And L. M.
Jarkevics. 1991. Catalog of the Isopod Crustacea type
collection of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
County. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
Technical Reports, No. 3, 59 pgs.
For copies contact:
Hans Kuck
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
900 Exposition Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90007.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
-3-
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF SCAMIT ACTIVITIES 1990-1991
SCAMIT had another full year of activities in 1990-1991. Three
events which all occurred in December 1990 deserve special mention,
Larry Lovell represented SCAMIT at the EPA workshop on Biological
Criteria: Research and Regulations, presenting the poster entitled
"Regional Standardization of Taxonomy: The Southern California
Association of Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists (SCAMIT)”. At the
amphipod workshop meeting, SCAMIT presented Dr. J.L. Barnard with
a plaque in appreciation for his years of help with amphipod
taxonomy. And finally, probably the most important event of 1990-
1991 was the publication of the first formal description of a
SCAMIT provisional species. Jim Roney described Ampelisca
brachvcladus ( Ampelisca sp. A of SCAMIT).
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
Highlights of 1990-1991
Review of groups to look at in 1990-1991 and
organization of SCAMIT literature library (CMM)
Don Cadien reviewed Nassarius (CMM)
John Ljubenkov reviewed Hydrozoa (MEC)
John Ljubenkov discussed etymology (CMM)
SCAMIT picnic
Ross Duggan reviewed scaleworms (AHF)
Helen DuShane reviewed Epitoniidae (LACMNH)
Ron Velarde reviewed Hesionidae (AHF)
December Amphipod Workshop with Dr. J.L. Barnard and
James Thomas (LACMNH)
Larry Lovell attended EPA Workshop
Ampelisca brachvcladus described by Jim Roney
SCAMIT Christmas party with Dr, J.L. Barnard
as Santa (CMM)
January John Ljubenkov and Tony Phillips reviewed
flatworms (CMM)
February Larry Lovell reviewed Spionidae (non-polydorid)
Dr. James Blake attended (Larry Lovell's home)
March
Paul Scott reviewed Nuculanidae (SBMNH)
April
Tony Phillips reviewed Tharvx (AHF)
-4-
At this time, I want to thank all of the people and
institutions listed above who made the 1990-1991 year of SCAMIT
activities a success. I especially want to thank my fellow
officers, Larry Lovell, Ross Duggan, and Ann Martin, for all of
their help. Any organization which relies on volunteer manpower is
only as good as the people who volunteer their time and efforts. We
are lucky in that we have a core of people who continue to give
freely of their time and efforts to make SCAMIT successful.
However, SCAMIT can be made even better if even more people would
get involved.
The purpose of SCAMIT is to develop standard procedures in
systematic practices and taxonomic usage for marine invertebrates
in the southern California region. In the early years, this was
accomplished by the exchange of specimens between the members to
calibrate everyone within SCAMIT of the more common invertebrates
found in our programs. We then moved on to the descriptions of
provisional species and how they differed from the "known” species
occurring in southern California. These descriptions give us a
working format to report these new species. However, the next step
is to get these species formally described in the published
literature. As we begin the 10th year of SCAMIT, I hope that this
will become the major emphasis of SCAMIT and its members.
Jo TX'iUb-
1990-1991 Treasurer’s Report :
Expenses
Newsletter
Grants
EPA Conference
Miscellaneous
Income
Membership dues
Interest
Other
T-shirts
President
$2,112.95
1,527.50
862.67
380.43
$4,883.55
$1,125.00
402.44
109.00
50.00
$1,686.44
Account balance (March 31, 1991)
Savings $6,221.40
Checking 709.74
$6,931.14
-5-
List of Members: Included in this months newsletter is the current
list of members of SCAMIT. Individuals who are interested in doing
taxonomic consulting are noted and their specialty listed. If there
are any corrections and/or additions to this list please contact:
Ann Martin
Hyperion Treatment Plant
Biology Laboratory
11900 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey, CA 90293
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of our officers:
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM
PO Box A285, Sydney South, NSW 2000, Australia
The Families and Genera of
the Marine Gammaridean Amphipoda
(Except Marine Gammaroids)
J, LAURENS BARNARD AND GORDAN S. KARAMAN
Since the publication of Barnard's first handbook in 1969 on the families and genera of marine
gammaridean amphipods, the number of families has nearly doubled from 54 to 91, the number of genera
has increased from 670 to 1055 and the number of species from 3300 to 5733. The extraordinary growth
in amphipod systematies, pardy prompted by Barnard's handbook, has led to this new essential two
volume set on the same subject by Barnard and Karaman, to be published as Records of the Australian
Museum, Supplement 13 (Paris 1 and 2), and issued in August 1991.
The main features of the book arc:
* New keys and diagnoses to all families and genera.
* 133 plates of illustrations.
* Lists of all species included for each genus, with their distributions.
* Taxa at all levels arranged in alphabetical order for convenience.
The book forms a companion to the “Freshwater Amphipoda of the World” by Barnard Sc Barnard,
1983 which treated all freshwater gammaridcans and all marine Gammaroidea. None of that material is
repeated in this book, but the family keys are constructed to contain all marine components.
THE AUTHORS
J.L. Barnard is a curator of invertebrate zoology at the National Museum of Natural History in
Washington, D.C. He has collected amphipods all over the world and written over 200 papers on
amphipod taxonomy including major regional monographs on the amphipods of Southern California,
Hawaii, New Zealand and Australia.
G.S. Karaman is a senior scientist at the Institute of Freshwater Research in Titograd, Yugoslavia.
He comes from a long line of scientists and like his father has specialised in freshwater amphipods,
publishing several hundred papers on the niphargids of eastern Europe.
aver for order coupon
ORDER COUPON - for pre-publication orders
Quantity
Title
Price
Subtotal
Barnard, J.L. & G.S. Karaman, 1991. The families and genera of
marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids).
Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13 (Parts 1 and 2).
SAlOOperset
($ A120 after
August 1,1991)
Postage and handling
SA20
TOTAL (PLEASE PAY IN AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS)
SEND TO (please print)
Name
Address
City State
Country
Postcode
Telephone
Fax
PAYMENT BY INTERNATIONAL MONEY ORDER payable to Records of the Australian Museum
Mail your order now to: AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM - 6 College Street Sydney NSW 2000 Australia - Fax (02) 3398313
LIST OF MEMBERS AND THEIR
(Y=YES; N=NO DESIRE TO DO
N Helle B Andersen
6757 Sycamore Avenue NW
Seattle WA 98117
Benthic ecology, polychaete taxonomy (Dames
(206) 328-4188
Y Don Arnold
3284 Kimber Court #30
San Jose CA 95124
Crustaceans (West coast and Alaska)
(408)448-2217
Y Dr. William C. Austin
Khoyatan Marine Laboratory
4635 Alder Glen Road
Cowichan Bay BC VOR 1N0
Canada
Sponges, ophiuroids
( )7 48-5 0 2 0 Fax( )748-4410
Y Dr J L Barnard
Dept Invertebrate Zoology
Musuem of Natural History
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560
x Thomas Biksey
Baker/TSA, Inc
Airport Office Park - Bldg 3
420 Rouser Road
Coraopolis PA 15108
(703) 558-9416
Polychaete intertidal-slope and rise
Y Bob Brantley
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5194
Benthic Transport Service
Y Dr. Betsy Brown
Department of Biology
Colby College
Waterville ME
Polychaete systematics and inverts
(207) 872-3000 Bio Dept
Y Sheila C Byers
Royal Ontario Museum
Toronto Ontario M552C6
CANADA
Y Don Cadien
LA County Sanitation Districts
24501 Figueroa Ave
Carson CA 90745
Crustaceans, molluscs
(213)830-2400
SPECIALTIES
CONSULTING)
and Moo re)
N James T. Carlton
Oregon Institute of Karine Biology
Universisty of Oregon
Charleston OR 97420
Biological invasions, introduced species, mollusc taxonomy
N Sherri Charter
3342 Karok Ave
San Diego CA 92117
(619 )438-8968
Y Kathryn A Coates
Dept of Invertebrate Zoology
Royal Ontario Museum
Toronto CANADA MSS 2C6
(416) 586-5641
Oligochaetes, marine enchytracids
Y David Cobb
EVS Consultants
475 Gate 5 Rd Suite 102
Sausalito CA 94965
N Faith Cole
Environmental Protection Agency
Hatfield Marine Science Center
Newport OR 97365
Polychaetes
(503) 867-4043
N Catherine A Crouch
Cabrillo Marine Museum
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro CA 90731
Polychaetes
(213) 548-7562
Y Doug Diener
Marine Ecological Consultants
531 Encinitas Blvd, #110
Encinitas, CA 92024
Crustacea, General inverts.
619-728-1510
N Susan Dixon
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
2559 Puesta del Sol Road
Santa Barbara CA 93105
Y Masahiro Dojiri
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5195
Crustaceans
Y John Dorsey
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5272
Polychaetes
N Ross Duggan
Marine Biology Lab
4077 N Harbor Dr MS #45
San Diego CA 92101
(619)226-0164
Y Jim Elliott
934 Birchview Drive
Encinitas CA 92024
Polychaete taxonomy
H( 619 ) 436-1291 W{ 619)294-9770
N Dr D V Ellis
Biology Dept
University of Victoria
Victoria BC CANADA V0W 242
Y Jack Engle
Marine Science Center
University of California
Santa Barbara CA 93106
Field identification and ecology of So Calif marine organisms
(805) 893-8547
Y April P Ford
Los Angeles County Sanitation District
24501 S Figueroa Street
Carson CA 90745
Polychaete and fish taxonomy
Y Allan Fukuyama
120 W Dayton Suite A?
Edmonds WA 98020
N Cindy Fuller
MEC Analytical Systems Inc
2433 Impala Drive
Carlsbad CA 92009
N Susan F, Garner
Marine Biology Research Division
A-0 0 2
Scripps Inst Oceanography
La Jolla CA 92093
(619) 534-6692
N Robin Gartman
3653 Harbor View Way
Oceanside CA 92056
(619) 941-3961
Polyehaetes, echinoderms, water quality
Constance C Gramlich
4253 Mentone Street
San Diego CA 92107-1117
Subtidal ecological surveys
Fred Grassle
Inst of Marine and Coastal Sci
Old Blake Hall, Cook College
Box 231 Rutgers University
Bew Brunswick NJ 08903
MEC
or 531 Encinitas Blvd #110
Encinitas CA 92024
(619)436-5494
Karen Green
11537 Camino Corto
Fallbrook CA 92028
Polychaetes, sponges
619-724-1019
Pete Haaker
Department of Fish and Game
330 Golden Shore, Suite 50
Long Beach, CA 90002
Leslie Harris
Allan Hancock Foundation
University of Southern California
Los Angeles CA 90089-07321
Polychaetes, marine algae
(213) 740-5157
Dr Irwin Haydock
4000 W First Street #182
Santa Ana CA 92703
Rotifers, Marine Polyclad flatworms
Gordon Hendler
LACO Natural History Museum
900 Exposition Blvd
Los Angeles CA 90007
Echinode rmata
(213)744-6391
Brigitte Hilbig
SAIC
89 Water Street
Woods Hole MA 02543
Polychaetes, especially Eunicida
(508)540-7882
Dan Ituarte
Marine Biology Lab
4077 N Harbor Dr MS #45
San Diego CA 93004
Polychaetes, Crustacea
W(619)226-8175, H(619)462-9438
Y
N
Y
y
Y
Y
Y
Scott Johnson
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
{213)648-5198
Howard R Jones
Marine Taxonomic Services
5125 NW Crescent Valley Dr
Corvalis, OR. 97330-9721
Polychaetes
503-753-7609
Roy Kropp
Battelle Ocean Sciences
397 Washington Street
Duxbury MA 02332
H(617)585-1865
W( 617 )934-0571
C rus taceans/Mollusk s
Hans G Kuck
Crustacea
Natural History Museum LA CO
Los Angeles CA 90007
Gretchen Lambert
Biology Department
Calif State University, Fullerton
Fullerton CA 92634
Ascidians, colonial and solitary
W(714)773-3481
H(714 ) 870-6327
Joseph A LeMay
Enseco
2810 Bunsen Avenue
Ventura CA 93003
Sandy J Lipovsky
PO Box 1001
Royston BC VGR 2V0 Canada
John Ljubenkov
Marine Ecological Consultants
531 Encinitas Blvd Suite 110
Encinitas CA 92024
Cnidaria, others
(619) 436-5494
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista Dr
Vista CA 92083
(619)945-1608
Polychaetes
N Ann Martin
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5317
N Thomas McDonnell
Brown & Caldwell
Marine Science Division
16735 Von Karman
Irvine CA 92714
Amphipods, Polychaeta
(714)660-1070
Y Dave Montagne
Los Angeles County Sanitation District
24501 South Figueroa Street
Carson CA 90745
Polychaeta, and diving surveys
N Nancy Mountford
Cove Corporation
SR 2 Box 10 Breeden Rd
Lusby MD 20657
N Regina Mulcahy
USEPA Region II
2890 Woodbridge Ave Bldg 209
Edison NJ 08837-3679
Biology, environmental service
(201)906-6807
N Ros Muller (415)842-0132
Beth Johnke (415)842-1570
Chevron, U.S.A., Inc.
2003 Diamond Boulevard, Room 33282
Concord, CA 94520
N Cheryl Musselwhite
LA County Sanitation Districts
24501 S Figueroa
Carson CA 90745
(213)830-2400
N Arleen Navarret
Bureau of Water Pollution Control
750 Phelps St.
San Francisco, CA 94124
N Dorothy Norris
7059 Park Mesa Way #78
San Diego CA 92111
Diane L O'Donohue
SCCWRP
646 W Pacific Coast Hwy
Long Beach CA 90806
(213)435-7071
Polychae te s
N Dr Larry C Oglesby
Department of Biology
Pomona College
Claremont CA 91711
Annelids, sipunculids
(714) 621-8000 x2950
N Tom Parker
Los Angeles County Sanitation Dist.
24501 S Figueroa
Carson CA 90745
Y Dean Pasko
4077 N Harbor Dr MS #45
San Diego CA 92101
619-221-6608
Hyperiida Amphipods
N Carol Paquette
MBC
947 Newhall Street
Costa Mesa CA 92627
Molluscs, arthropods, bryozoans
(714)646-1601
Y Tony Phillips
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-597
All phyla
N Marine Biology Lab
City of San Diego
4077 N Harbor Dr MS #45
San Diego CA 92101
N Sheldon D Pratt
Graduate School of Oceanography
Narrangansett RI 02882
N Dr Donald J Reish
Department of Biology, CSULB
1250 Bellflower Boulevard
Long Beach CA 90840
Inverts especially polychaetes
(213) 498-4846
Y Jim Roney
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5196
Crustaceans
or 10151 Barbara
Buena Park CA
(714) 821-0412
Circle
90620
Rick Rowe
PO Box 575
Mariposa CA 95338
Gary Rosenthal
EVS Consultants
2517 Eastlake Ave E
Seattle WA 98102
Sorting, taxonomy, QA/QC, taxonomic verification (EVS Consul)
Polychaete taxonomy
(206)328-4291
John Shisko
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey CA 90293
(213)648-5269
Polychaetes
Julia Schroeder
2582 28th Ave W
Seattle WA 98199
(206) 742-4834
Molluscan and mi see 11aneous/Echinoderm Taxonomy
Paul Scott
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
2559 Puesta del Sol Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93105
Ron Simmons
Dames and Moore
500 Market Place Tower
2025 First Ave
Seattle WA 98121
Peter Slattery
47 Vista Drive
Salinas, CA 93907
Kurtis Steinert
555 Rosewood Ave #711
Camarillo CA 93010
W (818)340-9400
H (805)987-5866
Pete Striplin
1220 6th Street
Seattle WA 98003
Polychaeta, mollusca, ophiuriodea
H(206)822-8679 W(206)526-9520
Dr Ichiro Takeuchi
Otsuchi Marine Research Center
Ocean Research Center
University of Tokyo
Akahama, Otsuchi, iwate
028-11 Japan
0193-42-5611
Y David Tsukada
SCCWRP
646 W Pacific Coast Hwy
Long Beach CA 90806
(213)435-7071
Molluscs, nemerteans, ophiuroids
M Ronald G Velarde
Point Lorna Wastewater Laboratory or 9808 Carlton Hills Blvd
4077 N Harbor Dr MS #45 Santee CA 92071
San Diego CA 92101 H(619) 562-7246
All phyla
N Eric Vetter
UCSD 0208
Sripps Inst Oceanography
La Jolla CA 92093
Benthic Ecology, Crustacea and Polychaetes
(619)546-8875
David Vilas
MBC
947 Newhall
Costa Mesa CA 92627
M Regina Wetzer
Natural History Museum
PO Box 1390
San Diego CA 92112
Y Mary K Wicksten
Dept of Biology
Texas A & M University
College Station TX 77843
NEP Decapod Crustaceans
(409)845-3388
M Isabelle P Williams
Redfield 1-34
WHOI
Woods Hole MA 02543
Y Susan Williams
392 S Catalina St
Ventura CA 93001
Polychaete taxonomy/deep-sea biology
(805)648-2678
Y
Sandra Renee Zane
PO Box 220
Corvallis OR 97339
Crustacea and sorting
(503)752-4605
Y Dr Debbie Zmarzly
City of San Diego
Marine Biology Lab MS-45A
4077 N Harbor Drive
San Diego CA 92101
All Soft-bottom benthic macroinverts, polychaetes,
echinoderms, and decapods
H(619 ) 481-5764
W(619) 226-8175
* SO(,
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
JUNE, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 2
NEXT MEETING: 10:00-12:OOara -
"A New Approach for Analyzing Trophic
Composition of Marine Benthic Communities"
1:00-3:00pm -
"Everything You Wanted to Know About
Isopods.*. But Were Afraid to Ask."
GUEST SPEAKER:
10:00-12:00am - Karen Green, Private
Consultant
1:00-3:00pm - Dr. Rick Brusca, SDNHM
DATE:
LOCATION:
July 15, 1991
Note this is the third Monday of the month*
San Diego Natural History Museum
San Diego, CA
MINUTES FROM SCAMIT EXECUTIVE BOARD MEETING ON May 24* 1991
Attending were Ron Velarde, Larry Lovell, Ann Martin, Kelvin
Barwick, and Don Cadien.
The first item on the agenda was the schedule for the coming year.
Larry Lovell has prepared the following tentative agenda.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
SCAMIT
- 2 -
May 13-14
June 17 +
July 15*
August 12
September 23*
October 28-29*
November I8 t
December 9
January 6*
February 10
March 9
SCAMIT MONTHLY AGENDA 1991-92
Bryozoan Workshop by Dr. Bill Banta,
American University, Washington, D. C. at
Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA.
Organization of SCAMIT literature library
at Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA.
10:00-12:00am - "A New Approach for
Analyzing Trophic Composition of Marine
Benthic Communities 11 by Karen Green,
private consultant.
1:00-3:00pm - ‘'Everything You Wanted to
Known About Isopods... But Were Afraid to
Ask." by Dr. Rick Brusca, San Diego Natural
History Museum. Both at the SDNHM in San
Diego, CA.
Sabellid Poychaetes by Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh,
Los Angles County Museum of Natural History
at Allan Hancock Foundation of the
University of Southern California, Los
Angeles, CA.
Phoronids by Dr. Russ Zimmer, University of
Southern California at Cabrillo Marine
Museum, San Pedro, CA.
Amphipod Workshop by Dr, J. L. Barnard,
Smithsonian Institution at the Los Angles
County Museum of Natural History, Los
Angles, CA.
Sea Pens by Dr. Eric Hochberg at the Santa
Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa
Barbara, CA.
Sponges by Karen Green, private consultant
at Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA.
Mysidacea by Ron Velarde, City of San Diego
at the SDNHM, San Diego, CA.
Ophiuroidea workshop by Dr, Gordon Hendler,
LACMNH at the Los Angeles County Museum of
Natural History, Los Angeles CA.
Abranchiate Terebellid Polychaetes by
Leslie Harris, LACMNH at the Allan Hancock
Foundation, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, CA.
-3-
April 13 Thalassinoid shrimp by Don Cadien, Los
Angles County Sanitation District at
Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA.
* Meeting
* Meeting
Meeting
on the first Monday of the month,
on the third Monday of the month,
on the fourth Monday of the month.
The next item on the agenda was a letter written to the SCAMIT
Executive Board by Dean Pasko of the City of San Diego’s Marine
Biology Laboratory. His letter discussed the following: changing
to bimonthly meetings, better use of the scheduled time, more
preparation for the meetings by officers and speakers, a more
equitable choice of locations, and more involvement in SCAMIT by
natural history museum curators in California.
Two of the issues addressed by Dean’s letter: more involvement by
local museum curators and a more equitable meeting location have
been discussed in the past. Larry was aware of these problems and
has tried to address these in establishing the 1991-92 agenda. In
it he has recruited museum curators to speak and scheduled meetings
at a variety of locations.
On the subject of using scheduled time more efficiently, the Board
adopted the following timetable for future meetings.
9:00-9:30am
9:30-10:00am
10:0Q-1200am
12:00-1:00pm
1:00-3:00pm
Officers and Speakers arrive
SCAMIT Business
Morning Session
Lunch
Afternoon Session
This schedule should enable members to derive the most benefit out
of a each meeting.
After some debate it was generally agreed that the monthly format
would be retained. It was decided that more attention should be
paid to the preparation for meetings by officers (i.e, setting up
equipment, organizing specimens, etc.). On a suggestion made by
former SCAMIT Secretary, Ross Duggan, it was decided that speakers
should have an abstract and/or handouts ready before their
respective meeting. Any revisions made during the meeting should
be completed at that time or, within one week. This is so that it
can be published in the next newsletter. In the past it has been
incumbent on the secretary to assemble this information based
solely on his/her notes.
Vice-President Larry Lovell agreed to draw up a set of guidelines
that explain the purpose of the Association and what is expected of
guest speakers (i.e. abstracts and handouts) as well as a checklist
of equipment they might need.
-4 —
The next agenda item was how to attract more members representing
the local museums and universities. It was decided that Ron
Velarde would explore the possibility of publishing a letter, in
the form of a note, in the SCAS bulletin that would explain our
organization and its function. This was deemed the most effective
first step in trying to recruit new members from these groups.
It was decided that a list of members and their specialties should
be published annually in the newsletter. Also, a treasurer's
report should be included in the newsletter on an annual basis.
Both will appear in the first newsletter of the year (May).
The last item on the agenda was to revise the constitution and
bylaws. A number of inconsistencies and duplications were
identified. A line by line review yielded many changes. These
changes better reflect the SCAMIT organization and what it does.
Please review the inclosed ballot, vote, and mail it back to Larry
Lovell.
MINUTES OF MEETING ON June 17, 1991
The meeting was successful in organizing the remaining literature
into major groups and eliminating duplicates. They were then filed
alphabetically by author. The next step will be to catalog the
collection. Thanks to all the people who attended, the task went
quickly and pleasantly.
Cathy Crouch of the Cabrillo Marine Museum asked if there were any
SCAMIT members who were interested in organizing a general
taxonomic workshop for high school students. It was agreed that it
would be something very worthwhile to pursue. Contact Cathy at the
museum if you agree and would like to help.
As promised, the Bryozoan workshop notes from Dr. Bill Banta are
now available on request. Send request to:
Kelvin Barwick
Marine Biology Laboratory
4077 North Harbor Dr,, MS-45A
San Diego, CA 92101
People who attended the meeting will automatically be sent a copy.
TWO GRANTS AWARDED TO MEMBERS:
Dr. Debbie Zmarzly of the City of San Diego's Marine Biology
Laboratory was awarded a grant for additional illustration to
complete her manuscript entitled: "Review of pea crabs in the genus
Pinnixa (Decapod: Brachyura: Pinnotheridae) from California, with
description of two new species." Dr, Masahiro Dojiri of the City
of Los Angeles' Biology laboratory and Dr. Jurgen Sieg of the
Universitat Osnabruck were also awarded a grant. This is to pay
reprint cost for "Two new species and a new genus of the suborder
Tanaidomorpha (Crustacea: Tanaidacea) from California waters* H The
officers of SCAMIT felt that these two publications further the
aims of the Association and were worthy of support.
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
BALLOT FOR PROPOSED CHANGES TO SCAMIT CONSTITUTION AND BYLAWS
Instructions: Detach front sheet, review proposed changes, enter
choices on reverse, and bring to the July meeting
or mail by July 31, 1991 to:
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista Dr.
Vista, CA 92083
CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BLANK (S) BELOW
YES
I approve all the changes as shown. _
I reject all the changes as shown. _
-OR-
I approve only the changes
checked below.
Article 3: Membership
Section 1: Membership
Section 2: Types of Members
Section 3: Rights of Membership
Article 4: Dues
Article 5; Officers
Section 1: Officers
Section 2: Term of Officers
Section 3: Election of Officers
Article 6; Meetings
Article 9: Amendments
Article 10: Bylaws
Bylaw 1 : Types of Membership
a) Charter
b) Participating
b) Individual
c) Correspondents
c) Institutional
d) Honorary Life
Bylaw 2: Duties of Officers
c) Secretary
d) Treasurer
Bylaw 3: Committees
b)
NOTE: Shaded text are proposed additions *
S trikeout text arc p ropoded do1etion□.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATION OF
MARINE INVERTEBRATE TAXONOMISTS (SCAMIT)
CONSTITUTION
Preamble
In view of the diversity of marine invertebrates in the
Southern California area and the many organizations studying the
ecology of these organisms, the Southern California Association
of Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists was organized by scientists
who recognized the need to standardize systematic practices and
taxonomic usage through a program of intercalibration. On April
21, 1982, the Association was founded and a Constitution
Committee was formed to establish a working framework. This
Constitution is the result of the Committee’s activities.
Article 1: Name
The organization shall be the Southern California
Association of Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists (SCAMIT).
Article 2: Purpose
The purpose of the Association shall be to develop standard
procedures in systematic practices and taxonomic usage for marine
invertebrates in the Southern California region. This will be
accomplished primarily through an intercalibration program and
the exchange of information among persons interested in marine
invertebrate taxonomy. This will include specimen exchange and
confirmation, literature exchange, the development of an
intercalibrated reference collection housed at a designated
institution, and guest lecturers.
Article 3: Membership
Section 1: Membership
Membership in the Association is open to individuals or
institutions interested in the systematics and ecology of marine
NOTE: Shaded text are proposed additions.
S trikeout text arc proposed dclctiono*
2
invertebrates. Membership can be obtained upon written
application to the S ecretar y-Treasurer with an accompanying
payment of dues.
Section 2; Types of Members
Oply Charter, Participating, -a nd Corresp o ndent members
Individual, Institutional, and Honorary members are recognized.
Other - olaooco of membership may bo created by affirmative vot e of
two-thirds — (2/3) — of membership.
Section 3: Rights of Membership
Honorary life members and all other members whose dues have
been paid for the current year shall be considered members in
good standing and shall be entitled to receive notices of the
Association's activities, vote at meetings or by mail, and
participate in any activities sponsored by the Association,
Other privileges may be designat e d - by -a- two - thirds — (2/3) - vote of
the membership*
Article 4: Dues
Dues shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00) annually |||g§
individual members and sixty dollars ($ 60 . 00 ) annually for
institutional memberf. The amount and time p e riod of dueo ohall
be e stablished and approved by a two - thirds — (2/3) — vot e of the
members voting on th e issu e i - Dues can be changed by the same
procedure >
Article 5; Officers
Section 1: Officers
The elected officers of the Association shall be the
President, Vice-President, Secretary, ^IMTreasurer^—and
Cc m m i rbtee -- Chairs .
NOTE
Shaded text are proposed additions *
Strikeout text are proposed delot - ibn g-r
3
Section 2: Term of Officers
All officers shall be elected by a simple majority vote of
the members voting in the election. Officers may hold the same
office for an unlimited number of terms. Newly elected officers
shall assume the responsibilities of their office in April and
centinue thf ottgh March of the following yea£.
Section 3: Election of Officers
An ad - hoo - nomin a ting - committ ee Keguest for nominations will
ii entertained in the December newsletter and at the January
meeting nominations for election from tho momborohip — and prepare
a - slate of candidates . Election shall be by means of a mail
ballot sent out in the January newsletter February 1 . Ballots
shall be sent to members in good standing. Results of the
election will be announced in the March newsletter April .
Article 6: Meetings
The Association shall normally meet on the second Monday of
every month. The President may change the date, yehue*: or
content of a scheduled meeting if conditions arise to warrant
such changes mootings if conditions - a rise - to warrant - ouch
e hang es-.- Actions of the officers may be amended at any mooting
of tho Association by a two - thirds — (2/3) voto of tho members
present r -assuming the Chair of the — Ag e nda Committee has been
contact e d in tim e to insert the item in that month 1 s agenda .
Article 7: Limitations
The purpose of the Association is listed in Article 2 of the
Constitution. Lobbying, or any activities specifically designed
to influence legislation, support political groups, or advance
popular, political, scientific, or religious causes are not among
the objectives of the Association and neither the Association nor
any official group within the Association shall engage in such
activity.
NOTE: Shaded text are proposed additional!
Strikeout text are—proposed deletions*
4
Article 8; General Prohibitions
Notwithstanding any provision of the Constitution or Bylaws
which might be susceptible to a contrary construction:
a) The Association shall be organized exclusively for
scientific and educational purposes;
b) The Association shall not participate in, or intervene
in political campaigns on behalf of any candidate for public
office (including the publishing or distributing of statements);
c) The Association shall not be organized or operated for
profit;
d) The property of this Association is irrevocably
dedicated to scientific and educational purposes and no part of
the net income or assets of this Association shall ever inure to
the benefit of any officer or member thereof or to the benefit of
any private person* Upon the dissolution or winding up of the
Association, its assets remaining after payment, or provision for
payment, of all debts and liabilities of this corporation shall
be distributed to a nonprofit fund, foundation, or corporation
which is organized and operated exclusively for scientific and
educational purposes and which has established its tax exempt
status under Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Article 9: Amendments
This Constitution may be amended by a two-thirds (2/3)
majority of those voting at any meeting of the Association or in
a mail ballot. In either case, notice of the proposed action
will be sent to each voting member of the Association by the
Secretary- Treasurer at least sixty (60) days before the date of
the vote.
Article 10: Bylaws
The Association may enact Bylaws for interpretation and
implementation of the Constitution. Bylaws may be adopted,
amended, or repealed by a two-thirds (2/3) majority of those
note: Shaded text are proposed additions!
^trikebut text are propos e d d e l e tions.
5
voting at any meeting of the Association or in a mail ballot. In
either case, notice of the proposed action shall be sent to each
voting member of the Association by the Secretary- Treasurer at
least sixty (60) days before the date of the vote.
Article 11: Division
At the discretion of the officers, the Association may
establish ad hoc committees to carry out activities under the
overall sponsorship of the Association.
BYLAWS
Bylaw 1: Types of Membership
The following types of members are recognized:
a) Charter - Participating members and oorrcapondonts who
became members in the Association between April
1982 and March 31, 1983.
- Participating - Permanent residents of Southern
California-, participating actively in Association activities
b) Individual - Members who wish to be a part of the
association and its activities.
e}- Correspondents - Participants who wish to be apprised of
Association activities through newsletters and announcements T —
Other classes of membership may be created by a - two - thirds — (2/3)
vote of th e member s hip
H In s t itutional -
izations or groups who wish to be a
part of the association and its activities.
d) Honorary Life - Membership awarded at the discretion of
NOTE: Shaded text are proposed additions,
s trikeout text are proposed delet ions *
6
the executive committee in recognition of service to the
association*-
Bylaw 2: Duties of Officers
a> President - The president shall preside at meetings of the
Association, represent the Associations interest in external
business affairs, present a written yearly summary of the
Association's activities to the membership, and perform such
other functions as may be defined in the Constitution and Bylaws,
b) Vice-President - The Vice-President shall chair ad hoc
committees, be responsible for tabulating and disseminating
results of elections, votes on Bylaws, and Amendments to the
Constitution; coordinate specimen exchange; arrange meetings and
workshops; coordinate the preparation of voucher sheets, edit
voucher sheets and newsletters; and perform duties of the
President during any period(s) when the President is unable to
fulfill his or her duties as President of the Association.
c) Secretary - The Secretary shall keep minutes for all
meetings, produce the newsletter r issue notices for meetings,
conduct the correspondence of the Association, and be responsible
for mailing ballots preparation.
d} Treasurer ^ The Treasurer shall keep the accounts of
the association and monitor compliance with applicable federal
and state laws and regulations.
Bylaw 3: Committees
a) An executive committee shall be formed, composed of each
elected officer and a single member from each standing committee
and the liaison for the hosting organization. The function is to
advise the officers on fund raising, expenditures of funds, and
to insure the association's purpose is furthered. This executive
committee will meet once each year with additional meetings
scheduled as necessary by the president.
b) The officers shall create standings and ad hoc committees
as needed to further the purpose of the association,
NOTE: Shaded text are proposed additions»
Strikeout text are proposed - deletions i
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
July, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 3
NEXT MEETING; Sabellid Polychaetes
GUEST SPEAKER: Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh of the Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History
DATE; August 12, 1991
LOCATION: Alan Hancock Foundation
University of Southern California
Los Angeles, CA
MINUTES FROM SCAMIT MEETING ON July 15, 1991
Ron Velarde announced that Dr. Jim Thomas has been asked to testify
before federal regulators concerning the standardization of
environmental monitoring on the east coast. SCAMIT will prepare a
packet of information about our own efforts along the coast of
southern California.
Tony Phillips of the Hyperion Treatment Plant said that Robert
Smith and Brock Bernstein of Eco Analysis and the City of Los
Angeles are developing a computer program to standardize their
taxonomic data base. The software package will be able to
coordinate present and historical benthic data. It is hoped that
eventually all the agencies in the Southern California bight will
be integrated into this system. A meeting will be planned sometime
in the future to get other agencies involved.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
Don Cadien announced the following name changes for Axiid shrimps:
Previous binomen
New binomen
Axioosis spinulicauda
Calastacus cruincrueseriatus
Calastacus investigatoris
Acanthaxius soinulicaudus
(Rathbun, 1902)
Calocarides auinoueseriatus
(Rathbun, 1902)
Calocaris investiaatoris
(Anderson, 1896)
Reference:
Sasaki, K. and M. de Saint Laurent. 1989. A checklist of
Axiidae (Decapoda, Crustacea, Thalassinidae, Anomura) ,
with remarks and in addition descriptions of one new
subfamily eleven new genera and two new species.
Naturalists 3: 104 pp. (Tokushima Biological Laboratory,
Shikoku Women's University)
Thanks to Janet Haig for calling this paper to SCAMIT attention and
providing a copy.
Also Terebra danai Berry, 1985 has been synonomized with Terebra
hemphilli Vanatta, 1924. Reference:
Bratcer, Twila and W.O, Cernohorsky. 1987. Living Terebras of
the World: Monograph of the Recent Terebridae of the
World. 240 pp. American Malacologists, Melbourne,
Florida.
The SCAMIT Christmas party has been tentatively scheduled for Dec
7 at Cabrillo Marine Museum.
Karen Green spoke at the morning session on "A New Approach for
Analyzing Trophic Composition of Benthic Communities." Dr. Rick
Brusca presented "Evolutionary and Ecological Insights Gained from
Studies on Marine Isopods Crustaceans" followed by Regina Wetzer
who gave a brief history of the museum's invertebrate collections
along with a tour. Both sessions were well attended and highly
informative. Abstract have been included in this newsletter.
Thanks again to the speakers. A special thanks to Dr. Rick Brusca
and Regina Wetzer of the San Diego Natural History Museum for
hosting the meeting.
For the August 12th meeting bring your difficult specimens of
Sabellids. Also bring representative specimens of phoronids to
Larry Lovell and he will forward them to Dr. Zimmer. Or you can
mail them to:
Dr. Russ Zimmer
Department of Biology
University of Southern California
Los Angeles, CA 90089-0371.
-3-
The venue for the September 23rd meeting has been tentatively
change to the Alan Hancock Foundation on the campus of the
University of Southern California.
SCAMIT PICNIC :
The annual SCAMIT Picnic has been scheduled for September 14th at
San Clemente State Beach Park from 10 am to 3 pm. There will not
be a specific site reserved, but Kelvin Barwick will arrive early
to stake out an area. It will be a $6.00 per car day use fee to be
paid as you enter the park. As usual SCAMIT will be provide the
main dish, drinks, and eating utensils. Members are requested to
bring a side dish. We will need a head count in order to plan for
the food and drinks so let the secretary know as soon as possible.
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
A New Approach for Analyzing Trophic Composition
of Marine Benthic communities
Karen D. Green, Consultant, Research Associate of Natural
History Museum of Los Angeles (619) 724-1819
Community structure changes in response to natural and
man-induced gradients. Most benthic studies assess the
community by documenting changes in species composition with
multivariate techniques. Describing why species abundance
and distribution patterns change is more difficult.
Analysis of trophic composition, which organizes
community structure, has the potential to provide insight to
species patterns. To date no study has shown a good parallel
between trophic composition and community structure. This
lack of correspondence suggests limitations associated with
existing trophic classification schemes.
Although trophic analyses have a long history, there is
no standard for analysis. Studies at the community level
generally assign taxa to a few feeding modes (e.g.,
suspension, deposit, carnivore, herbivore)* which are
treated as exclusive categories. Studies of community
subsets (e.g., amphipods, polychaetes) often recognize
multiple feeding inodes (consisting of combinations of
primary feeding modes; e.g., suspension-deposit feeders). In
addition, community subset analyses more commonly consider
other features of the feeding system such as feeding site,
motility or life style, and morphology.
Research directed studies of food resources and
organism feeding provide support for approaches that
consider multiple aspects of the feeding system. However,
the relative importance of the aspects, alone or in
combination, in describing trophic composition remain
unanswered.
My approach concerns evaluating trophic composition of
marine benthic invertebrate communities. The approach is the
first to apply multiple aspects of the feeding system (mode,
site, motility, tube dwelling, organism size) and multiple
feeding modes to a community analysis. The approach is
unique in incorporating a method for evaluating the
information content associated with different feeding modes
and their feeding-system subsets. In addition, the approach
incorporates a method for reducing complexity by collapsing
uninformative trophic subsets within larger functional
groups. These method techniques give a flexibility to the
approach that should increase its performance when applied
to different environmental conditions.
Application of the new approach to ocean outfall
monitoring data yielded promising results. Trophic data
patterns showed correspondence with trends identified with
multivariate classification analysis. Further, the results
were suggestive of mechanisms (e.g., biotic, disturbance,
physical) associated with environmental and outfall related
gradients.
Selected reading: prepared by Karen Green
July 12, 1991
Biernbaum, C.K, 1979, Influence of sedimentary factors on
the distribution of benthic amphipods of Fishers Island
Sound, Connecticut. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 38:201-223.
Commito, J.A, and W.G. Ambrose Jr. 1985. Multiple trophic
levels in soft-bottom communities. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Sen.
26:289-293.
Fauchald, K. and P.A. Jumars, 1979. The diet of worms: a
study of polychaete feeding guilds. Oceangr. Mar, Biol. Ann.
Rev. 17:193-284,
Lopez, G.R, and J.S. Levinton, 1987, Ecology of deposit-
feeding animals in marine sediments. Q. Rev. Biology.
62{3):235-260.
Muschenheim, D.K. 1987. The dynamics of near-bed seston flux
and suspension-feeding benthos. J. Mar. Res. 45:473-496.
Penry, D.L. and P.A. Jumars. 1990. Gut architecture,
digestive constraints and feeding ecology of deposit-feeding
and carnivorous polychaetes. Oecologia, 82:1-11,
Selected reading list: Page 2 from Karen Green
Sanders, H.L. 1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay, III.
The structure of the soft-bottom community. Limn, Oceanogr.
5:138-158.
Self, R.F. and P.A. Jumars, 1988. Cross-phylectic patterns
of particle selection by deposit feeders. J. Mar. Res.
46:119-143.
Taghon, G.L. 1982. Optimal foraging by deposit-feeding
invertebrates: roles of particle size and organic coating,
Oecologia (Berl.) 52:295-304.
Walker, K.R. and R,K. Bambach. 1974. Feeding by benthic
invertebrates: classification and terminology for
paleoecological analysis. Lethaia 7:67-78.
Whitlatch, R.B. 1980, Patterns of resource utilization and
coexistence in marine intertidal deposit-feeding
communities, J, Mar. Res. 38(4):743-765.
Yonge, C.M. 1928. Feeding mechanisms in the invertebrates.
Biol. Rev. 3:21-76.
Young, D.K. and D.C. Rhoads, 1971. Animal-sediment relations
in Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts. I. A transect study. Mar.
Biol. 11:242-254.
EVOLUTIONARY AND ECOLOGICAL INSIGHTS
GAINED FROM STUDIES ON MARINE ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS
Richard C. Brusca
Curator and Chair, Invertebrate Zoology Department
San Diego Natural History Museum
Various research programs on warm temperate and tropical marine
isopod crustaceans have demonstrated the usefulness of this group
in ecological, evolutionary, and phylogenetic studies. Marine
isopods play important ecological roles as beach scavengers, kelp
and seaweed grazers, mangrove borers, fish parasites and
predators, as links between primary producers and carnivores, and
as food for near-shore fishes. Because isopods have direct
development, brood their young, and have limited dispersal
capabilities, they are useful for historical biogeographic
analyses and studies of ecological regulation of geographic
distribution. Predatory fishes have probably directly influenced
the evolution of isopod morphology and behavior, and carnivorous
isopods may have directly influenced the evolution of epibenthic
fish behaviors. The phylogeny of the order Isopoda has recently
been analyzed by use of computer-assisted numerical phylogenetic
programs. The analysis suggests that the first isopods that
evolved were herbivores and scavengers, with crushing/grinding
mandibles and limited swimming capacity (e.g. phreatoicideans,
asellotans, oniscids, calabazoids, valviferans, and
sphaeromatids). These "short-tailed” isopods possess little or no
swimming ability, have cylindrical terminal uropods, and lack a
distinct tailfan. The more highly derived isopods (i.e., the
"long-tailed" isopods; anthurideans, epicarideans, gnathiids, and
non-sphaeromatid flabelliferans) are carnivores, predators, and
parasites. They possess piercing/slicing mandibles and have a
body morphology specifically adapted for swimming (e.g.
streamlined body, coxal plates, broad tailfan). The evolution of
the more highly derived body form in isopods (the "long-tailed"
isopod morphology) was probably influenced by confrontation with
predatory fishes as isopods emerged from benthic habitats and
adopted free-swimming, epibenthic, carnivorous lifestyles.
The Marine Invertebrates Depart at the San Diego Natural History Museum opened in
1930 p s and was initially staffed by Miss , ..a Bristol (paid) and Mr. Steve Giassell (volunteer). In
1964 Dr Ed Wilson, the Department's first professional scientist, was appointed Curator. Dr. Wilson
specializes in fossil crustaceans and corals and presently heads the Invertebrate Paleontology
Department at the LACM. In 1968 George Radwin was appointed Curator and was the first
professional malacologist to head the Department. He died in 1977. From 1978 to 1980 Hans
Bertsch, an opisthobranch specialist, served as Curator. Between 1980 to 1987 the department had
no professional curatorial or collections care staff and it languished.
In the fall of 1987 Dr. Rick Brusca was appointed to the newly created Joshua L. Baily, Jr.
Curatorial Chair. He had previously been at U.S.C. and the Allan Hancock Foundation for 12 years
and served as Chairman of the Invertebrates Section at the LACM for 3 years. The Department also
added a Collections Manager, Regina Wetzer, in 1987. Since Sept. 1987 the Department has
added: 27,000 lots of molluscs (~1.3 million specimens), and 60,000 lots of non-molluscan
invertebrates (-2.9 million specimens). All this material is expeditionary collected, wet-preserved,
and bears accurate data. It comes from Central and South America, the Caribbean, the West
Pacific, temperate and tropical Eastern Pacific, and the southeastern United States.
Since our arrival we have instituted the Department's first Accessions Catalog, and have
begun developing the Department's first policy manual on Departmental Associates, collections
care, deposition of type material, and data requirements for research material, etc. We have
computer inventoried the type collection and all non-isopod Crustacea, and are presently working
on inventorying the mollusc collections.
Our total research collections contain approximately 4.8 million specimens (215,000 lots) of
which 1.8 million are mollusc specimens (150,000 lots), and the remaining 3.0 million are non¬
mollusc (mostly Crustacea) specimens (65,000 lots). Our type collections contain roughly 1500
specimens, 500 of which are mollusc species, and the remaining 50 are Crustacea species.
The strengths of our collections lie in its large mollusc and Crustacea holdings. Both the
mollusc and Crustacea collections are very strong in Southern California and tropical eastern
Pacific holdings, and have material dating back to the turn of the century. The collections are also
strong in Caribbean and Indo-West Pacific material, due to research and collecting efforts of former
staff, associates, and donors.
Notable among our mollusc holdings are the donated private collections of Joshua L. Baily,
Herbert N. Lowe, and Fred Baker, and types of over 500 species of molluscs. Also present are
collections from Charles Russell Orcutt, Donald Shasky, Joyce Gemmell, Hans Bertsch, and others.
Notable among the crustacean holdings are the donated personal collections of E. W.
Iverson, R. C. Brusca, much of the Steve Giassell material, the Brusca-Wetzer Central and South
America and South Pacific collections, the former Burke Museum (University of Washington)
invertebrate collections, and the entire 10-year quantitative benthic collections of the California
Coastal Commission's mandated MRC San Onofre offshore survey (-86,750 lots).
As a result of our research interests, we have a fairly complete collection of the marine
isopods of California. At the present we are finishing a monograph on the tropical Eastern Pacific
flabelliferan isopods of the family Cirolanidae; Rick Brusca and Scott France have recently
submitted a monograph on the Eastern Pacific genus Rocinela for publication; and Rick and Regina
continue to work on a handbook of the California marine isopods.
%
7/18/91 rw
BIOLOGIST I
(MICROBIOLOGY)
EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY
# SALARY: $2280 - $2748, Monthly
*$27,360 - $32,976, Annually
'FIRST DATE TO APPLY: July 5, 1991 LAST DATE TO APPLY: Open. Apply promptly.
May close with 5 days notice.
REQUIREMENTS : You may qualify by meeting one of the following:
NOTES;
DUTIES :
1) Bachelor's degree in a biological science {Microbiology, Biology, Marine Biology, Botany, Zoology).
2) Bachelor's degree in a closely related life science field (Environmental Science/Toxicoiogy, Medical
Technology, Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy) and a minimum of one course in basic microbiology and
one upper-division course and lab in invertebrate biology, fresh water biology, bio-oceanography,
oceanography, bacteriology, microbiology, biology, botany or zoology.
1) Graduating seniors in their last semester or quarter of college may
apply and will be considered for employment. If hired, final college transcripts showing degree
awarded must be submitted within two months of graduation.
*2) Completed coursework or experience in wastewater microbiology, environmental microbiology,
parasitology, virology, public health, or medical technology is highly desirable..
3) If you do not meet the educational requirements, you may substitute any combination of full or
part-time experience which equals one year of full-time experience performing laboratory analysis
for each year of education lacked. Qualifying experience must include conducting laboratory
analyses, including any of the following; conducting marine and aquatic studies: testing and
analyzing water or waste water samples for the presence of bacteria; identifying marine and fresh
water microscopic organisms; examining marine organisms using the microscope; or analyzing
biological samples.
License: A valid California Class C (Class 3) driver's license, which permits you to drive an
automobile, may be required for some positions at the time of hire.
*This is the entry-level professional position into the City's Biologist series. Biologists i analyze ocean
or lake water samples aboard an ocean monitoring vessel or pontoon boat; examine and perform
bacteriological, parasitological and virological tests on ocean water, waste water and sewage sludge
samples; examine and perform biological and bacteriological tests and analysis of marine and aquatic
organisms, pond and lake samples; design and implement scientific tests; collect, statistically anaiy 28
and interpret data; write technical reports; explain biological and microbiological studies and programs
to scientific and lay groups; and perform related work as assigned.
•Career Opportunities may include Biologist II, $3178 a month maximum.
APPLICATION/ Applicants must submit a Special Application for this position.
SCREENING
PROCESS : The screening process will consist of a review of the application for minimum requirements. All
qualified applicants will be placed on the eligible list, which will be in effect for one year. The eligible
list will consist of one category. All candidates will receive written notice of their eligibility expiration
date. The hiring department will contact and interview candidates as needed to fill vacancies.
#70062 Biologist I (Recruiting Title: Biologist I (Microbiology)) Pamela Hightower, Assigned Analyst
October 27, 1989 DOC. 1121
•Rev. 4, (7-5-91)
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE REVERSE SIDE
The City has an active Equal Opportunity Program for employment of ^ omen , minorities, and persons \'ith disabilities Disabled applicants
v,ho require special testing arrangements may call 236-6J5S.
Applicant Information
APPLY: EMPLOYMENT INFORMATION CENTER
CITY ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
LOBBY 202 “C n STREET, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA
24-hour job information: (619) 236-6463
Hearing Impaired For TTY Call (619) 236-6950
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Application materials must be received at the Employ¬
ment Information Center NO LATER THAN 5:00 P.M.
ON THE FINAL FILING DATE. Postmarks as proof of
meeting the final filing date are not accepted.
1. Suiting salaries will be determined by the hiring depart¬
ment.
2. Relevant part-time work will be evaluated towards meeting
the required experience.
3. Unless otherwise stated, relevant experience may be sub¬
stituted for education
4 . Eligible lists may be extended by the Civil Service Commis¬
sion.
5 Examination requirements and processes may be revised.
6 Experience, education, and all other information provided
by an applicant orally or in writing are subject to verifica¬
tion. Any misrepresentations or false statements mav be
cause for disqualification or dismissal from employment.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Requirements must be met at time of application unless
otherwise stated.
The minimum age for most full-iimeemptoyment is 18, unless
you are 17 and a high school graduate. You must have the
legal nghtto work in the U S orhave U S, ciU 2 enship Persons
hired must present acceptable proof of identity and the legal
right to work m the United States and the authenticity of the
documents must be verified before starting work After hire,
you will be required to sign a loyalty oath and may be
required to live in San Diego County
A CTTY MEDICAL EXAMINATION which may Include a
drug screen and/or completion of a medical history
questionnaire may be required before hire or promo¬
tion.
The City of San Diego is committed to a drug and
alcohol free workplace.
A CONVICTION RECORD FORM must be submitted
before hire.
VETERANS PREFERENCE: Only those persons who have not
worked si nee being discharged from the military and w ho have
served m a period of military draft may be eligible for veterans
points. Military retirees are not eligible for veterans points.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Salaried Gty Employees are eligible to participate in a benefit
program including holidays, vacations, savings and reure-
menc plans, health programs, and other benefits
Benefits may change due to employer-employee contract
negotiations.
CAREER OPPORTLTN11 ITS are available after six months of
service Employees may qualify to apply for promotional
examinations not available to the public.
The provisions of this bulletin do not constitute an
expressed or implied contract
DIVERSITY BRINGS US ALL TOGETHER
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT
MAILING ADDRESS
JOBS
CITY OF SAN DIEGO
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT
202 C’ STREET
SAN DIEGO. CA92IOI-3B61
ADDRESS CORRECTION REQUESTED
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
August, 1991
Vol, 10, No. 4
NEXT MEETING: 9:30-10:00am SCAMIT Business
10:00-12:00am - Phoronida
1:00-3:00pm - Chone ( Polvcaeta: Sabellidae)
GUEST SPEAKERS:
DATE:
LOCATION:
10:G0-12:QGara -
Dr. Russ Zimmer of the University of
Southern California
l:00-3:00pm -
Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh of the Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History
September 23, 1991
Note this is the fourth Monday of the
month.
Alan Hancock Foundation Rm. B-55
(In the south end of the basement.)
It is with great sadness that SCAMIT announces the passing of a
friend and colleague. Dr. J. L. Barnard died of a heart attack at
the home of Jim Thomas in Big Pine, Florida on August 16, His body
was cremated during a private ceremony on August 22. A public
memorial service will be held in a few months. An announcement
will be made at that time.
MINUTES FROM SCAMIT MEETING ON AUGUST 12. 1991
Ron Velarde announced that Dr. Raymond Manning of the Smithsonian
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
Institution also suffered a heart attack recently- He is doing
well and was scheduled to return to work soon according to Dr.
Kristian Fauchald.
Larry Lovell released the results of the balloting on the proposed
changes to the constitution. It was unanimous, although voter turn
out was low. Only 15 out of a total of about 86 ballots sent out
were returned. Those wishing a copy of the revised constitution
should contact the secretary. His address is:
Kelvin Barwick
Marine Biology Laboratory
4077 North Harbor Dr. M.S. 45-A
San Diego, CA 92101.
Sabellid Workshop : Dr Kurt Fitzhugh of the LACMNH gave a very
informative workshop on the Sabellids encountered in near shore
waters off southern California. All the common genera were
discussed except Chone . This was delayed until the second half of
the September meeting. This will allow more time to discuss this
difficult group. Dr. Fitzhugh has prepared an abstract,
descriptions, and a key which are included in the newsletter.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES MEETING:
The Southern California Academy of Sciences' annual meeting will be
held at Occidental College in Los Angeles on May 1 & 2, 1992. The
title will be "Interface Between Ecology and Land Development in
California." The opening plenary address will be by Dr. Peter
Raven. Symposia topics will be Biodiversity and Habitat Loss,
Mitigation of Development, Restoration of Damaged Communities, and
Wildlife Corridors. For more information contact:
Dr. John Keeley
Department of Biology
Occidental College
Los Angeles, CA 90041
(213)259-2958(fax).
SCAMIT PICNIC SEPTEMBER 14:
Don't forget the annual SCAMIT picnic- This year it will be at San
Clemente State Beach Park from 10am to 3pra. To get there take
Interstate 5 to San Clemente. If you are coming from the north
take the Avenida Calafia exit and go west. If you are coming from
the south take you must take the exit at Cristianitos Drive turn
left and follow the road north (Presidents) till it intersects
Avenida Calafia then turn left (west) . Once in the park follow the
signs to the picnic area. Lunch will be ready between 12:30 and
-3-
1;00. The main dish will be a Honey Baked Ham, Several kinds of
bread and condiments will also be provided along with soft drinks.
Please bring a side-dish and/or dessert. Please contact the
secretary and let him know how many are coming.
If you need any other information concerning
free to contact any of the officers.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
SCAMIT please feel
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
UPDATE ON MEMBERS SPECIALTIES LIST
The following is an update of the Members Specialties
List distributed earlier this year. This list includes
address and telephone number corrections as well as some
members that were accidentally ommitted from the initial
list. The next update will be distributed in spring
1992.
Y James A Blake
SAIC
89 Water Street
Woods Hole MA 02543
(617)585-5822
Polychaetes
Y Sheila C Byers
Department of Invertebrate Zoology
Royal Ontario Museum
100 Queen's Park
Toronto Ontario M5S 2C6
CANADA
(416)586-8041
Polychaetes, marine invertebrates
N Faith Cole
Environmental Protection Agency
2111 SE Marine Science Drive
Newport OR 97365-5260
(503) 867-4023
Polychaetes
Y Tom Gerlinger
2861 Corvo Place
Costa Mesa CA 92626
H(714)241-7737 W( 714 ) 540-2910
Polychaetes, SCUBA, 24 ft boat
Y Sandy J Lipovsky
PO Box 1001
Royston BC V0R 2V0 Canada
(604)335-0714
Benthic invertebrate taxonomy, general
Y Tim Mikel
Aquatic Bioassay & Consulting Labs
29 N Olive Street
Ventura CA 93001
(805)643-5621
Misc invertebrates, bioassay, field work
Pete Striplin
5520 78th Ave NW
Olympia WA 98502
H(206)866-8343 W(206)753-2835
Polyehaeta, mollusca, ophiuriodea
Regina Wetzer
Natural History Museum
PO Box 1390
San Diego CA 92112
(619)232-3821
Technical translation: German to English
Invertebrates with emphasis on Crustacea
Susan Williams
392 S Catalina St
Ventura CA 93001
Polychaete taxonomy/deep-sea biology
(805)648-2628
^TEBRtf*
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
September, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 5
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKERS:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Amphipod Workshop
Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson of the
Smithsonian Instition, Division of
Crustacea in Washington, D.C.
Dr. Jim Thomas of the New Found Harbor
Marine Institution in Big Pine Key,
Florida.
October 28 & 29, 1991
Note this is the fourth Monday of the
month.
Times Mirror Room
Los Angeles Museum of Natural History
Los Angeles, California
AMPHIPOD WORKSHOP:
We will be reviewing Barnard and Karaman’s new publication "The
Families and Genera of the Marine Gammaridean Amphipods" and its
affects on the taxonomy of the local fauna. We will also be
examining the local Stenothoides, Plan on attending what promises
to be a lively and informative workshop. Bring any unknown
specimens of Stenothoides as well as any other mystery amphipods
you might have.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
NOVEMBER MEETING:
The November 18 SCAMIT meeting will be on sea pens. It will be
hosted by the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History in Santa
Barbara, California. The guest speaker will be Dr. Eric Hochberg
of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. This will be on
the third Monday of the month. If possible please send your
problem sea pens to Dr. Hochberg before the meeting. If not, bring
them with you to the meeting. Accommodations are available at the
Mountain View and Vagabond Inns. These are both on or near State
Street close to the museum and moderately priced. See the attached
map for directions to the museum.
MINUTES FROM SCAMIT MEETING ON SEPTEMBER 23. 1991:
Ron Velarde announced that Dr. Donald Reish has proposed publishing
a Barnard memorial volume of amphipod papers. Dr. Reish has
volunteered to edit such a publication. All the members present
agreed that SCAMIT should be involved. One thing mentioned was the
possibility of hosting such a conference under SCAMIT auspices. A
final public memorial for Dr. Barnard will be held in the spring;
cherry blossom season in Washington D.C.
Ron encouraged all SCAMIT members to write the Chairman of the
National Museum and request that Barnard's position be filled with
someone with similar interests. Mail your request to:
Dr, Brian Kensley
Invertebrate Zoology Division, M.S. NHB 163
National Museum of Natural History
Washington, D.C. 20560.
Don't forget the SCAMIT Christmas party on December 7 at the
Cabrillo Marine Museum from 6:00 to 9:00 pm. Jacqueline Lovell has
volunteered to organize the festivities with the help of the
"SCAMIT Auxiliary." Call Jacqueline at (619)945-1608 if you would
like to help. The food will be Italian.
The museum will be open for SCAMIT members
and their families.
Phoronid Workshop: Dr. Russ Zimmer, after
a brief review of phoroind morphology,
pointed out the difficulty in identifying
members of this group. To accomplish this
a thin cross-section must be made at about
mid-body. The number and placement of
longitudinal muscles is diagnostic. A
formula is generated consisting of four
numbers that corresponds to the number of
muscle bands in each of four quadrants
created by the mesenteries (Figure 1). In
Or at
Left
Figure 1 (x-sec.)
-3-
the example, the formula would be written as: 8 7
TTT.
Dr. Zimmer has not had sufficient time to positively identify the
specimens he was given. He will continue to work on them. A list
of known west coast species with a brief description of each has
been included in the newsletter.
Chone Review: During the afternoon Dr* Kirk Fitzhugh of the Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History continued his review of
the Sabellidae. He established that Chone sp. C of Harris (£. nr.
duneri of Point Loma) is not C. duneri according to the
illustrations in Malmgren. He also identified two separate
staining forms of Chone mollis * There is a light and dark form.
They all have the same pattern but some take up the stain
differently. Dr. Fitzhugh review of Chone and other Sabellides is
continuing.
Publication of Interest to SCAMIT Members: “Databases In
Systematics 11 edited by R. Alikin and F. A. Bisby of the Biology
Department, The University, Southhampton, England, Published for
the Systematics Association by Academic Press. A copy of the table
of contents has been included in the newsletter.
National Institutes for the Environment Update: Tom Parker of the
Los Angeles County Sanitation District recently received a letter
and questionnaire from the executive director for the Committee for
the National Institutes for the Environment. A copy has been
enclosed in this newsletter for those members who are interested.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
WEST COAST SPECIES OF THE PHYLUM PHORONIDA
The following seven species of phoronid adults are known from
southern and central California;
Phoronis archlteeta Phoronopsis californica
Phoronis muelleri Phoronopsis harmeri
Phoronis pallida
Phoronis psammophila
Phoronis vancouverensis
With the exception of Phoronis muelleri the larvae of the above are
also well known here.
An additional nearly cosmopolitan species Phoronis ovalis occurs in
Washington and two additional widely distributed species Phoronis australis
and Phoronis hippocrepia are reported from our east coast.
Two further ’larval species 1 ' occur in southern California, a third such
form is known from Hawaii, and there may be at least two additional
unidentified larvae from east coast waters. There are no described adults to
match with these larval forms, so additional adult forms await discovery and
description.
Two additional species names may be familiar to California workers:
Phoronopsis viridis is now considered a synonym of Phoronopsis harmeri
and Phoronis pacifica has never been identified since the inadequate type
description
The Genus Phoronis
Members of this genus lack the epidermal fold known as the collar
which is located at the base of the lophophore in members of the
only other genus Phoronopsis. Although inconsequential and
sometimes inconspicuous, the collar is the only morphological
feature separating the genera. Adults of the genus Phoronis are
usually smaller than those of Phoronopsis
Phoronis ovalis: Not yet described from southern California, but
probably here. Positive identification is easy since species is diminutive
(usually less than 1 cm in length), with only about 24 tentacles which are
arranged in a slightly indented circle. Burrows within calcareous
substrates (limestone, mollusc shells, barnacles) in which it forms
aggregations by asexual budding.
(gonochoristic?; no spermatophoral or nidamental glands; 125 pm eggs brooded in
tube; composite muscle formula 7-2117-19, mean muscle formula 29 = 15114)
Phoronis pallida Another species that can be identified with great
confidence, this is the second smallest species, usually about 1 cm in
length (not 15 cm as reported by Emig!) with tubes usually less than 2 cm in
length. Three obvious constrictions caused by sphincter muscles
subdivide the muscular region of the trunk into distinctive zones;
such zonation is found in no other phoronid. The tube is densely sand-
encrusted except for a short distal portion that is largely sediment-free. A
third diagnostic feature is that this species is always (to the best of my
knowledge) a commensal within the burrow walls of thalassinid
"ghost 11 shrimps. In southern California the host is usually upogebia spp.
so this species is usually collected only in shallow water from
muddy or sandy embayments.
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with fleshy lips, no nidamental glands;
60 Jim eggs freely spawned; composite muscle formula 17-19 = $ mean
muscle formula 18 j
The four following species — Phoronis architecta , P. muelleri , P.
psammophila and P. vancouverensis — all occur in southern California and
are difficult to separate when alive, much less when preserved. All are of
intermediate size (about 5-10 cm long when extended), with tentacle numbers
around 100 plus. Some of the most critical taxonomic features involve
reproductive features and/or internal details so positive identification is
always difficult and sometimes impossible. I'll take them in reverse
alphabetical order, in part because Phoronis vancouverensis has a distinctive
habitat and is the only one of the four to occur in clumps, rather than more or
less singly.
Phoronis vancouverensis is the only local species which regularly has
tubes made only of chitin without attached sand grains ( Phoronis
australis , P. hippocrepia , and P. ovalis are others). This lack of sand grains is
associated with their habit of growing embedded within or attached to
limestone outcroppings in shallow, muddy embayments or
suspended either from the undersides of logs in bays or floats in
marinas. The individuals commonly occur in dense tangles. During the
reproductive season (spring and summer), this hermaphroditic species
retains its early developmental stages in a pair of conspicuous embryo
masses within the lophophore, but lacks conspicuous spermatophoral
glands.
(gonochoristic; small spermatophoral glands, nidamental glands inconspicuous; 100
jam eggs retained in paired egg masses; composite muscle formula 42-59 = VFC 12-19
| 5^T0) t mean muscle formula 51 =7
^ ___ —
Phoronis psammophila :: This species, Phoronis architecta and P.
muelleri are gonochoristic and mature males have a paired, large, fleshy
spermatophoral glands within their lophophore during the spring and
summer breeding seasons. The latter two species spawn their eggs freely, but
P. psammophila is a brooder like P. vancouverensis , but, but in contrast to it,
the embryos are all of one stage rather than a full sequence of stages
from zygotes to early actinotrochs and are brooded in one mass; the
nidamental glands that hold the embryos are formed by the fusion of
almost all members of the inner ring of tentacles. In living
specimens, the lophophore has white flecks and may have yellow, red or
green pigmentation. The species is found from the intertidal to about
20 m, usually occuring as single isolated tubes, but sometimes attached with
others to shells or rocks.
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with fleshy lips, nidamental glands
involving most of inner tentacles; 60 Jim eggs retai ned in sin gle mass all at same stage;
composite muscle formula 25-53 = \F(7-9[ 7-17,4-fl \4-ll), mean muscle formula
34
11
11
6
6
)
Phoronis architecta : This species is so similar to the previous species
that it has been synonymized with it, but in fact is more closely related to
Phoronis muelleri with which it shares numerous similarities (both are
gonochoristic with females that shed their eggs freely, and with males that
have large fleshy spermatophoral glands during the breeding season; the
larvae of the two are nearly identical, both possessing an otherwise unknown
second set of tentacles; the lophophore of the juvenile and of both species and
of the adults of P. muelleri (and of regenerating individuals of these and
many other species) produces new tentacles on both sides of the mouth
(ventral and dorsal not left and right), resulting in an unusual "oral" notch
opposite the indentation of the lophophore on the anal side; as a consequence
of this pattern of tentacle formation, the tentacles near the anus are
significantly longer that those near the mouth so that the lophophore of fully
formed adults appears trapezoidal in side view). In P. architecta the
translucent lophophore has white flecks in a characteristic pattern, but is
otherwise unpigmented. P. architecta occurs in shallow water in sandy
sediment so that the tubes are usually encrusted with closely fitted sand grains
(hence the name architecta ).
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with fleshy lips, no nidamental glands;
60 Jim eggs freely spawned; composite muscle formula 17-19 = $ —-g mean
muscle formula 18 = ^\ 4 )
Phoronis muelleri: As noted above this species shares many features
with P,architecta. The lophophore, which may be red to violet, usually
has only 50-100 tentacles of which those on the oral side are very
short. The species is usually much more slender and is found much
deeper (10-50 m) than either P. architecta or P. psammophila . Because it it
normally curs deeper and therefore in finer sediment than P. architecta or
P. psammophila , the tubes usually are more poorly encrusted with sand
grains.
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with fleshy lips, no nidamental glands;
60 pm eggs freely spawned; composite muscle formula
24
18-30 = 2 ,^ 3 . 6 ^ mean muscle formula
The Genus Phoronopsis
As indicated above, phoronids provided with an epidermal collar
at the distal end of the trunk region are placed in the genus
Phoronopsis.
Phoronopsis californica. Originally described from the intertidal at
Newport Bay, this spectacular species is locally common from about 5-35
meters off a number of the Channel Islands. Although the tubes are highly
variable, depending on the substrate, specimens can be identified with great
confidence: 1. the lophophore (and body) is (are) usually a bright
tangerine or orange color, varying from red to pale peach, with some
white flecks (especially the anal papilla) and 2. the lophophore consists of
some 1500 tentacles that are arranged in a complex double helix of 4-
9 coils. The body is reported to be up to 5 mm in diameter, which is true,
and to reach nearly a half meter in length which is an exaggeration, although
the tubes may be that long. The tube may have a distinctive nipple at the
proximal end and often contains abundant mucoid material.
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with membranous lips, no nidamental
glands; 60 |im eggs freely spawned; composite muscle formula
53-81 I 56-79 , * ,
180-243 - 35.54 29-40 * mean musc I e formula
211 =
Phoronopsis harmeri (Phoronopsis viridis): This species forms dense
aggregations at Morro and Bodega Bays (in these regions, the lophophore is
often greenish, hence the original trivial name), but is commonly found
locally either intertidally or subtidally. All ’’collared” phoronids which don't
key out as P. californica are now assigned to this species, but the considerable
variation in form, especially between specimens from different localities,
may reflect greater taxonomic complexity.
(gonochoristic; large spermatophoral glands with membranous lips, no nidamental
glands; 60 pm eggs freely spawned; composite muscle formula
14-33 15-33 , „
75-145 =y~ 2 Q—• y p g, mean muscle formula
72 =
Potential Problems for the Would-be Taxonomist:
need for sections
morphological variability in muscle formulae, tentacle numbers,
tubes, etc.
autotomy and possible confusion with segmentation or body
regionation
regeneration with loss of important parts
seasonal reproduction with evanescent accessory sex organs
undescribed species
Bibliography
Emig, C.C 1974, The systematics and evolution of the phylum Phomida.
Z. zool. System. Evol.-Forsch. 12: 128-151.
Emig, C.C. 1979. British and other phoronids. No 13 Synopses of the
British Fauna (D M. Kermack and R.S.K. Barnes, eds.). Academic
Press, London, 57 pp.
Marsden, J. C. 1959. Phoronidea from the Pacific coast of North America.
Can j. Zool. 37: 87-111.
Emig placed Phoronis architecta in synonymy with Phoronis psammophila
on the basis of tentacle number, muscle formulae, and other
morphological congruences, but the latter species broods its young and
the former does not.
Marsden placed Phoronis vancouverensis in synonymy with Phoronis
hippocrepia , but Emig argued against this and placed P. vancouverensis
in synonymy with a Japanese form P. ijimai , retaining P. hippocrepia as
a valid species I consider both interpretations incorrect and recognize
all three species as valid.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DATABASES U^SYSTEHATICS
Allkin^P Bisby
Table of Contents
Electronic Data Processing in Taxonomy and Systematics
V, H, HEYWOOD
Information Services in Taxonomy
F. A. BISBY
Current Database Design — The User’s View
D. W. BARRON
The Implementation of Databases on Small Computers
M. W. FREESTON
Management of Almost Flat Files in Systematic Biology
using TAXIR
R, C. BRILL and C, F. ESTABROOK
A Concept for a Machine-readable Taxonomic Reference
File
M. N. DADD and M. C. KELLY
The European Taxonomic, Floristic and Biosystematic
Documentation System — An Introduction
V. H. HEYWOOD, D. M. MOORE, L. N. DERRICK, K. A.
MITCHELL and J. van SCHEEPEN
The Database of the IUCN Conservation Monitoring
Centre
D. C. MACKINDER
ISIS — An International Specimen Information System
N. R. FLESNESS, P. G. GARNATZ and U, S. SEAL
The Network of Databanks for the Italian Flora and
Vegetation
P. L N1M1S, E, FEOLJ and S. P1GNATTI
Fact Documentation and Literature Database for the
Crustacean Order Tanaidacca
J. SI EG
PRECIS — A Curatorial and Biogeographic System
G. E. GIBBS RUSSELL and P. GONSALVES
A Review of Herbarium Catalogues
R. J. PANKHURST
Flora of Veracruz: Progress and Prospects
A. GOMEZ-POMPA, N. P. MORENO, L. GAMA, V. SOSA and
R. ALLKIN
1
15
The Vicicae Database: An Experimental Taxonomic
Monograph
M. E. ADEY, R. ALLKIN, F. A. BISBY, T. D. MACFARLANE
17
and R. J . WHITE
175
16
The Use of a Descriptive Database as ail Aid to Assessing
35
the Distinctness of Pea Cultivars (Pisum sativum L.)
P. J. WINFIELD and F. N. GREEN
189
43
17
A Chemical Database for the Leguininosae
B. V. CHARLWOOD, G. S. MORRIS and M. j, GRENHAM
201
18
A Chemotaxonomic Database
53
M. T. BABA£ and F. A„ BISBY
209
19
BRASS BAND (The Brassicaceae Data Bank at Notre
Dame): An Example of Database Concepts in System¬
69
atics
T. J. CROVELLO, L. A. HAUSER and C. A, KELLER
219
20
An Outline for a Database within a Major Herbarium
J. M. MASCHERPA and G. BOCQUET
235
79
21
Identification of Toxic Mushrooms and Toadstools
(Agarics) - An On-Line Identification Program
P. MARGOT, G. FARQUHAR and R. WATLING
249
91
22
Handling Taxonomic Descriptions by Computer
R. ALLKIN
263
103
23
Automatic Typesetting of Computer-generated Keys
and Descriptions
M. J. DALLWITZ
279
113
24
Implementing Small Database Systems with Specialized
Features
''
~ R. J. WHITE
291
125
25
On rhe Description of Inflorescences
R. J. PANKHURST
309
137
26
Databases in Systematics: A Summing Up
G. LI. LUCAS
321
155
Index of Key Words
325
List
of Systematics Association Publications
330
165
NIE
COMMITTEE FOR THE
NATIONAL INSTITUTES FOR THE ENVIRONMENT
730 I 1th Street NW • Washington. DC 20001 452 I
202 628-4303 • FAX 202-628 431 1
September 9, 1991
Dr. Thomas Parker
Marine Biology Laboratory
LACSD
24501 S. Figueroa Street
Carson, CA 90745
Dear Dr. Parker,
Thank you for inquiring about the upcoming CNIE National
Conference. We will be pleased to add your name to our
distribution list and appreciate your offer. Please circulate
our questionairre (enclosed among SCAMIT members so that they can
help shape the conference.
Plans are well underway for an event that will allow us to
broaden our effort and reevaluate the agenda for the proposed
NIE. In particular, we need to ensure that our proposal
adequately considers the broad disciplines that will be necessary
to understand and solve our environmental problems. We expect
that the conference will result in working groups to provide more
details in our NIE needs statement.
We have teamed up with Resolve, Inc. an environmental
mediation group associated with The Conservation Foundation.
They will be facilitating the conference and helping us with the
planning. We have formed a planning committee, which is headed
by Dr. A. Karim Ahmed. The originators of the NIE proposal. Dr.
Steve Hubbell and Dr. Henry Howe will co-chair the conference.
Due to the magnitude of the effort and a need for
substantial funding for the conference, we have decided to
postpone the event until early Spring, 1992. We will let you
know the exact date as soon as it is finalized.
Although attendance at the conference will be limited, we
encourage you to participate by filling out the enclosed
questionnaire. This will help us to form the basis for a
revised, improved needs statement and plan for the NIE.
Thank you for your interest. We will keep you updated on
additional developments.
Sincerely, ,
David E. Blockstein, Ph.D.
Executive Director
Dr. Stephen P. Hubbell. Co-Chairman * Dr. Henry F. Howe, CoChairman * Dr. David E. Blockstein, Director, Washington Office
Committee for the National Institutes for the Environment • Washington, D. C July 1991
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
Field:
Title:
BITNET:
Specialty within field:.
* "ote: May we quote you (are your remarks "on the record")? Yes □ No | |
Your response to this questionnaire will be very helpful to the Committee for
the NIE to make the case for the NIE, so please do send it back so that we can
benefit from your insights and experience. Short answers in phrases are fine;
use additional space if needed. Thanks very much,
1. What federal agencies, if any, are the primary source of funding for your field or
problem area?
2. What are the high-priority environmental research problems in your field or area?
3, What existing federal agencies or programs now fund, or are likely to fund, research
on these problems?
4. What could a new agency such as the NIE do in your field or environmental problem
area that existing agencies have not done, or seem unlikely or unable to do? Be as
specific as possible.
5. If existing agencies are not or cannot fill the needs in your field or problem area, what
are the reasons in your estimation why these agencies can't do what is required?
6. How could an NIE potentially help existing federal agencies do a better Job of meeting
your field - ^eeds?
7. Briefly cite one or two of the best examples you know in which environmental
research in your field or area led to solutions or amelioration of environmental
problems and/or saved money. Citations of published accounts would help.
8. Briefly dte one or two good examples in which a lack of environmental research in
your field or area has hindered progress toward solving environmental problems,
and which cost more money to solve later. Citations would again be helpful.
9. Is there a shortage of environmental scientists in your field? If so, how serious is it?
10. Do you like the NIH as a model for the NIE? Have you any suggestions for NIE
structure and function?
v
Please return to: The Committee for the NIE, 730 11th St. NW ( Washington, DC 20001-4521
MARINE BIOLOGIST I
*9Er
EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY
SALARY: $2280 - $2748, Monthly; $27,360 - $32,976, Annually
$2371 - $2858, Monthly; $28,452 - $46,296, Annually, effective 1/4/92,
FIRST DATE TO APPLY: August 23, 1991 LAST DATE TO APPLY: Open. Apply promptly.
May close with 5 days notice.
REQUIREMENTS :
NOTES:
DQT1E$ :
APPLICATION/
SCREENING
PROCESS :
You may qualify by meeting one of the following:
1) Bachelor's degree in Marine Biology or Oceanography.
2) Bachelor's degree in a closely related life science field (Biology, Ecology,
Environmental Science, Zoology) and a minimum of one upper-division course and
lab in Marine Biology or Oceanography and one upper-division course and lab in
Invertebrate Zoology or Invertebrate Ecology.
3) If you do not meet the educational requirement, you may substitute any
combination of full or part-time experience working in an ocean monitoring
laboratory for each year of education lacked. Qualifying experience must include
performing ocean monitoring biological studies, including any of the following:
collecting and analyzing ocean water, benthic, and fish samples in the field;
performing taxonomic identifications of marine invertebrate organisms and fish; or
performing statistical analysis of oceanographic data.
1) College transcripts showing degree awarded must be submitted with your
application. Transcripts will be made available to the hiring department.
2) Graduating seniors in their final semester or quarter of college may apply but will
be placed inactive on the eligible list until submitting proof of completing the
educational requirement, within the effective life of the list. Graduating seniors
must submit transcripts covering courses up to their current term and must indicate
their anticipated date of graduation.
License: A valid California Class C (Class 3) driver's license, which permits you to drive
an automobile, may be required at the time of hire.
This is the entry-level professional position into the City's Marine Biologist series. Marine
Biologists I work from a 30' - 42' ocean monitoring boat to collect and analyze ocean
water, benthic, and fish samples; perform taxonomic identifications of invertebrate
marine animals and fish; statistically analyze and interpret oceanographic data; write
technical reports; and perform related work as assigned. Career Opportunities may
include Marine Biologist II, $3178 a month maximum.
Complete and submit the City's application and Supplemental Application.
All application materials will be made available to the hiring department for use during
the selection process. The screening process will consist of a review of the application
materials for minimum requirements. All qualified applicants will be placed on the eligible
list, which will be in effect for six months. The eligible list will consist of One Category.
All candidates will receive written notice of their eligibility expiration date. The hiring
department will contact and interview candidates as needed to fill vacancies.
#T1176 Marine Biologist I Pamela Hightower, Assigned Analyst
August 23, 1991 DOC. 1314
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE REVERSE SIDE
The City has an active Equal Opportunity Program for employment of women, minorities, and persons with disabilities. Disabled applicants
who reauire special testing arrangements may call 236-6358.
Applicant Information
APPLY: EMPLOYMENT INFORMATION CENTER
CITY ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
LOBBY 202 “C” STREET, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA
24-hour job information: (619) 236-6463
Hearing Impaired For TTY Call (619) 236-6950
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Application materials must be received at the Employ¬
ment Information Center NO LATER THAN 5:00 P.M.
ON THE FINAL FILING DATE. Postmarks as proof of
meeting the final filing date are not accepted,
1. Starting salaries will be determined by the hiring depart¬
ment.
2. Re levant part-time work will be evaluated to wards meeting
the required experience.
3. Unless otherwise stated, relevant experience may be sub¬
stituted for education.
4. Eligible lists may be extended by the Civil Service Commis¬
sion.
5. Examination requirements and processes may be revised.
6. Experience, education, and all other information provided
by an applicant orally or in writing are subject to verifica¬
tion. Any misrepresentations or false statements may be
cause for disqualification or dismissal from employment.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Requirements must be met at time of app lication unless
otherwise stated.
The minimum age for most full-time employment is 18, unless
you are 17 and a high school graduate. You must have the
legal right to work in the U.S. or have U.S. citizenship. Persons
hired must present acceptable proof of identity and the legal
right to work in the United States and the authenticity of the
documents must be verified before starting work. After hire,
you will be required to sign a loyalty oath and may be
required to live in San Diego County.
A CITY MEDICAL EXAMINATION w hich may Include a
drug screen and/or completion of a medical history
questionnaire may be required before hire or promo¬
tion.
The City of San Diego is committed to a drug and
alcohol free workplace.
A CONVICTION RECORD FORM must be submitted
before hire.
VETERANS PREFERENCE: Only those persons who have not
worked since being discharged from the military and who have
served in a period of military draft may be eligible for veterans
points. Military retirees are not eligible for veterans points.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Salaried City Employees are eligible to participate in a benefit
program including holidays, vacations, savings and retire¬
ment plans, health programs, and other benefits.
Benefits may change due to employer-employee contract
negotiations.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES are available after six months of
service. Employees may qualify to apply for promotional
examinations not available to the public.
The provisions of this bulletin do not constitute an
expressed or implied contract.
DIVERSITY BRINGS US ALL TOGETHER
H OF S A
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT
MAILING ADDRESS
JOBS
CITY OF SAN DIEGO
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT
202*’C" STREET
SAN DIEGO. CA 92101 -3861
\DDRESS CORRECTION REQUESTED
'JV'J • So 0
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
October, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 6
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Sea Pens
Dr. Eric Hochberg of the Santa Barbara
Museum of Natural History
November 18, 1991
Note this is the third Monday of the
month.
The Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
Santa Barbara, California
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON OCTOBER 28 & 29:
Dr. Jim Thomas began the meeting by responding to questions from a
correspondence from Don Cadien. He described his relationship with
the EPA regarding the development of appropriate biocriteria for
the assessment of marine environmental quality. Dr. Thomas* role
has been to advise the EPA on the importance of taxonomy in the
selection of species as indicators. Indicator species must satisfy
the following requirements in order to function as a biocriteria
species. They must be ecologically significant, numerically
abundant, and sensitive to a wide range of pollutants. His work
with Dr. Barnard among the coral reefs of New Guinea suggests that
Amphipods may be an appropriate group to use for biocriteria. A
committee has been set up to work on east coast species. A similar
panel should be set up for the west coast. Dr. Thomas suggested
that SCAMIT should get involved.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
He also proposed that SCAMIT apply for money from UNESCO to get
taxonomist from other countries to host a workshop at a future
meeting. This is especially encouraged for scientist from both
eastern block and underdeveloped countries. UNESCO has visiting
scientist funds available for this kind of project.
Amohipod Workshop: Ron Velarde, Don Cadien, Tony Phillips, and
myself will be preparing the notes from the workshop. This will
include a complete list of the specimens examined as well as their
ultimate resolution. An address for requesting copies should
appear in the November newsletter. All those in attendance will
automatically receive a copy.
Dr. Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson of the Smithsonian Institution was
also in attendance. A copy of her "Notes on Stenothoidae of
Southern California 11 has been included in the newsletter. A list
of the specimens looked at will be included in the workshop notes.
Other Information of Interest to SCAMIT Members: A draft of Don
Cadien 1 s "List of the Marine Amphipod fauna of the Temperate and
Boreal Northeastern Pacific Ocean..." has been included with the
newsletter for review and comment. A copy of Senate bill 58
establishing a national policy for the conservation of biodiversity
has also been included.
FOURTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE:
It will be held in Angers, France, July 27 through August 2, 1992.
The following subjects will be covered:
- Taxonomy and comparative morphology.
- Biogeography and population genetics.
- Biology of populations.
- Culture, exploitation, and valorization.
- Reproduction and larval biology.
- Cytophysiology, cytotoxicology, and endocrinology.
A tentative schedule and registration form have been included in
the newsletter.
CHRISTMAS PARTY DECEMBER 7:
Don f t forget the Christmas party at the Cabrillo Marine Museum. It
will be from 6 to 9 pm on December 7* Mark you calendars and bring
the kids.
FUTURE MEETINGS:
-3-
On December 9 Karen Green will be leading a meeting on Sponges. It
will be held at the Cabrillo Marine Museum. Please send any
problem animals to:
Karen Green
1537 Camino Corto
Fallbrook, CA 92028.
The January meeting is on the sixth. Ron Velarde will be leading
the meeting on Mysids. It will be held at the San Diego Museum of
Natural History. Send your problem specimens to:
Ron Velarde
4918 North Harbor Dr. #101
San Diego, CA 92106.
Note this is the first monday of the month.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
Monday July 27 Scientific session.
Arrangement of posters.
"Reception at the University".
Tuesday Juiy 20 Scientific session.
First poster session.
Wednesday July 29 Mid-conference excursions to the
Bourgneuf Bay and the Chateaux d'Anjou.
Thursday Julay 30 Scientific session.
Second poster session.
After dinner meeting : Exploitation and
valorisation of polychaetes.
Friday July 31 Scientific session.
Conference banquet.
Saturday August 1 Scientific session in the morning.
Coaches leave Angers at about 2 pm for
excursions.
Sunday August 2 Excursions to the Mont St Michel Bay.
4 TH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFEREI
ANGERS, 1992
(Preflpinary Registration form)
NAME .
ADDRESS..........
TITLE OF PAPER (Provisional)
TITLE OF POSTER (Provisional)
- Registration 800 FF
- Lunch Center of Congress 100 FF
* Dormitory "Centre du Lac de Maine"
□ single 97 FF
O double 69 FF
□ four persons 66 FF
Do you accept to be with another person in your room : □ yes O no
♦ Hotels:
Anjou (Ancient style) Mercure ”* (Modem style)
□ single 350 FF □ single
0 double 496 FF □ double
Boole d'Or **
□ single 206 FF
□ double 240 FF
• Excursions :
□ Bourgneuf Bay 300 FF
□ Gu6rande 300 FF
□ Chateaux and Troglodyte Sites : 300 FF
□ Mont St Michel
760 FF
Return to : Patrick G1LLET
Laboratoire d'Ecologle Animals - I.R.F.A.
3 Place A. Leroy
49000 ANGERS CEDEX 01 - FRANCE (Fax : 41.81.66.09)
List of the Marine Amphipod fauna of the Temperate and Boreal Northeastern Pacific Ocean
including literature records of occurrence between Bahia San Qumtin, Baja California and the south side of the Aleutian Islands
incorporating nomeoclatural changes listed in Barnard and Karaman 1991 (comments keyed to Klink I960)
Donald B, Cadien, Marine Biology Laboratory -JWPCP, September 1991
Ampeliscidae Bate, 1857
Ampeiisca Kroyer, 1842
Ampeiisca agassizi (Judd, 1896)
Ampeiisca compressa Holmes, 1903
Angjeliaca vera J. L Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca amblyopsouies J. L. Barnard, 1960
1 Ampeiisca brachycladus Roney, 1990 C
Ampeiisca brevisimulata J. L Barnard, 1954
1 Ampeiisca careyi Dickinson. 1982
Ampeiisca coeca Holmes, 1908 C
Ampeiisca cristaia Holmes, 1908
Ampeiisca enstata microdentau J. L. Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca eoa Guryanova, 1951
Ampeiisca catalinensis J. i_ Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca eschrichti Kroyer, 1842 B
Ampeiisca pelagicus Stimpson, 1853
Ampeiisca ingens Bate, 1862
Ampeiisca dubia Boeck, 1871
Ampeiisca proptoqua Boeck, 1871
Ang>eliflca pacific us Guryanova, 1955
[ Ampeiisca fageri Dickinson, 1982
Ampeiisca schellenbergi Shoemaker, 1933 of J, L Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca fumgera Bulycheva, 1936
Ampeiisca hancocki J, L. Barnard, 1954
2 Ampeiisca hessleri Dickinson. 1982 B
Ampeiisca indentaia L L. Barnard, 1954 C
Ampeiisca lobata Holmes, 1908
Ampeiisca articulata Stout, 1913
Ampeiisca macrocephaia Liljeborg, 1852
Ampeiisca latipea Stephen sen, 1928
Ampeiisca mi lien J. L. Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca pacifica Holmes, 1908 C
Ampeiisca plumosa Holmes, 1908 C
Ampeiisca pugetica Stimpson, 1864
Ampeiisca califomica Holme*, 1908
Ampeiisca gnathia J. L. Bernard, 1954
Ampeiisca macrodonta J. L Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca mora J. L. Barnard, 1967
Ampeiisca romigi J. L. Barnard, 1954 C
Ampeiisca isocornea J. L. Barnard, 1954
Ampeiisca romigi ciego J. L_ Barnard, 1966
^Ampeiisca unsocaiae J. L. Barnard, 1960
Key - L - not included 2.= new name 3. » family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography -j
B - boreal occurrence only C— Cahfomian occurmoec only
Bvblis Boeck, 1871
Byblis barbarensis J. L. Barnard, 1960
Byblis bathyalis i. L. Barnard, 1966
l Byblis brevirama Dickinson, 1983
1 Byblis longispina Dickinson, 1983
1 Byblis mill si Dickinson, 1983
1 Byblis mulleni Dickinson, 1983
Byblis tannerensis J. L Barnard, 1966
Byblis thyabilis J. L. Barnard, 1971
Byblis veleronis J. L. Barnard, 1954
Haploops Liljeborg, 1856
1 Haploops lodo J. L. Barnard, 1961
Haploops tubicola liljeborg, 1856
Haploops carinata Liljeborg, 1856
Haploops spinosa Shoemaker, 1931
Amphilochidae Boeck, 1871
Amphilochus Bate, 1862
Amphilochus litoralis Stout 1912
Amphilochus "neapolitanus* Della Valle, 1893 of J. L. Barnard, 1962
Amphilochus picadurus l. L. Barnard, 1962 C
Guana Boeck, 1871
Guana calitempiado J. L, Barnard, 1962 C
Gitanopsis Sars, 1895
Gitanopsis vilordes J. L~ Barnard, 1962 C
Ampithoidae Stubbing, 1899
Ampithoe Leach, 1814
Pleonexes Bate, 1857
Ampithoe aptos (J. L Barnard, 1969) C
Pleonexes aptos J. L. Barnard, 1969
J Ampithoe kussakini Guijanova, 1955 B
Ampithoe lacertosa Bate, 1858
Ampithoe longimana Smith, 1873
Ampithoe plumulosa Shoemaker, 1938
Ampithoe ramondi Audoum, 1826 C
-Ampithoe sectimanus Coolan and Bousfield, 1982 B
Ampithoe pollex Kunkel, 1910 of J, L. Barnard, 1954
Ampithoe sunulans Alderman, 1936
^Ampithoe dalli Shoemaker, 1938 B
Ampithoe smmlans Alderman 1936 of J, L. Barnard, 1965
Ampithoe valida Smith, 1873
Ampithoe shimijuensis Stepherusen, 1944
Cymadusa Savigny, 1816
Cymadusa uncinate (Stout, 1912)
Acanthogmbia uncinata Stout, 1912
P&ragrubia uncinate Shoemaker, 1941
2
Key - 1. - not included 2.= new name 3. - family changed 4, - status changed 5. = new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Peramphit hoe Coni an and Bousfield, 1 982
Peramphithoe humerahs (Stimpson, 1864)
Peramphithoe lindbergi (Gubanova, 1938)
Ampithoe lindbergi Gurjanova, 1938
Ampithoe femora ta Kroyer, 1845 of J. L, Barnard, 1952
1 Peramphithoe mea (Gurjanova, 1938) B
Ampithoe mea Gurjanova, 1938
2 Peramphithoe plea (J. L. Barnard, 1965)
Amphithoe plea J. L Barnard, 1965
^Peramphithoe tea (J. L. Barnard, 1965)
Amphithoe tea J, L. Barnard, 1965
Anamixid&e Stebbing, 1897
Anamixis Stebbing, 1897
Leucothoides Shoemaker, 1933
-Anamilts padftca (J. L. Barnard, 1955) C
Leucothoides pacifica J, L. Barnard, 1955
4 Anamixis lirtsleyi J. L. Barnard, 1955
Anisogammandae Bousfield, 1977
Anisogammarus Derzhavin, 1927
1 Anisogammarus pugeUensis (Dana, 1853)
Canneogarrvnarus Bousfield, 1979
*Carinogammaras Stebbing, 1899 {haikalianj
J Carineogammarus makarovi (Bulyscheva, 1952)B
Anisogammarus schmitti Shoemaker, 1964
Eogammarus Birstem, 1933
*Eogammarus confervicolus (Stimpson, 1856)
1 Eogammants odairi Bousfield, 1979 B
l Eogammarus psammophilus Bousfield, 1979 B
Locustogammarus Bousfield, 1979
1 Locustogammarus levingsi Bousfield, 1979 B
\ Locustogammarus locustoides (Brandt, 1851) B
Spinulogammarus Tzvetkova, 1972
iSpinulogammarus subcarinatus (Bate, 1862) B
Aoridae Stebbing, 1899
Acuminodeutopus J. L. Barnard, 1959
Acuminodeutopus heteruropus J, L* Barnard, 1959 C
Aoroides Walker, 1898
Aoroides columbiae Walker, 1898
Aorcadea cahformca Alderman, 1936
1 Aoroides exilis Coni an and Bousfield, 1982
1 Aoroides irtermis Conlan and Bousfield, 1982
1 Aoroides intermedia Conlan and Bousfield, 1982
J Aoroides spinas* Conlan and Bousfield, 1982
Aoroides columbiae Walker, 1898 of J, L. Barnard, 1954
Arctolembos Myers, 1979
1 Arctolembos arcticus (Hansen, 1887) B
Lembos wctieus (Hansen, 1887)
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. * status changed 5. * new orthography £
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Bemlos Shoemaker, 1925
-Bemlos audbettius {J. L. Barnard, 1962) C
Lembos audbettius J. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Bemlos coneavus (Stout, 1913) C
Lembos coneavus Stout, 1913
2 Bemlos macromanus Shoemaker, 1925 C
Columbaora Conian and Bousfield 1982
1 Columbaora cyclocoxa Conian and Bousfield, 1982
Grandufierella Couture, 1904
^Grandidierella japonica Stepfaensen, 1938
Paramicrodeuiopus Myers, 1988
Iparamicrodeutopus schmitti (Shoemaker, 1942) C
Microdeutopus schmitti Shoemaker, 1942
Neoheia Smith, 1881
l Neohela intermedia Coyle and Mueller, 1981 B
1 Neoheia pacifica Guqanova, 1953 B
Neomegamphopus Shoemaker, 1942
Neomegamphopus roosevelti Shoemaker, 1942 C
Rudilembouies J. L Barnard, 1962
Rudilemboides stenopropodus J, X Barnard, 1959 C
Argissidae Walker. 1904
Argissa Boeck, 1871
Argissa hamasipes (Norman, 1869)
Bateidae Stebbing, 1906
Batea Miiller, 1865
Batea lobaia Shoemaker, 1926
Boxen transverse Shoemaker, 1926
Cheluridae Allman, 1847
Chelura Philippi, 1839
Chelura terebrans Philippi, 1839
Colomastigidae Stebbing, 1899
Colomastix Grube, 1861
Colomastix pus ilia Grube 1864 of JX. Barnard 1969
Corophiidae Dana, 1849
Corophium LatreiUe, 1806
Corophium acherusicwn Costa, 1857
Corophium baevni Shoemaker, 1934
1 Corophium brevis Shoemaker, 1949 B
Corophium califomiamtm Shoemaker, 1934 C
1 Corophium crassicome Bruzelius, 1859 B
Corophium insidiosum Crawford, 1937
i Corophium saimonis Stimpson, 1857 B
1 Corophium spinicome Stimpson, 1857 B
Corophium uenoi Stephoosen, 1932
4
Key - 1. * not included 2.= new name 3. - family changed 4, = status changed 5. «= new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Caiiibrman occurrence only
Dexaminidae Stebbing, 1888
Atylidae Liljeborg, 1865
Anatylidae Bulycheva, 1955
Lepechinellidae Schellmberg, 1925
Atylus Leach, 1815
1 .4 tylus brliggeni (Gurjanova, 1938) B
[ Atylus collingi (Gurjauova, 1938) B
[ Atylus laevidtnsus J. L. Barnard, 1956
Atylus tridens (Alderman, 1936) C
Nototropis tridens Alderman, 1936
Gwrnea Chevreux, 1887
Dexamooica J. L. Barnard, 1957
[ Guernea nordtnskioldi (Hansen, 1888) B
Guernea reduncans (J. L Barnard, 1957)
Dexamooica reduncans J. L. Barnard, 1957
Lepechinella S(ebbing, 1908
*Lepechinella bUrli l. L. Barnard, 1957
Polycheria Harwell, 1880
Polycheria osbomi Caiman, 1898
Dogielinoddae Gurianova, 1953
Pmboscinotus Bousfield in Bousfield & Tzvetkova, 1982
iProbosdnotus loquax {J.L. Barnard, 1966)
Dogielinotus loquax J. L. Barnard, 1966
Eophliantidae J. L. Barnard, 1964
Ugtwphliamis J . L* Barnard, 1969
Lignophluiruis pynfera J. L, Barnard, 1969 C
Eusiridae Stebbing, 1888
Callioptidae Sara, 1893
Poatogeneidae Stebbing, 1906
Accedomoera J, L, Barnard, 1964
Accedomoera vagor J. L~ Barnard, 1969
i Accedomoera sp. A of Paquette [1990} B
Eusiroides Stebbing, 1888
Eusiroides monoculoides (Haswell, 1880)
Eusirus Kroyer, 1845
Eusirus longtpes Boeck, 1871
OUgochinus J. L Barnard, 1969
Oligochinus lighti J. L. Barnard, 1969
Oradarea Walker, 1903
l Oradarea longimanm (Boeck, 1871)
ParocalliopieUa Tzvetkov* & Kudryashov, 1975
Callaska J. L. Barnard, 1978
] ParacalliopUllm bungei (Gurjanova, 1951) B
Haiirage* bungei Gurianova, 1951
ParacalHopieUa pram (JX~ Barnard, 1954)
Calliopiell* pratti J. L. Barnard, 1954
Callaska pratti (J. L Barnard, 1954)
Key * l. *= not included 2.=* new name 3. » family changed 4. = status changed 5. - new orthography g
B « boreal occurrance only G=x Californian occurrance only
Paramoera Miers, 1875
^ Paramoera bousfield* Staude, 1987 (nomen nudum) B
1 Paramoera bucki Staude, 1987 (noraen nudum) B
1 Paramoera carlottensis Bousfield, 1958 B
1 Paramoera Columbiana Bousfield, 1958 B
1 Paramoera leucophthalma Staude, 1987 fnornen nudum) B
Paramoera mohri J. L. Barnard, 1952
! Paramoera serrata Staude, 1987 (nomen nudum) B
1 Paramoera suchaneki Staude, 1987 (noraen nudum) B
Pontogeneia Boeck, 1871
i Pontogeneia inermis (Krayer, 1838)
Pontogeneia intermedia Guxjanova, 1938
1 Pontogeneia ivanovi Gurjanova, 1951 B
Pontogeneia opata J. L. Barnard, 1979
Pontogeneia mrauta J. L Barnard, 1959
Pontogeneia rastrata Gurjanova, 1938
Rhachotropis Smith, 1883
Rhachotropis cenus J. L. Barnard, 1957
Rhachotropis clemens J. L Barnard, 1967
Rhachotropis distincta (Holmes, 1908)
Rhachotropis in/lata (Sara, 1882)
Rhachotropis natator (Holmes, 1908)
Rhachotropis oculara (Hansen, 1887)
1 Rhachotropis sp. A SCAM1T, 1987
Gammaridae Leach, 1813
Gommarus Fabricins, 1775
Lagunogammarus Sket, 1971
iGammarus setosus Dementieva, 1931 B
Lagunogammarus setosus ( Dementieva, 1931)
Gaminaroporeiidae Bousfield, 1979
Gammaroporeia Bousfield, 1979
IGammaroportia alaskensis (Bousfield and Hubbard 1968) B
Micruropus alaskensis Bousfield and Hubbard 1968
Haustoriklae Sars, 1882
Eohaustorius J. L Barnard, 1957
1 Eohaustorius brevicuspis Bosworth, 1973 B
1 Eohaustorius estuarinus Bosworth, 1973 B
1 Eohaustorius sawyeri Bosworth, 1973
Eohaustorius sencillus J. L, Barnard, 1962 C
Eohaustorius washingtonianus (Thorsteinson, 1941)
Hyalidae Bulycheva, 1957
Allorchestes Dana, 1849
Allorchestes angusta Dana, 1856
t Allorchestes bellabella J. L. Barnard, 1974 B
1 Allorchestes carinata Iwasa, 1939 B
1 Allorchestes sp r A of Cadien [1991] B
6
K<y-l * not included 2.— new name 3. * family changed 4. =» status changed 5. = new orthography
B - boreal occurrence only C— Californian occurrance only
Hyale Rathke, 1837
Hyale anceps (J.L Barnard, 1969)
Ailorchestes anceps J. L. Barnard, 1969
Hyale calijbmica J. L Barnard, 1969
Hyale grandicorais califoraica J. L Barnard, 1969
Hyale canalina J. L Barnard, 1979 C
Hyale rubra rubra Thomson, 1879 of J. L Barnard 1969
Hyale frequens (Stout, 1913)
Ailorchestes frequens Stout, 1913
Hyale rubra frequens (Stout 1913)
Hyale nigra Has well, 1880 of J. L. Barnard 1962
Hyale plumulosa (Stimpson, 1857)
l Hyale pugettensis (Dana, 1853)
Parallorchestes Shoemaker, 1941
Parallorchestes ochotensis (Brandt, 1851)
Iphimediidae Boeck, 1871
Acanthonotozomahdae Stebbing, 1906
Cobaldus Krapp-Schickel. 1974
2 Coholdus hedgpethi (J.L. Barnard, 1969)
Iphimedia hedgpethi (J. L Barnard, 1969)
Panoploea hedgpethi J. L. Barnard, 1969
Epimeria Costa, 1851
1 Eptmeria cora J. L. Barnard, 1971
1 Epimeria yaquinae McCain, 1971
Iphimedia Rathke, 1843
Panoploea Thomson, 1880
Iphimedia rickettsi (Shoemaker, 1931)
Panoploea rickettsi Shoemaker, 1931
Odius Liljeborg, 1865
lOdius kelleri Briiggen, 1907
Isaeidae Dana, 1853
Ampelisciphotis Pirlot, 1938
Gaviota J. L Barnard, 1958
Ampelisciphotis podophthalma (J.L, Barnard, 1958) C
Gaviota podophthalma J.L Barnard, 1958
Amphideutopus J. L Barnard, 1959
Amphideutopus oculatus J. L Barnard, 1959
Cheirimedeia J. L. Barnard, 1962
i Cheirimedeia macrocarpa amtricana Conlan, 1983 B
1 Cheirimedeia macrodaclyla Conlan 1983 B
l Cheirimedeia u mill car pa Conlan 1983 B
i Cheirimedeia zotea J. L. Barnard 1962 C
Cheiriphotis Walker, 1904
4 Cheiriphotis " megacheles " (Giles, 1885) of J. L Barnard, 1962
Chevalia Walker, 1904
4 Chevalia inaeqtmlis (Stout, 1913) C
Chevalia aviculae Walker, 1904 of J. L Barnard, 1962
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. * family changed 4. * status changed 5. * new orthography y
B - boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Gammaropsis Liijeborg, 1855
Eurystheus Bate, 1857
Gammaropsis (s.s.) Liijeborg, 1855
^Gammaropsis ejfrena (J.L. Barnard. 1964) C
Megamphopus effrenus J. L. Barnard, 1964
1 Gammaropsis elllsi ConLan, 1983 B
Gammaropsis rruinesia {J. L. Barnard, 1964)C
Megamphopus martesta J. L. Barnard. 1964
1 Gammaropsis shoemakeri Conlan, 1983 B
Gammaropsis lohata Shoemaker, 1942
* Gammaropsis Iobata (Chevreux, 1920)
Grammar ops is thompsoni (Walker. 1898)
Maeroides thompsoni Walker. 1898
Eurystheus thompsoni (Walker. 1898)
Gammaropsis tenuicomrs Holmes, 1904
Gammaropsis (Megamphopus) Norman, 1869
^Gammaropsis mamola (J. L. Barnard, 1962) C
Megamphopus mamolus J. L. Barnard, 1962
Gammaropsis f Podoceropsis ) Boeck, 1861
1 Gammaropsis amchitkensis Conlan, 1983 B
'Gammaropsis angustimana Conlan, 1983 B
1 Gammaropsis bamartti Kudryashov and Tzvetkova, 1975
'Gammaropsis chionoecttophila Conlan, 1983 B
Gammaropsis ociosa (J. L. Barnard, 1962)C
Kermysthetis ociosa J. L. Barnard, 1962
'Gammaropsis setosa Conlan, 1983 B
Pareurystheus Tzvetkova, 1977
Paraeurystheus Tzvetkova, 1977 of Conlan, 1983
'^Pareurystheus alaskensis (Stebbing, 1910) B
Eurystheus dentatus Holmes, 1908
* Eurystheus dentatus Chevreux, 1900
Chemmedia alaskensis (Stebbing, 1910) of J. L. Barnard and Karaman, 1991
Paraeurystheus dentatus (Holmes, 1908) of Conlan 1983
■ Pareurystheus tzvetkovae Conlan 1983 B
Photis Kroyer, 1842
Photis bforcam J. L. Barnard, 1962
Pkotis brevipes Shoemaker, 1942
Photis califomica Stout, 1913 ofJ. L. Barnard, 1954
Photis califomica Stout, 1913
'Photis chiconoU J. L. Barnard, 1962
Photis conchicoia Alderman, 1936
Photis elephantis J. L. Barnard, 1962
'Photis fishmantd Guijanova, 1938 B
Photis lacia J . L. Barnard, 1962
1 Photis madnemeyi Conlan 1983
Photis macrotica J. L. Barnard, 1962
'Photis oligochaeUx Conlan, 1983 B
1 Photis pachydactyio Conlan, 1983 B
' Photis partitions Conlan, 1983
'Photis rtinhanti Kroyer, 1842 B
8
Key - 1= not included 2^= new name 3. =* family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography
B = boreal oceurrance only C= Californian occunance only
Photis Kroyer, 1842 [continued}
l Photis s pint car pa Shoemaker. 1942
» Photis ip . -4 of MBC [1976} C
1 Photis sp> B of Paquette [1987] C
1 Photis sp. C of Diener [1988] C
Photis viuda J. L. Barnard. 1962
Protomedeia Kroyer, 1842
Protomedeia anicuUaa J. L Barnard. 1962
\ Protomedeia fasciata Kroyer, 1842 B
i Protomedeia gmndimana Briiggen, 1905 B
lProtomedeia pennies J. L. Barnard. 1966
1 Protomedeia prude ns J. L. Barnard, 1966
1 Protomedeia stephenseni Shoemaker, 1955 B
Ischyrocendae Stebbing, 1899
Bormierella Chevreux, 1900
Bonnierella linearis califomica J. L Barnard. 1966
CtrapusS* y, 1817
4 Cerup*s "tubularis" Say, 1817 [at least two new species in California]
Ericthomus Milne-Edwards, 1830
Enahonius brasiliensis (Dana, 1853)
lEricthonius rubrieomis (Stimpson, 1853)
Ericthomus difforrms Milne-Edwards, 1830 of HEP authors
Ericthomus hunten (Bate, 1862) of NEP authors
Ischyrocerus Kroyer, 1838
Ischyrocerus ang tapes Knayer, 1838
2 Ischyrocerus claustris (J. L. Barnard, 1969)
Microjassa claustris J, L. Barnard, 1969
Vsckyroctrus litotes (J. L Barnard, 1954)
Microjassa litotes J. L. Barnard, 1954
Ischyrocerus pelagops J. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Ischyrocerus serratus Guryanova, 1938 B
l Ischyrocerus sp A J. L. Barnard, 1969
1 Ischyrocerus sp. & h L. Barnard, 1969
Jassa Leach, 1814
1 Jassa borowskyae Conlan, 1990 R
1 n Jassa M califomica Boeck 1871 [to as yet unde sen bed new genus]
1 Jassa caritoni Conlan, 1990 B
UJassa marmorata Holmes, 1903
Jassa falcata (Montagu. 1808) of J. L. Barnard, 1958 [in part]; J. L Barnard, 1969 [in part}
MJassa morinoi Conlan, 1990
Jassa falcata (Montagu, 1808) of J. L Barnard, 1958 [in part}; J, L- Barnard, 1969 (thick form from
stations other than 38-D-3)
Id Jassa myersi Conlan, 1990
Jassa fakala (Montagu. 1808) of J. L. Barnard, 1969 (thin form)
x Jassa octairi Conlan, 1990 B
[ Jassa shawl Conlan, 1990 B
24 Jassa slatteryi Conlan, 1990
Jassa falcata (Montagu, 1808) of J. L. Barnard, 1958 [in part]; J. L. Barnard and Reish, 1959; J. L. Barnard, I960;
J. L- Barnard, 1969 (thick form from Station 38-D-3)
[ Jassa staudei Conlan, 1990 B
Key - 1, = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography g
B ^ boreal occuirance only C= Californian occurrence only
Parajassa Stebbing, 1899
Parajassa angularis Shoemaker, 1942
Ventojassa J. L Barnard. 1970
Ventojassa \rntosa (J. L Barnard 1962)
Eurystheus ventosa J, L. Barnard, 1962
Leucothoidae Dana, 1852
Leucothoe Leach, 1814
Leucothoe alma J. L. Barnard 1959
Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard, 1789)
Liljeborgiidae Stebbing, 1899
Uljeborgia Bate, 1862
1 Liljeborgia pallida Bate, 1857
Ldjeborgia brevtcomis (Bmzelim, 1859)
Uljeborgia cota J, L. Barnard 1962
Liljeborgia geminate J. L. Barnard, 1969
Ldjeborgia kinahani Bate, 1862 of J. L. Barnard 1962
Listriella J. L. Barnard, 1959
Listriella albina J. L Barnard 1959
Listriella diffusa J. L Barnard 1959
Listriella eriopisa J. L Barnard, 1959
Listriella goleta J. L. Barnard 1959
Listriella melanica J. L. Barnard, 1959
1 Ustriella sp. A SCAM1T, 1987
Lystanassadae Dana, 1849
Acidostoma Uljeborg, 1865
Acidostoma hcmcocki Hurley, 1963
Allogaussia Schellenberg, 1926
Allogaussia recondita Staaek, 1958
Anonyx Kroyer, 1838
Lakota Holmes, 1908
A/tonyx adoxus Hurley, 1963
l Anonyx comecrudus J. L. Barnard, 1971
\ Anonyx laticoxae Guijanova, 1962 B
$ Anonyx Ulljeborgi Boeck, 1871
Lakota carinata Holmes, 1908
Amrior Boeck, 1871
1 Aristias veleronis Hurley, 1963
'Aristias sp. A SCAMIT, 1985
Aruga Holme®, 1908
4 Aruga holme si (J.L. Barnard, 1955)
4 Aruga ocubta Holmes, 1908
Cemromedon Sara 1895
iCentromedor i pavor J,L Barnard 1966
Cycfocnrw Stebbing, 1888
l Cyclocaris guilelmi Chevreux, 1899
Cyphocaris Stebbing, 1888
^Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871
1 Cyphocaris challenged Stebbing 1880
1 Cyphocaris faurei K. H. Barnard, 1916
1 Cyphocaris rtchanU Chevron*, 1905
10
K*y-1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family’ changed 4. = status changed 5. =* new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Dissiminassa J. L. Barnard and Karaman, 1991
2 Dissiminassa dissimilis (Stout, 1913)
Lysianassa dissimilis (Stout, 1913)
Eurythenes S.I. Smith, 1882
Katius Chevreux, 1905
1 Eurythenes obesus (Chevreux, 1905)
Katius obesus Chevreux, 1905
Hippomedon Boeck, 1871
Hippomedon coecus (Holmes, 1908)
1 Hippomedon columbianus Jarrett & Bousfield, 1982
1 Hippomedon subrobustus Hurley, 1963
Hippomedon tenax J. L. Barnard 1966
1 Hippomedon sp. A of Diener [ 1990J
1 Hippomedon tricatrix J, L. Barnard, 1971
Hippomedon zetesimus Hurley, 1963
Hirondellea Chevreux, 1889
Hirondelleafidenter J.L. Barnard 1966
Koroga Holmes, 1908
^Koroga megalops Holmes, 1908
LepidepecreeUa Schellenberg, 1926
Lepidepecreella chamo J.L Barnard, 1966
Lepidepecreoides K. H. Barnard, 1931
1 Lepidepecreoides nubifer J. L. Barnard, 1971
Lepidepecreum Bate & Westwood, 1868
Lepidepecreum garthi Hurley, 1963
Lepidepecreum gurjanovae Hurley, 1963
1 Lepidepecreum kasatka Gurjanova, 1962
1 Lepidepecreum sp. A of SCAMIT, 1985 C
Macronassa J. L Barnard and Karaman, 1991
-Macronassa macromera (Shoemaker, 1916)
Lysianassa macromera (Shoemaker, 1916)
-Macronassa pariter (J. L. Barnard, 1969)
Lysianassa pariter J.L. Barnard, 1969
Memcyphocaris Tattersall, 1906
1 Metacyphocaris helgae Tattersall, 1906
Ocosingo J.L Barnard, 1964
Fresnillo J.L. Barnard, 1969
Ocosingo borlus J.L Barnard, 1964
^Fresnillo fimbriatus J.L. Barnard, 1969
Opisa Boeck, 1876
1 Opisa eschrichti (Krayer, 1842) B
Opisa trident at a Hurley, 1963
Key - 1. = not included 2,= new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. =* new orthography -j ^
B = boreal occuitance only C= Californian occurrance only
Orckomene Boeck, 1871
Tryphosa Boeck, 1871
1 Orchomene abyssorum (Stebbing, 1888)
s Orckomene anaquelus J.L. Barnard, 1964
Orchomene decipiens (Hurley, 1963)
Orchomene holmesi (Hurley, 1963)
Wrchomene limodes Meador & Present, 1985
Orchomene magdalenensis (Shoemaker, 1942)
1 Orchomene minutus (Kroyer, 1846) B
1 Orchomene nugax (Holmes, 1904) B
Orchomene obtusus (Sars, 1895)
Orchomenella affinis Holmes, 1908
5 Orchomene pacificus (Gurjanova, 1938)
Orchomene pinguis (Boeck, 1861)
Pachynus Bulycheva, 1955
Pachytius hamardi Hurley, 1963
Paracallisoma Chevreux, 1903
I Paracallisoma coecum (Holmes, 1908)
Scopelocheirus coecus Holmes, 1908
Prachynella J.L. Barnard, 1964
Prachynella lodo J.L. Barnard, 1964
Psammonyx Bousfield, 1973
ipsammonyx longimerus Jarrett and Bousfield, 1982 B
RimaJcoroga Barnard & Karaman, 1987
2 Rimakoroga rima (J.L. Barnard, 1964) C
Pseudokoroga rima J.L. Barnard 1964
Schisturella Norman, 1900
Thrombasia J.L. Barnard, 1966
Schisturella cocula J.L. Barnard, 1966
Schisturella dorotheae (Hurley, 1963)
Anonyx dorotheae Hurley, 1963
Schisturella tracalero (J.L. Barnard, 1966)
Thrombasia tracalero J.L. Barnard, 1966
1 Schisturella totorami J.L. Barnard, 1967
Schisturella zopa J.L. Barnard, 1966
Socarnes Boeck, 1871
Socarnes hartmani Hurley, 1963
Socarnoides Stebbing, 1888
Socarnoides iUudens Hurley, 1963
Sophrosyne Stebbing 1888
^Sophrosyne robertsoni Stebbing & Robertson, 1891
Tryphosella Bonnier, 1893
2 Tryphosella index (J.L. Barnard, 1966)
Tryphosa index J.L. Barnard, 1966
Ur is res Dana, 1849
Uristes califomicus Hurley, 1963 C
1 Uristes dawsoni Hurley, 1963 C
Uristes entalladurus J.L, Barnard, 1963 C
l Uristes perspinus J, L. Barnard, 1971
12
Key - 1. - not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4 = status changed 5. = new orthography
B - boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Valettiopsis Holmes, 1908
^Valettiopsis dentata Holmes, 1908
Wecomedon Jarrett and Bousfield, 1982
l Wecomedon similis Jarrett and Bousfield, 1982 B
i Wecomedon wecomus (J. L. Barnard, 1971)
Hippomedon wecomus J. L. Barnard, 1971
Megaluropidae Thomas and Barnard, 1986
Gibberosus Thomas and Barnard. 1986
-^Gibberosus devaneyi Thomas and Barnard, 1986 C
Megaluropus longimerus Schellenberg 1925 of NEP authors [parti
-^Gibberosus myersi (McKinney, 1980)
Megaluropus myersi McKinney, 1980
Megaluropus longimerus Schellenberg 1925 of NEP authors [part]
Resupinus Thomas and Barnard, 1986
[ Resupinus coloni Thomas and Barnard, 1986 C
n. gen, of SCAMIT, 1987
W in.gen. n. sp. of SCAMIT, 1987 C
Megaluropus agilis Hoek, 1889 of J. L. Barnard, 1963
Melitidae Bousfield, 1973
Ceradocus Costa, 1853
iCeradocus spinicaudus (Holmes, 1908)
Dulichiella Stout, 1912
3 Dulichiella appendiculata (Say, 1818)
Melita appendiculata (Say, 1818)
Dulzura J. L. Barnard, 1969
SDulzura sal J. L. Barnard, 1969 C
Elasmopus Costa, 1853
* Elasmopus antennatus (Stout, 1913) C
3 Elasmopus bampo J. L. Barnard, 1979 C
Elasmopus rapax Costa 1853 of J. L Barnard, 1962 in part
3 Elasmopus holgurus J. L. Barnard, 1962 C
3 Elasmopus mutatus J. L. Barnard, 1962 C
Elasmopus rapax mutatus J. L, Barnard 1962
3 Elasmopus serricatus J. L. Barnard, 1969 C
Elasmopus rapax serricatus J. L. Barnard 1969
Eriopisa Stebbing, 1890
l Eriopisa elongala (Bruzelius, 1859)
Homellia Walker, 1904
Ufiomellia occidentalis (J. L. Barnard, 1959) C
Metaceradocus occidentals J. L. Barnard, 1959
Lupimaera Barnard and Karaman 1982
-dhupimaera lupana (J. L. Barnard, 1969)
Maera lupana J, L. Barnard, 1969 C
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography -j ^
B - boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only.
Maera Leach, 1814
$ Maera danae (Stimpson, 1853)
Maera lovem Bruzelius, 1859 of J, L, Barnard, 1962
1 Maera grossimana (Montagu, 1808) B
1 Maera prionochira Briiggen 1907 B
3 Maera reishi S. L. Barnard, 1979
Maera inaequipes Costa, 1851 of J* L. Barnard, 1959
3 Maera simile Stout, 1913
Maera inaequipes Costa, 1851 of J, L Barnard, 1954
1 Maera vigota J. L, Barnard, 1969 C
Melita Leach, 1814
\ Melita californica Alderman, 1936
3 Melita dentata (Kroyer, 1842)
3 Melita desdichada J. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Melita kodiakensis J. L. Barnard, 1964 B
1 Melita obtusata (Montagu, 1813) B
3 Melita oregonensis J. L. Barnard, 1954
3 Melita sulca (Stout, 1913)
Netamelita J. L. Barnard, 1962
3 Netamelita cortada J- L. Barnard, 1962
Melphidippidae Stebbmg, 1899
Melphidippa Boeck, 1871
Melphtdippa amorita J. L. Barnard, 1966
Melphisana J. L. Barnard, 1962
Melphisana bola J. L. Barnard, 1962 C
Mesogammaridae Bousfield, 1977
Par am esogammarus Bousfield, 1979
l Paramesogammarus americanus Bousfield, 1979 B
Najnidae J. L, Barnard, 1972
Najna Derzhavin, 1937
Najna kitamati J. L. Barnard, 1962
Najna ?consi!iorum Derzhavin, 1937 of J. L, Barnard, 1962
Oedicemtidae Liljeborg, 1865
Aceroides Sars, 1895
1 Aceroides latipes (Sars, 1882) B
1 Aceroides sp. A of MBC, 1984
Arrhis Stebbing, 1906
l Arrhis luthkei Gubanova, 1936 B
Bathymedon Sars, 1895
Bathymedon covilhani J. L. Barnard, 1961
i Bathymedon flebilis J. L. Barnard, 1967
Bathymedon kassites J. L. Barnard, 1966
Bathymedon pumilus J. L. Barnard, 1962
Bathymedon roquedo J. L. Barnard, 1962
Bathymedon vulpeculus J. L. Barnard, 1971
Finoculodes J, L. Barnard, 1971
1 Finoculodes omni/era L L. Barnard, 1971
1 4
Key - 1. = not included new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5, - new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Monoculodes Stimpson, 1853
^ Monoculodes carinatus (Bate, 1856) B
1 Monoculodes crassirostris Hansen, 1888 B
Monoculodes emargmatus J. L Barnard, 1962
Monoculodes glyconica J. L. Barnard, 1962
Monoculodes hartmanae J. L. Barnard, 1962
Monoculodes latissimbnus Stephensen, 1931
Monoculodes murrius J. L. Barnard, 1962
Monoculodes necopinus J. L. Barnard, 1967
Monoculodes norvegicus (Boeck, 1861)
Monoculodes perditus J. L Barnard, 1966
1 Monoculodes recandesco J. L. Barnard, 1967
Monoculodes spinipes Mills, 1962
Oediceroides Stebbing, 1888
2 Oediceroides morosa (J. L. Barnard, 1966)
Oediceropsis morosa J. L. Barnard, 1966
2 Oediceroides trepadora (J, L. Barnard, 1961)
Oediceropsis trepadora J. L Barnard, 1961
Oediceropsis Liljeborg, 1865
Oediceropsis elsula J. L. Barnard, 1966
Synchelidium Sars, 1895
Synchelidium micropleon J. L Barnard, 1977 C
Synchelidium rectipalmum Mills, 1962
Synchelidium shoemakeri Mills, 1962
Wesrwoodilla Bate, 1862
Westwoodilla caecula (Bate, 1857)
4 WestwoGdilla acutifrons (Sars, 1895)
Pardaliscidae Sars, 1882
Caleidoscopsis Karaman, 1974
1 Caleidoscopsis tikal (J. L, Barnard, 1963)
Pardaliscopsis tikal J. L. Barnard, 1963
Halice Boeck, 1871
\Malice ulcisor J. L. Barnard, 1971
Halicoides Walker, 1896
1 Halicoides lolo (J. L. Barnard, 1971)
Pardisynopia lolo J. L. Barnard, 1971
2 Halicoides synopiae (J. L. Barnard, 1962)
Pardisynopia synopiae J. L. Barnard, 1962
Halice synopiae (J. L. Barnard, 1962)
Nicippe Bruzelius, 1859
Nicippe tumida Bruzelius, 1859
Pardalisca Kreyer, 1842
1 Pardalisca cuspidata Kroyer, 1842
1 Pardalisca lenuipes Sars, 1895
Pardaliscella Sars, 1895
Pardaliscella symmetrica J. L. Barnard, 1959
1 Pardaliscella yaquina J. L Barnard, 1971
Pardaliscoides Stebbing, 1888
Pardaliscoidesfictotelson J. L. Barnard, 1966
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. - status changed 5. = new orthography ^ g
B = boreal occunrance only C= Californian occurrance only
Rhynohalicella Kara man, 1974
l Rkynohalicella halona (J. L. Barnard, 1971)
Halicella halona J, L. Barnard, 1971
Tosilus J. L. Barnard, 1966
Tosilus arrovo J. L. Barnard, 1966
Phliantidae Stebbmg, 1906
Panphinotus Knnkel, 1910
Heterophlias Shoemaker, 1933
Panphinotus escabrosus (J. L. Barnard, 1962) C
Heterophlias seclusus escabrosa J. L. Barnard, 1962
Phoxocephalidae Sars, 1891
Coxophoxus J. L. Barnard, 1966
Coxophoxus hidalgo J. L. Barnard, 1966 C
Eobrolgus J. L. Barnard, 1979
1 Eobrolgus chumashi J. L. Barnard and C. M. Barnard, 1981
1 Eobrolgus pontarpioides (Gurjanova. 1953) B
Eobrolgus spinosus (Holmes, 1903)
Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes, 1903
Eyakia J. L. Barnard, 1979
5 Eyakia calcarata (Gurjanova, 1938) B
Paraphoxus calcaratus (Gurjanova, 1938)
5 Eyakia robusta (Holmes, 1908)
Paraphoxus robustus Holmes, 1908
Foxiphalus J. L. Barnard, 1979
l Foxiphalus aleuti J. L. Barnard and C. M. Barnard, 1982
1 Foxiphalus apache J. L. Barnard and C. M. Barnard, 1982
Foxiphalus cognat us (J.L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus cognatus J, L. Barnard, 1960
1 Foxiphalus golfensis J. L. Barnard and C. M. Barnard, 1982
Foxiphalus major (J. L. Barnard, I960)
Paraphoxus obtusidens major J. L. Barnard, 1960
Foxiphalus obtusidens (Alderman, 1936)
Paraphoxus obtusidens (Alderman, 1936)
Foxiphalus similis (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus similis (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
1 Foxiphalus xiximeus I. L, Barnard and C, M, Barnard, 1982 C
Grandifoxus J. L. Barnard, 1979
^Grandifoxus acanthinus Coyle, 1982 B
1 Grandifoxus aciculatus Coyle, 1982 B
l Grandifoxus grandis (Stimpson, 1856) B
Paraphoxus millen Thorsteinson, 1941
1 Grandifoxus lindbergi (Gurjanova, 1953) B
1 Grandifoxus longirostris (Gurjanova, 1953) B
^Grandifoxus vulpinus Coyle 1982 B
1 6
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. — new orthography
B - boreal occurrance only C- Californian occurrence only
Harpiniopsis Stephensen, 1925
Harpiniopsis emery i J. L. Barnard, 1960
Harpiniopsis epistomaia J. L. Barnard, 1960
Harpiniopsis fulgens J. L. Barnard, 1960
Harpiniopsis galera J. L. Barnard, I960
Harpiniopsis naiadis 1. L. Barnard, 1960
1 Harpiniopsis percellaris J. L. Barnard, 1971
Harpiniopsis petulans J. L, Barnard, 1966
Harpiniopsis profundis J. L Barnard, 1960
1 Harpiniopsis triplex J. L. Barnard, 1971
Heterophoxus Shoemaker, 1925
Heterophoxus oculatus (Holmes, 1908)
Leptophoxus Sars, 1895
Leptophoxus falcatus icelus J, L. Barnard, i960
Mandibulophoxus J. L. Barnard, 1957
Mandibulophoxus gilesi J. L. Barnard, 1957 C
Metaphoxus Bonnier, 1896
Metaphoxus frequens J. L. Barnard, I960
Metharpinia Schellenberg, 1931
1 Metharpinia coronadoi J. L. Barnard, 1980 C
Metharpinia floridana (Shoemaker, 1933)
Paraphoxus tloridanus (Shoemaker, 1933)
Metharpinia jonesi (J, L. Barnard, 1963)
Paraphoxus jonesi J. L. Barnard, 1963 C
Parametaphoxus Gurjanova, 1977
-Parametaphoxus fultoni (Scott, 1890)
Metaphoxus fultoni (Scott, 1890)
2 Parametaphoxus homilis (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Phoxocephalus homilis J. L. Barnard, 1960
Paraphoxus Sars, 1895
Paraphoxus oculatus (Sars, 1879)
Pseudharpinia Schellenberg, 1931
Pseudharpima excavata (Chevreux, 1887)
Harpiniopsis excavata (Chevreux, 1887)
Harpiniopsis sanpedroensis J. L. Barnard, 1960
Rhepaxynius 1. L. Barnard, 1979
Rhepoxynius abronius (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus abronius J. L Barnard, 1960
Rhepoxynius bicuspidatus (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus bicuspidatus J, L. Barnard, 1960
Rhepoxynius daboius (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus daboius J. L Barnard, 1960
Rhepoxynius fatigans (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus fatigans J. L Barnard, 1960
Rhepoxynius heterocuspidatus (JJL Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus heterocuspidatus i. L Barnard, I960
l Rhepoxynius homocuspidatus J. L. Barnard and C. M. Barnard, 1982
Rhepoxynius tucubrans (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus lucubrans J. L. Barnard, 1960
Key - 1. - not included 2.= new name 3, = family changed 4. - status changed 5. = new orthography ^ y
B - boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Rhepoxynius J. L. Barnard, 1979 [continued]
^Rhepoxynius menziesi J. L. Barnard and C. M, Barnard, 1982
4 Rhepoxynius epistomus (Shoemaker, 1938)
Paraphoxus epistomus (Shoemaker, 1938) of J. L, Barnard. 1960
Trichophoxus epistomus (Shoemaker, 1938)
Rhepoxynius stenodes (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus stenodes J. L. Barnard, i960
1 Rhepoxynius sp. A SCAMIT, 1987 C
Rhepoxynius tridentatus (J. L. Barnard, 1954)
Paraphoxus tridentatus (J. L. Barnard, 1954)
1 Rhepoxynius tridentatus patlidus (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Rhepoxynius variatus (J. L. Barnard, 1960)
Paraphoxus variatus J. L. Barnard, 1960
1 Rhepoxynius vigitegus (J. L. Barnard, 1971)
Paraphoxus vigitegus J, L. Barnard, 1971
Platyischnopidae Barnard and Drummond, 1979
Eudevenopus Thomas and Barnard, 1983
^Eudevenopus metagracilis (J. L. Barnard, 1964) C
Platyischnopus metagracilis J. L Barnard, 1964
Tiburonella Thomas and Barnard, 1983
iTiburonella viscana (J. L. Barnard, 1969) C
Platyischnopus viscana J, L. Barnard, 1969
Pleustidae Stebbmg, 1888
Dacrylopleustes Karaman and J, L, Barnard, 1979
Wactylopleustes echinoicus (Tzvetkova, 1975) B
Wactylopleustes sp. A of Paquette, 1986 C
Parapleustes Buchholz, 1874
Incisocalliope J. L. Barnard 1959
2 Parapleustes behningi (Gurjanova, 1938)
4 Parapleustes nautilus J. L. Barnard, 1969
Parapleustes commensalis Shoemaker, 1952 C
Parapleustes den J. L. Barnard, 1969
1 Parapleustes gracilis Buchholtz, 1874 B
Parapleustes oculatus (Holmes, 1908)
Neopleustes oculatus Holmes, 1908
Parapleustes pugettensis (D ana, 1853)
Incisocalliope newportensis J. L. Barnard, 1959
Parapleustes bairdi Boeck, 1871
Pleusirus J. L. Barnard, 1969
Pleusirus secorrus J. L. Barnard 1969
Pleustes Bate, 1858
1 Pleustes cataphractus obtusirostns Gurjanova, 1938 B
\ Pleustes cataphractus typicus Gurjanova, 1951 B
5 Pleustes depress us Alderman, 1936
1 Pleustes panoplus (Kroyer, 1838) B
Pleustes platypa J. L, Barnard & Given, 1960
Pleusymtes J. L Barnard, 1969
Pleusymtes coquilla J. L. Barnard, 1971
Pleusymtes subglaber (J. L. Barnard & Given, 1960)
Sympleustes subglaber JF. L. Barnard & Given, 1960
18
Key - 1. = not included 2 - new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography
B - boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Stenopleustes Sars, 1895
Stenopleustes monocuspis !. L. Barnard & Given, I960
Podoeeridae Dana, 1849
Duikhia Krayer, 1843
l Dulichia rhabdoplastis McCloskey, 1970 B
l Dutichia tuberculata Boeck, 1871 B
Dulichiopsis Laubitz, 1977
1 Dulichiopsis remis (J, L. Barnard, 1964) B
Dulicbia remis J. L. Barnard, 1964
Dyopedos Bate, 1857
1 Dyopedos arcticus (Murdoch, 1885)
1 Dyopedos bispinus (Gurjanova, 1930) B
1 Dyopedos monacanthus (Metzger, 1875)
Dulichia monacantha Metzger, 1875
Paradulichia Boeck, 1871
[ Paradulichia typica Boeck, 1871 B
Podocerus Leach, 1814
Podocerus brasihensis (Dana, 1853)
Podocerus cristatus (Thomson, 1879)
Podocerus fulanus J. L. Barnard, 1962 C
1 Podocerus spongicolus Alderman, 1936
Pontoporeiidae Dana, 1855
Pomoporeia Kroyer, 1842
l Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer, 1842 B
Stegocephalidae Dana, 1855
Stegocephalus Kroyer, 1842
i Stegocephalus bancocki Hurley, 1956 C
Stenothoidae Boeck, 1871
Mesometopa Gurjanova, 1938
^Mesometopa esmarki (Boeck, 1871)
Mesometopa neglect a ray a J. L. Barnard, 1966 C
1 Mesometopa sinuata Shoemaker, 1964
Metopa Boeck, 1871
^ Metopa cistella J. L. Barnard, 1969
Metopa dawsoni J. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Metopa glacialis (Kroyer, 1842) B
Metopa samsiluna J. L. Barnard, 1962
l Metopa sp . A of Cadien [1988] C
Metopella Sars, 1895
Metopella aporpts I. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Metopella sp. A of Cadien [1989] B
Parametopella Gurjanova, 1938
Parametopella ninis J. L. Barnard, 1962
Proboloides Della Valle, 1893
[ Proboloides pacifica (Holmes, 1908) B
Proboloides tunda J. L, Barnard, 1962 C
Stenothoe Dana, 1852
Stenothoe estacola J. L. Barnard, 1962
Stenothoefrecanda J. L. Barnard, 1962
1 Stenothoe marina Bate, 1857
Stenothoe valida Dana, 1852
Key - L = not included 2.= new name 3* = family changed 4. - status changed 5- = new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
1 9
Stenothoides Chevreux, 1900
Stenothoides biconui J. L, Barnard. 1962
1 Stenothoides burbanki J. L. Barnard, 1969
Stetiula J. L. Barnard, 1962
l Stenula incola J. L. Barnard. 1969
Stenula modosci J. L. Barnard. 1962
Zaikometopa J. L. Barnard and Kara man, 1987
1 Zaikometopa ervthrophthalmus (Coyle and Mueller, 1981) B
Metopelloides erythrophthalmus Coyle and Mueller, 1981
Stilipedidae Holmes, 1908
Astyridae Pirlot, 1934
Astyra Boeck, 1871
KAstyra abyssi Boeck, 1871
Stilipes Holmes, 1908
1 Stilipes distinctu Holmes, 1908
Synoptidae Dana, 1853
Tironidae Boeck, 1871
Bruzelia Boeck, 1871
Bruzelici ascua J. L. Barnard, 1966
Bruzjdia tuberculata Sars, 1883
Garosyrrhoe J. L. Barnard, 1964
Garosyrrhoe bigarra (J. L. Barnard, 1962)
Syrrhoites bigarra J. L. Barnard, 1962
Syrrhoe Goes, 1866
Syrrhoe crenulata Goes, 1866
Syrrhoe longijrons Shoemaker, 1964
1 Syrrhoe oluta J. L. Barnard, 1972
l Syrrhoe sp. A SCAMIT, 1987 C
Syrrhoites Sars, 1895
1 Syrrhoites columbiae J. L. Barnard, 1972
1 Syrrhoites sp. B of Cadien [1986] C
Tiron Liljeborg, 1865
Tiron biocellata J. L. Barnard, 1962
Tiron tropakis J. L. Barnard, 1972
Taiitridae Leach, 1813
Megalorchestia Bousfield, 1982
2 Megalorchestia benedicti (Shoemaker, 1930)
Orchestoidea benedicti Shoemaker, 1930
2 Megalorchestia californiana (Brandt, 1851)
Orchestoidea califomiana (Brandt, 1851)
2 Megalorchestia Columbiana (Bousfield, 1958)
Orchestoidea columbiana Bousfield, 1958
2 Megalorchestia comiculata (Stout, 1913)
Orchestoidea comiculata Stout, 1913
2 Megalorchestia minor (Bousfield, 1958)
Orchestoidea minor Bousfield, 1958
2 Megalorchestia pugettensis (Dana, 1853)
Orchestoidea pugettensis (Dana, 1853)
20
Key - 1. = not included 2.= new name 3. = family changed 4. = status changed 5. = new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
Paciforchesria Bo us tie Id, 19B2
1 Paciforchestia klawei (Bousfield, 1961) C
Parorchestia klawei Bousfield, 1961
Platorchestia Bousfield, 1982
1 Platorehestia chathamensis Bousfield, 1982 B
Tramorchestia Bousfield, 1982
1 Transorchestia enigmatica {Bousfield and Carlton, 1967)
Orchestia enigmatica Bousfield and Carlton, 1967
Orchestia chilensis Milne-Edwards, 1840 of Bousfield, 1975
Traskorchestia Bousfield, 1982
-Traskorchestia georgiana {Bousfield, 1958)
Orchestia georgiana Bousfield, 1958
1 Traskorchestia ochotensis (Brandt, 1851) B
Orchestia ochotensis Brandt, 1851
traskorchestia traskiana (Stimpson, 1857)
Orchestia traskiana Stimpson, 1857
Urolhoidae Bousfiekl, 1978
Urothoe Dana, 1852
1 Urothoe denticulata Gurjanova, 1951 B
1 Urothoe rotundifrons J. L. Barnard, 1962
$ Urothoe varvarini Gurjanova, 1953
Key - 1. = not included 2.- new name 3. = family changed 4. - status changed 5. = new orthography
B = boreal occurrence only C= Californian occurrence only
II
102d CONGRESS
1st Session
To establish a national policy for the conservation of biological diversity; to
support environmental research and training necessary for conservation and
sustainable use ol biotic natural resources; to establish mechanisms for
carrying out the national policy and for coordinating related activities; and to
facilitate the collection, synthesis, and dissemination of information necessary
for these purposes-
S. 58
IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES
January 14 (legislative day, January 3), 1991
Mr. Mo yn i han introduced the following bill; which was read twice and referred
to the Committee on Environment and Public Works
A BILL
To establish a national policy for the conservation of biological
diversity; to support environmental research and training
necessary for conservation and sustainable use of biotic
natural resources; to establish mechanisms for carrying out
the national policy and for coordinating related activities;
and to facilitate the collection, synthesis, and dissemination
of information necessary for these purposes.
1 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representa -
2 tives of the United States of America in Congress assembled ,
3 SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
4 This Act may be cited as the “National Biological Di-
5 versity Conservation and Environmental Research Act".
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
<
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
OO
*-d i-t
23
24
25
SEC. 2. FINDINGS.
The Congress finds that—
(1) the Earth's biological diversity is being re¬
duced at a rate without precedent in human history;
(2) most losses of biological diversity caused by
human activity are unintended and largely avoidable;
(3) while the most rapid loss ol biological diversity
is occurring outside the United States, it is also a seri¬
ous problem within this country;
(4) reduced biological diversity may have serious
consequences for human welfare as resources for re¬
search and agricultural, medicinal, and industrial devel¬
opment are irretrievably lost;
(5) reduced biological diversity may also endanger
the functioning of ecosystems and critical ecosystem
processes that moderate climate, govern nutrient cycles
and soil conservation and production, control pests and
diseases, and degrade wastes and pollutants;
(6) reduced biological diversity will diminish the
raw materials available for scientific and technical ad¬
vancement, including the development of improved va¬
rieties of cultivated plants and domesticated animals;
(7) existing information regarding the abundance
and distribution of biological diversity is inadequate,
often inaccessible, and frequently inapplicable to con-
S 58 IS
1
3
servntum management, thus hampering; the efliciencv
of resource policy and management decisions;
3 (N) existing conservation laws focus on the protec-
4 lion of individual species that have already suffered de-
5 dines, rather than emphasizing ecosystem management
6 it) sustain diversity across a range of species;
i t'.H c'.i.-lmg laws and program.-- rehwanl to tin
8 loss of biological diversity in the United IS tat as are
9 largely uncoordinated and inadequate, and sometimes
10 result in duplication of efforts, conflicts in goals, and
11 gaps in geographic and taxonomic coverage;
12 {10) a comprehensive and coordinated Federal
13 strategy is needed to arrest the loss of biological diver-
14 sitv and also, where possible, to restore biological di-
15 versify both through natural recovery and active man-
16 agement;
17 {11) increased biological and ecological research is
18 needed to provide the knowledge to maintain biological
19 diversity, to protect and manage ecosystems, and to
20 ensure the sustainable use of natural resources; and
21 (12) maintaining biological diversity through habi-
22 tat preservation is often less costly and more effective
23 than efforts to save species once they become eiidan-
24 gered.
S 58 IS
1
1 SEC. :t. DEFINITIONS.
2 For purposes of this Act—
3 U) the term "biological diversity" means the* full
4 range of variety and variability within and among
5 living organisms and the ecological complexes in which
G they occur, and encompasses ecosystem or community
T diversity, species diversity and genetic diversity;
H (2) the terms ‘'conserve 1 ', "conserving", and
9 "conservation" refer to protective measures for main-
10 taming existing biological diversity and active measures
11 for restoring diversity through management efforts, in
12 order to protect, restore, and enhance as much of the
13 variety of native species and communities as possible in
14 abundances and distributions that provide for their con-
15 tinned existence and functioning, including, at a mini-
1G mum, the viability of existing populations;
17 (3) the term "ecosystem or community diversity”
18 means the distinctive assemblages of species and eco-
19 logical processes that occur in different physical set-
20 tings of the biosphere and distinct parts of the world;
21 (4) the term "genetic diversity” means the differ-
22 ences in genetic composition within and among popula-
23 tions of a given species;
24 (5) the term "regional ecosystem” means an area
25 which is sufficiently large that it is capable of sustain-
1 iug nudltph- biological cinimiuniiies ;iiid nssneintrd spr
2 cies;
3 ((i) tin Irrm "species diversity" means the rich -
4 ness and variety of native species in n particular loca-
5 tion of the world; and
f7) the term "iState" means each of the several
7 Sin|tin' UNlrirt «i| t'uhmihia. the ('nmtJumweailh of
H Puerto Rico, the United Stales Virgin Islands, (iiiain,
9 I he ('ommon wealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
10 American Samoa, and any other commonwealth, terri-
11 tory, or possession of the United Stales.
12 SEC 4. PURPOSES.
13 It is the purpose of this Act-
14 (1) to conserve biological diversity;
15 (2) to require explicit assessment of effects on hio-
1G logical diversity in all environmental impact statements
17 required to be prepared pursuant to the National Envi-
18 ronmenlal Policy Act of 19G9;
19 (3) to establish a Federal strategy for the conser-
20 vation of biological diversity;
21 (4) to establish mechanisms for encouraging and
22 coordinating Federal, State, and private efforts to con-
23 serve biological diversity and natural environments;
S SB IS
S 5H JS
7
6
1 {5) lo undertake a nationally coordinated effort In
2 collect, synthesize, and disseminate adequate data and
3 information for—
4 (A) the understanding of biological diversity;
5 (Jt) assessing the rate and scale of the depie-
6 lion of biological diversity; and
i ((.’) identifying element el hmlttgieaJ dUrrsi-
8 ty that are in significant decline or otherwise war-
9 rant special attention;
10 (6) to support basic and applied research neces-
11 sary for the conservation of biological diversity; and
12 (7) to promote better understanding of the impor¬
ts tanee of hiologieal diversity and fosler actions that pre-
14 vent biologieal impoverishment and conserve biological
15 diversity and natural resources.
16 SEC. S. NATIONAL BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY AND ENVIRON-
17 MENTAL POLICY.
18 (a) Policy. —It is the public policy of the United States
19 that conservation of biological diversity is a national goal,
20 and conservation efforts are a national priority.
21 (b) Consistency of Federal Action.—T he actions,
22 policies, and programs of all Federal agencies shall be con-
23 sistent with the goal of conservation of biological diversity, to
24 the maximum extent practicable.
1 (e) Conservation of Uiological Diversity on
2 Federal Lands and Waters. — All Federal lands and
3 waters shall be managed lo conserve biological diversity
4 within the context of the purposes for which those areas u.
5 established.
6 (d) Environmental Impact Statements.—
7 (1) Regulations.—N ol Inter limn one year after
8 the dale of the enactment of this Act, the Council mi
9 Environmental Quality shall issue regulations which
10 establish requirements for agencies lo assess Liu* im-
11 pacts of Federal agency actions on biological diversity
12 in preparing environmental impact statements under
13 section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act
14 of 1969.
15 (2) Identification ok communities, species,
H) and populations in significant DECLINE. —Ill
17 preparing the regulations required under paragraph (1),
18 the Council on Environmental Quality shall identify, in
19 consultation with the National Center for Uiological
20 ' Diversity and Conservation Research established under
21 section 9 (hereafter in this Act referred to as the
22 “Center") those biotic communities, species, ami popu-
23 lalions that appear to be in significant decline or in im-
24 minent danger of loss of viability, or arc otherwise id
25 special concern.
s w is
s 5M is
8
1 (e) Agency Review Pkoukhk.—E ach Federal depuri-
2 imint or agency shall, with the advice and assistance of the
3 Council on Environmental Quality, within 1 year after the
4 dale of the enactment of this Act—
5 (1) review its programs, both individually and cu-
G mulatively, for consistency with the conservation of bi-
7 ological diversity in accordance with this Act, paying
8 particular attention to biotic communities, species, and
9 populations identified under subsection (d)(2); and
10 (2) report the results of such review to the Prosi-
11 dent, the Council on Environmental Quality, and the
12 Congress.
13 (0 Review of Environmental Impact statement
14 nv EPA.—In reviewing environmental impact statements
15 under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1069, the
1G Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall
17 take into account the impacts of the proposed action on bio-
18 logical diversity.
19 SEC. 6. EFFECT ON OTHER LAWS.
20 Nothing in this Act shall be construed to amend or olh-
21 erwise alter any requirement to maintain biological diversity
22 under any other Act.
s w ts
\ SEC. 7. INTER \OC\t A WOlthlNC COMMITTEE nN IHlU.UCK \| r
2 I ICS lit.
:i ; ;1 j KsTAlti.islIMENT. - -There is established an Inin
I agency Working Commit Ice on liiologiral Diversity thereat
5 lei in iln> An referred to as tlie Interagency Committee ).
i> tli) Mkmukhship.—T he Interagency l Commit tee shall
7 rnii'i-i i>l t nuir*■^■niiifive eaeli Irmn -
S II) I he I to ivan ul Laud Management;
i) (2) the National Park Service;
Ml (3) llit Pish and Wildlife Service;
11 IU the Forest Service.;
12 Ci) the Department of Defense;
i;i (ti) the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admin-
14 ist ration;
15 (7) the Environmental Protection Agency;
H> (8) Lhe Department of Energy;
17 (9) the (’enter;
1H 00) the Council on Environmental Quality; and
j<) (11) am other agency or department of the
20 United States that Liu* President, or the Chairman of
21 the Interagency Committee, considers appropriate.
22 Each such representative shall be designated by the bead of
23 the entity named.
24 (<■) Chairman.—T he member uf lhe Interagency ( mm
25 milter representing the Council on Environmental Quality
20 shall serve as Chairman of the Interagency Commit tee.
S 58 IS
t {4) Function. -The hmction i»l tlie Inicragencv f-om-
- mitice shnII be io prepare a coordinated Federal strategy for
-1 conservation id biological diversity described in section 8.
4 (e) Dissot.r'nuN.-—The Interagency Committee shat]
n he dissolved after the submission to the Congress of the Fed-
(i rrai strategy required under section 8,
7 St;C. >. miKK U. ttlUrOCK Al, IMVKKSiTY STUATIftiY.
H (a) Dkyklobmrnt.—T he Interagency Committee shall
I) develop a coordinated Federal strategy for the conservation
10 of biological diversity (hereafter in this Act referred to as the
11 “Strategy”).
12 (L) Contknts.- -The Strategy shall contain—
Cl (l) a coordinated interagency plan for conserving
M biological diversity in tin* United States, particularly on
lf> federally-managed lands, including a specific descrip-
16 tion of tin* roles and responsibilities of each agency
17 represented on the Interagency Committee for imple-
18 meriting the plan;
19 (2) the identification of regional ecosystems within
20 the United States, and an interagency plan for coordi-
21 nating Federal management of such ecosystems for the
22 purpose of conserving biological diversity;
23 (3) a comprehensive set of criteria (including time
24 frames and objective measures) for evaluating the
S IS
3
4
r>
6
7
8
9
It)
11
12
13
14
ir>
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
I I
progress of the agencies represented on Mu Interagen¬
cy ('onnnittec in implementing tin* Strategy,
(4) specific management measures to hr taken by
curb agrnrv represented on the Inieragenrv Commit
tee pursuant to plans and erilena developed under
paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) with respecl to--
tA) conservation through protective measures
to maintain existing biological diversity, and
llirougli active measures io restore biological di¬
versity;
(li) provisions for the. long-term viability of
ecosystems and ecosystem processes;
(C) maintenance of gene pools through a
combination of in situ and ex situ techniques;
(I)) use of demonstration areas, such as bio¬
sphere reserves;
(F) consistency of policies in international ac¬
tions of Federal agencies;
(F) the identification of priorities tor conser¬
vation;
((1) economic incentives to encourage the
conservation of biological diversity;
(il) the development of broad-based educa¬
tion programs on the importance of biological di-
versitv and the necessity of conservation;
s &« is
11 J
1
2
3
4
5
6
i
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
(1) cooperation ami coordination with non
Federal sectors; and
(.1) training and education of agencv person¬
nel in ideological reserach, monitoring, and sys¬
tem* tics; and
(5) an interagency plan for conducting research on
biological diversity, idenlilying the roles and responsi¬
bilities of each agency represented on the Interagency
Committee, other Federal agencies, and the Center, in¬
cluding-—
(A) the identification of research priorities
which affect more than one agency;
(H) the development of coordinated research
programs for the conservation and restoration of
biological diversity;
(0) enhancement of scientific knowledge
through improved biological surveys;
(D) research to identify factors limiting popu¬
lation viability or persist (nice;
(E) improvements of management techniques
based on scientific knowledge; and
(F) the identification of habitats of special
concern, and the development of plans to proteel
those areas.
S SH is
ic ;>r
13
1 (e) Plume I'.vitTiriI'ATION. The public shall I
2 vided with opportunities to participate in ihc preparation u],
3 and to comment on, the Sira logy and any regional ecosystem
A management plans.
5 (d) Reports.—( 1) Within two years the date of the
(> enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall In* submitted to the
7 President and the Congress bv the (’hairman of the luter-
H agency ( ’ouuuiUee.
9 (2) At least once every two years after the submission of
10 a report under paragraph (1), the head of each agency rep ro¬
ll senled on the Interagency Committee shall submit to the
12 Congress a report detailing progress in the implementation of
13 the Strategy, including written comments by I lie public.
14 SEC. St. NATIONAL CENTER FOR MOLOCICAL DIVERSITY AND
15 CONSERVATION RESEARCH.
16 (a) Establishment and Purpose.—T here is estab-
17 lished within the Smithsonian Institution, in cooperation with
18 the Environmental Protection Agency, a National (’enter for
19 Biological Diversity and Conservation Research (the (Voter),
20 whose purpose shall be to set research priorities, to provide
21 leadership and coordination for the understanding and promo-
22 tion of knowledge of the biota and the effect of human aclivi-
23 ties on tint biota, and to make this knowledge; accessible to
24 the people of the United States and others working to eon
S 5H IS
14
1 serve biological diversity throughout the world. Tin* (Vnter
2 shall he administered by a Director.
3 <b) Functions.—T he functions of the Center shall
4 lie—
5 U) to summarize and enhance the knowledge of
6 the distribution, status, and characteristics of the hint a
7 in a manner that can lie used in conservation and mau-
8 agement;
9 (2) to prepare, with the assistance of agencies and
10 other sources, lists and, where appropriate, maps of—
11 (A) biotic communities, species, and popula-
12 tions that appear to be in significant decline or in
13 imminent danger of loss of viability, or are other-
14 wise of special concern;
15 (B) areas of outstanding ecological or biotic
16 importance; and
17 (C) factors, including ownership status and
18 applicable laws, affecting the protection of such
19 communities, species, and populations;
20 (3) to publish information, such as floral and
21 faunal treaties, resource inventories, vegetation maps,
22 atlases, and guides for practical use of biological infor-
23 niation, and especially publications that synthesize in-
24 formation relevant to national goals of understanding
25 and conserving biological diversity;
S 5* IS
15
I i n h> identify 1:t\oinunu- groups, ecological rum-
- iiumitics, mid geographical areas in need of Mudv, and
■ 5 tn develop a strategic plan for. iniliate, and provide fi-
1 imlu-i:iI support toward an ongoing survey of the biota;
to) to provide for the eonditeling of research,
6 through grants, contracts, or otherwise, by Federal,
< State, and private* agencies, institutions, organizations,
8 and individuals;
9 (6) to provide information useful to the luteragen-
16 ev Committee in the preparation of the Strategy;
I 1 (7) to make recommendations to Federal agencies
12 and others nil tin* teehnieal management of data roller-
• 3 lion, storage, and retrieval;
N (8) to provide training and teehnieal assistance to
15 Federal agencies and others regarding collection and
16 interpretation of biological data; and
17 (It) to raise additional funds as necessary to sup-
18 purl the activities of the Center.
19 (cl Kticiictukk and Membership.—
20 (1) Advisory hoard. —The Center shall have an
21 advisory hoard, which shall independently assist in set-
22 ling the policies for and directing the ('enter.
23 (2) Membership. —(A) the advisory hoard shall
24 consist of 17 members, including—
S Sh is
I
o
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1G
17
18
Ul
20
21
22
23
10
li> I represent alive nl ilu* Smithsonian lusii-
1 ut ion;
(ii) 1 representative of tin* ImsIi and Wildlife
Service;
(hi) 1 representative of ilic National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration;
(iv) I representative ol the National J'ark
Service;
(v) 1 representative of the Department of
Energy;
(vi) ] representative of the National Science
Foundation;
(vii) l representative of the Agricultural Re¬
search Service;
(viii) l representative ol the Environmental
Protection Agency;
(ix) 1 representative of the Forest Service;
(x) 1 representative of the Bureau of Land
Management;
(xr> 1 representative ol the Army Corps of
Engineers;
(xii) 1 representative of the State biological
surveys;
s 5tf is
1
17
Ixiiil J representative ol pmaii nrguui/atiims
that maintain large data bases oncnied louani hi
3 ological conservation;
4 (xiv) 2 scientists from lampintu research in
5 stilulions or universities; and
G (xv) 2 representatives from institutions with
7 collections of biological specimens.
8 tit) Members listed under clauses imi) through (xv)
9 of subparagraph (A) shall be appointed by the Fresi-
10 dent from a list of nominees recommended by the Na-
11 tional Academy of Sciences.
12 (3) Terms,—M embers of the advisory hoard shall
13 serve for terms of 5 years, and may serve more than
14 one term.
15 (4) Compensation of mkmijeus.-
1G <A) Nongovernment menders.— Each
17 member of the advisory board that is not other-
18 wise in the service of the Federal Government
19 shall, to the extent provided for in advance in ap-
20 propriations Acts, be paid actual travel expenses
21 and per diem in lieu of subsistence expenses in at>
22 cordanee with section 5793 of title 5, United
23 8Lutes Code, when such member is away from the
24 member’s usual place of residence.
s m is
18
1 (It) GOVERNMENT MEMBERS.— Kadi
2 member of the advisory board that is otherwise in
3 the service of the Federal Government shall serve
4 without compensation in addition to that received
5 for such other service, but while engaged in the
6 work of the Advisory Board, such member shall,
7 to the extent provided for in advance in appro-
8 prialions Acts, be paid actual travel expenses, and
9 per diem in lieu of subsistence expenses in accord-
10 ance with subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5,
] 1 United States Code, when away from the mem-
12 ber's usual place of residence.
13 (5) Chairman. —The members of the advisory
14 board shall select 1 member to serve as chairman.
15 (6) Funding arrangements,—T he Director of
16 the Center shall make appropriate arrangements for
17 necessary administrative and clerical support of the ad-
18 visory board, in consultation with the chairman of the
19 advisory board.
20 (7) Authorization of appropriations,—
21 There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out
22 this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1991,
23 $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1992, and $10,000,000 for
24 fiscal year 1993, to be derived from funds otherwise
25 authorized for the Federal agencies represented on the
19
1 advisory board, and to remain available- uni 1 1 expended
2 as specified in appropriations Aets.
3 SEC. 1(1. NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
4 The Council on Environmental Quality shall retain the
5 National Academy of Sciences—
6 U) to provide scientific and technical advice and
7 counsel in the preparation of the Strategy to ensure
H that the best possible scientific information is used in
9 developing the Strategy; and
10 (2) to provide a general reference and scientific
11 and technical advisory resource for the Nation in mat-
12 ters relating to conservation and biological diversity.
13 SEC. 11. HUY-AMERICAN REQUIREMENT.
14 (a) Determination by Administrator.— If the Ad-
15 ministrator, with the concurrence of the Secretary of Cum-
16 mcrce and the United Slates Trade Representative, detcr-
17 mines that the public interest so requires, the Administrator
18 is authorized to award to a domestic firm a contract made
19 pursuant to the issuance of any grant made under this Act
20 that, under Lhe use of competitive procedures, would be
21 awarded to a foreign firm, if—
22 (1) the final product of the domestic firm will be
23 completely assembled in tin- United States;
s SH is
S btt is
20
1 (2) when completely assembled, not less ihaii 51
2 percent of the final product of the domestic firm will lie
3 domestically produced; and
4 (3) the difference between the bids submitted by
5 the foreign and domestic firms is not more than 6 per-
6 cent.
7 In determining under this subsection whether the public in¬
ti teresl so requires, the Administrator shall take into account
1) United States international obligations and trade relations.
10 (b) Limited Application. —This section shall not
11 apply to the extent to which—-
12 (I) such applicability would not be in the public
13 interest;
14 (2) compelling national security considerations re-
15 quire otherwise; or
16 (3) the United States Trade Representative deter-
17 mines that such an award would be in violation of the
18 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade or an inter-
19 national agreement to which the United States is a
20 party.
21 (c) Limitation,—T his section shall apply only to con-
22 tracts made related to the issuance of any grant made under
23 this Act for which—
24 (1) amounts arc authorised hy this Act to lie made
25 available; and
21
1 (21 solicitations for bids are issued after the dale
2 of the enactment of this Act.
3 (d) Report to Conorebb. —The Administrator shall
1 report to 1 lit* Congress on contracts covered under this sec-
5 lion and entered into with foreign entities in fiscal years 1990
(i and 1991 and shall report to the Congress on the number of
7 nuuraets that meet the requirements ol subsection (a) but
H which are determined by the United Stales Trade Rcpresent-
9 ative to he in violation of the General Agreement on Tariffs
10 and Trade or an international agreement to which the United
11 Slates is a party. The Administrator shall also report to the
12 Congress on t he number of contracts covered under Lhis Act
13 and awarded based upon the parameters of this section.
14 (el Definitions. —For purposes of this section—
15 (1) the term "Administrator" means the Adminis-
Hi trntor of the Knvironmental Protection Agency;
17 (2) the term "domestic firm” means a business
18 entity that is incorporated in the United States and
19 that conducts business operations in the United States;
20 and
21 (3) the term "foreign firm" means a business
22 entity not described in paragraph (2).
23 SEC. 12. INTERNATIONAL CONSERVATION ACTIVITIES.
24 (ft) The Agency for International Development, Depart-
25 merit of State, Fish and Wildlife Service, National Park
s in is
s &K is
22
1 Service, National Marine Fisheries Service, Environmental
2 Protection Agency, Forest Service, and Department of Agri-
3 culture are directed to encourage conservation of biological
4 diversity globally through—
5 (1) fully supporting and coordinating implements-
6 lion of existing obligations and programs that conlrih-
7 uLe to the conservation ol biological diversity globally,
8 including—
9 (A) Convention on Trade in Endangered
10 Species (CITES);
11 (B) World Heritage Convention;
12 (C) Convention on Nature Protection and
13 Wildlife Preservation in the Western Hemisphere;
14 (D) Convention on Wetlands of International
15 Importance, Especially as Waterfowl Habitat
16 (Ramsar); and
17 (E) Man and the Biosphere Program-
18 United States;
19 (2) supporting basic and applied research towards
20 understanding ecological systems and applying that
21 knowledge for sustainable development and the conser-
22 vation of biological diversity internationally, including
23 cooperative research and scientific exchange with gov-
24 ernmental, educational and research institutions;
s as is
I
;uuJ leclmira
23
(3) increasing training, educalimi,
2 assistance related to conservation of biological diversity
3 and sustainable development;
4 (4) providing assistance tlml promotes sustainable
5 development and global environmental stability includ-
(1 ing research on and implementation of—
7 (A) alternative lahd use practices in areas
8 adjacent to natural ureas of significant ecological
9 value;
10 (B) measures to increase productivity of de-
11 graded and altered lands and waters in order In
12 relieve the pressures on natural ecosystems, and
13 (5) cooperating with one another and with appro-
14 priate international organizations and governments in
15 developing and in implementing these obligations, re-
16 search, and conservation programs.
17 (b) The Agency for International Development is direet-
18 ed to hire, as opportunity permits through attrition or other-
19 wise, United States direct-hire technical staff in environmen-
20 tal and natural resources with extensive formal training in
21 conservation of biological diversity and sustainable develop-
22 ment.
23 (c) The Congress finds that sections 118 and 119 of the
24 Foreign Assistance Act provide a significant basis lor ad-
25 dressing the problems of tropical deforestation and loss of
S 58 is
24
1 biological diversity. The Congress reaffirms its support for
2 these provisions and directs that AID give high priority to
3 their implementation,
O
NOTES ON STENOTHOIDAE OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
Paula Rothman and Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson
The writers searched Barnard and Barnard, 1990, for Stenothoid
amphipods reported from the study area and reviewed the pertinent
literature. They have provided a key to the genera listed for south¬
ern California and included copies of selected articles with figures,
A list of genera of Stenothoids found along the western North
American coast from Alaska to Baja California is provided, however
detailed information is not given for this expanded list.
Stenothoids from the southern California coast (Pt. Concepcion to
Mexican Border):
Mesometooa nealecta rova
Metopa dawsoni
Metopa fPrometopa) samsiluna
Metopa sp,
Metooella aporpis
Parametooella ninis
Proboloides tundra
Stenothoe estacola
S. frecanda
S. valida
Stenothoides bicoma
Stenothoids from North American coast from Alaska to Baja California
Mesometopa esmarki
Metooella aporpis
Proboloides pacifica
Stenothoe adhaerans
S. aecruicornis
S. alinaa
Stenothoides bicoma
S. burbanki
Stenula incola
S. nodosa
1
LITERATURE CITED FOR SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA STENOTHOIDS
Barnard, J.L. 1953. On Two New Amphipod Records from Los An¬
geles Harbor. Bulletin of the Southern California
Academy of Sciences, 52:83-87, plate 15.
_. 1962a. Benthic Marine Amphipoda of Southern California:
Families Aoridae, Photidae, Ischyroceridae, Corophiidae,
Podoceridae. Pacific Naturalist, 3:1-72, 32 figures.
_. 1962b. Benthic Benthic Marine Amphipoda of Southern
California: Families Amphilochidae, Leucothoidae,
Stenothoidae, Argissidae, Hyalidae, Pacific Naturalist,
3:116-163, 23 figures.
_. 1964. Los Anfipodos bentonicos marinos de la Costa
Occidental de Baja California. Revista de _a Sociedad
Mexicana de Historia Natural, 24:205-274, li figures, 5
tables.
_. 1966a. Submarine Canyons of Southern California. Part V.
Systematics: Amphipoda. Allan Hancock pacific Expedi¬
tions, 27(5):1-166, figures 1-46.
_. 1966b. Benthic Amphipoda of Monterey Bay, California.
Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 119(3541):
1-41, figures 1-7.
_. 1969. Gammaridean Amphipoda of the Rocky Intertidal of
California: Monterey Bay to La Jolla. U.S. National Museum
Bulletin 258: 1-230, figures 1-65.
Barnard, J.L. and C.M. Barnard. 1990. Geographic Index to Marine
Gammaridea (Amphipoda). Washington, D.C. 20560: Division
of Crustacea, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, NMNH,
Smithsonian Institution.
Barnard, J.L. and Gordan S. Karaman. 1991. The Families and
Genera of Marine Gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine
Gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13
(parts 1,2).
1
Key to the Genera of Stenothoidae
reported from Southern California
(Abbreviated from Barnard and Karaman, 1991)
*Not reported from study area.
1, Article 2 of pereopod 7 rectolinear.2
Article 2 of pereopod 7 expanded.3
2. Telson thickened and fleshy.*
Telson flat and laminar.3
3* Article 2 of pereopods 5-7 weakly expanded,
not fully rectolinear .. *Goratelson
Article 2 of pereopods 5-7 fully rectolinear . 4
4. Pleonite 4 with dorsal process. *
Pleonite 4 lacking dorsal process...5
5. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate. Frobolisca
Palp of maxilla 1 uniarticulate. 6
6. Mandibular palp absent.. . . Farametopella
Mandibular palp present ... 7
7. Mandibular palp 2-3 articulate. Metooella
Mandibular palp 1-artieulate. *
8. Article 2 of pereopod 6 not expanded or expanded
less than on pereopod 7....9
Article 2 of pereopod 6 expanded as widely as on pereopod 7.13
9. Article 2 of pereopods 5-7 evenly but
weakly expanded.... . Goratelsor
Article 2 of pereopods 5-7 diversely expanded . 1C
10. Pleonite 3 with dorsal process . , . .. Mesonroboloides
Pleonite 3 smooth ......11
11. Mandibular palp 0-1 articulate. .. Stenothoides
Mandibular palp 2-3 articulate.12
12. Article 2 of pereopod 7 tapering, basally expanded. Mesometopa
Article 2 of pereopod 7 evenly expanded . .... .
... Mesoproboloides excavata, Metope lie
13. Palp of maxilla 1 uniarticulate. 14
Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate. 1€
14. Mandibular palp absent. *
Mandibular palp present.. ... . li
15. Mandibular palp 2-3 articulate.. - . Metope
Mandibular palp 1-articulate.stenule
16. Mandibular palp absent.
Mar ibular palp present
18
17. An nna 2 as long as antenna 1, coxa 2
k eled anteroventrally. Stenothoe
Antenna 2 half as long as antenna 1, coxa 2
subquadrate and protrusive anteroventrally. *Knvsmetopa
18. Mandibular palp 1-articulate.* Prostenothoe
Mandibular palp 2-3 articulate..19
19, Accessory flagellum 2-articulate. .... . Metoooides
Accessory flagellum 0-1 articulate .. 20
20. Carpus of gnathopod 1 relatively short and lobate, propodus
elongate and expanded .. . . ..* Auro:netopa
Carpus of gnathopod 1 relatively long, not lobate, propodus
short and barely expanded. Proboloides
2
Mesometopa neglecta roya, new subspecies
(Fig.
References to typical subspecies:
[Mclopa neglecta Hansen.—Sars 1895: 274-275, pi. 97, fig. 2.
Mctapeifa neglecta (Hansen).—Gurjanova 1951 : 473-474, fig. 310.
Mesometopa neglecta (Hansen).—Shoemaker 1955a: 24, figs. 8a-f,]
Description: Lateral cephalic lobe sharp as in Mesometopa neglecta
Hansen (Sars. 1S95: pi. 97, fig. 2), eye small, composed of 8 to 10
large ommatidia loosely arranged; antennae reaching to end of fifth
pereonire; mandibular palp 2-articulate, appearing to be absent on one
mandible and present on other; palp of maxilla 1 uniarticulate;
gnathopod 1 simple, article 7 not setose; gnathopod 2 small, article 6
trapezoidal, expanded distally, palm oblique, sharply defined by a small
cusp, bearing two large defining spines; article 2 of pereopods 3-4
very slender; article 2 of pereopod 5 broad proximallv, suddenly con¬
stricted on distal half; articles 4 and 5 of pereopods 3-5 very slender,
not produced distally; third pleonal epimeron projecting strongly pos¬
teriorly ; telson with 2 marginal spines on each side.
Holotype: AHF No. 5920, female, 3.0 mm.
Type locality: Station 6806, Santa Cruz Canyon, California, 33 a -
56'-06" N, 1 lS°-52'-17" W, 221 m, December 22, 1959.
Material: Four specimens from the type locality.
Remarks: Mesometopa gibbosa Shoemaker ( 1955a) should be re¬
moved to the genus Mctopc/la Sars because the second article of pereopod
5 is slender. The remaining 3 species, Mesometopa esmarki (Boeck), M.
extensa Gurjanova and M. neglecta (Hansen), differ among themselves
more than the present material differs from M. neglecta, so these speci¬
mens are relegated to subspecific status. The larger, fewer, and more
loosely compacted ommatidia of the new subspecies differ from,the more
numerous, smaller, more compacted ommatidia of the stem species and
the piuvimal and distal portions of article 2 on pereopod 5 are more
sharply differentiated. The palm of gnathopod 2 has a small medial
cusp, not reported for M. neglecta neglecta. Probably the eye differ¬
ences are a reflection of the greater depth recorded for the new sub¬
species.
Figure 41
Mesometopa negiecta roya, new subspecies. Holotype, female, 1.0
mm, sta. 6806: A,R, antennae 1 , 2; C, gnathopod 1 ; D.F., gnathopod
2; F,G,H,IJ, pereopods I, 2, 3, 4, S, pereopod 2 reduced m /ire;
K, telson; L, third pleonal epimeron.
Genus Metopa Boeck
Metopa dawsoni, new specie*
Figs. 10, 11
Diagnosis of male: Gnathopod 1 with article 6 about half a 5 long
as article 5 and both articles with their edges parallel, its article 7 short,
about a third as long as article 6, bearing 4-5 setules along inner margin,
its article 2 slender, its article 4 not strongly produced behind; gnathopod
2 with nearly transverse palm defined by a large deflexed tooth which
points medially when not flattened on the microscopic slide, it* palm with
a large excavation and a multitoothed process near finger hinge, its article
7 failing to reach the defining tooth, its article 3 produced anteriorly, its
article 4 unusual in forming a thin, transparent process on the medial
side of article 5 and bearing an anterior spine, its article 5 bearing
minute denticulation along anterior edge; aqtenna 1 slightly longer than
antenna 2; accessory flagellum forming a minute bump; coxa 4 not sinuate
along lower margin; third pleonal epimeron slightly attenuated and
quadrate at lower corner; telson with 3 lateral spines on each side; fourth
article of peraeopods 4-5 stout.
Female: Article 6 of gnathopod 2 longer than in the male, about
two thirds as long as article 5; gnathopod 2 like that of male but principal
palmar excavation much smaller, the defining tooth much smaller and
not deflexed so that the palm is largely formed of the toothed portion seen
in the male, the finger nearly reaching end of palm, its article 3 more
strongly produced than in male.
Holotype: AHF No. 598. male, 3.0 mm.
Type locality: Station 6098, off Pt. Fermin, 33-38-45 X t 118-14-45
W. 24 fms, February 19, 1959.
Material; 36 specimens from 12 stations.
Relationship ; The genus Metopa is large, with 46 species. A key to
Distribution. Ft. Argueilo, de California a Bihu de San Cristobal, Baja
Cab forma, i:-i6o metros.
the specie* was published by Gurjanova (1951). The genus- Prometopa
Schellenberg 11926 1 -.s referred to Metopa by Gurjanova \ 1948 i but
separated in her ger.-ric key again in 1951. Prometopa differs from
Metopa by the presence of an indistinctly biarticulate accessory flagellum.
The new species herein has a minute, 1-jointed accessory flagellum. By
retaining the genus Prometopa , it is possible to state that the genus Metopa
is confined to the northern hemisphere.
Metopa dawsoni differs from several other species in the genus by
minor characteristics as follows: From its closest relative, Metopa wiesei
Gurjanova (see 1951), it differs by the different angle of projection of
the last tooth on the finger-hinge process of male gnathopod 2, t in .1/,
wiesei it projects posteriorly whereas in M . dawsoni it projects distally)
and by the much more elongated fifth article of gnathopod 1 and shorter
article 7. From Metopa alderi (Bate) (see Sars 1895: pi. 86) it differs
by the much more elongated fifth article of* gnathopod 1. with more slender
sixth article, the shorter seventh article, and the presence of telsonic
spines. In gnathopod 1, M. dausoni differs in like respect from M. spee-
tahilis (see Sars 1895: pi. 87) and .)/. boeckii (see Sars 1895: pi. 88).
The female of .)/. dawsoni resembles closely the female of M. robusia Sars
(1895: pi. 96, fig. 1) but differs by the stouter first gnathopod and less
strongly produced fourth articles of peraeopods 4-5.
Ecology: This species has an overall density of 0.9 animals per
square meter on the coastal shelf. It ranges in depth from 31 to 100
fathoms.
Fig. 11. Metopa dawsoni . n. m. Male, 4.3 mm, *u. 6105: A.B.C, gnathopod* l.
Female, 3.8 mm. rta. 5828: D4\ gnathopod* 1, 2. Female. 5.0 mm, «a. 6t3_. L.
gnathopod 2. Male, holoryp*, 3.0 mm, «a. 6098: G. gnathopod 2.
Metopa (Prometopa) samsiluna, new species
(Fig. 42)
Diagnosis: Assigned to the subgenus Prometopa Scheilenberg by
possession of a vestigial accessory flagellum; mandibular ;mlp 3-articu-
l.itc, first maxillary palp uniarticularc; fyes ..bsent; antennae very long,
■uibequal, peduncular articles of both antennae elongated, article 2 nr
antenna 1 longer than a;crc!e 1; coxa _ very broad; giiathopuv: i
short, with distinct palm, article 6 expanded, article 7 short, fitting
palm, mu «.«-:osc, nmuc 4 sirongly projecting posteriorly along article 5,
article 2 srrongly setose anteriorly; palm o: gnatliopoti 2 w.th a *arge
medial tooth, defining coi ter with large to«<rh; lobe rm article 2 of
pcreojjods t .iiul 5 narrow posterodist.'dl,. article 4 narajiv. ^.ircely
decun enc, tels^n spmnse,
Jlolotypc: AH I*’ No, 6013, female, 4.3 mm. Unique.
Type locality: Station l»34U, San Clemente Rift Valley, California,
32°-44'-35" N, l I3M2M5" W, 1620 m, January 30, 1960.
Relationship: This species differs from M. boeckii Sars (1895: pi.
88) in the presence of the medial palmar tooth on the second gnatho-
podal palm, the narrower distopostcrior lobes oil article 2 of pereopods
4-5, the broader second coxa and the shorter first gnathopod with a
more projecting fourth article and more distinct palm.
From M. spectalnlis Sars (1895: pi. 87) this species differs in the
equal antennae.
Metopa aldcri (Spence Bate) (Sars 1895: pi. 86) is closely related
and M. satnsiluna may be a form of M. aldcri but it differs in the
lack of eyes, the spinosc tclson, the longer antennae, the better de¬
veloped medial palmar tooth of gnathopod 2 and the narrower disto-
postrrior lobes on article 2 of pereopods 4-5.
The new species resembles M. aequicorms Sars (1885), especially
in the long, equal antennae and large coxa 2, but differs in the nar¬
row, scarcely dccurrerit fourth articles of pereopods 4 and 5 and the
spinose telson.
lavi Cmjanova (see J’JSI ) has short articles l and 2 of an¬
tenna I.
Metopa sp.
(Fig. 4J)
Material: One female, 2.2 mm, from Station 6499, Monterey Can¬
yon.
Relationship: This specimen has affinities with Metopa pusilla Sars
(1895: pi. 90, fig. 1) and may be identified with it although, minor
differences are noted as follows: the first gnathopod is slightly stouter
and article 4 does not project posteriorly as much ; coxa 4 is more
elongated antero-posteriorly.
1 rom M. h.ugiconus Sars ( 1895: pi. 90, fig. 2) this species differs
in rhe -itionglv projecting pn<rcrt)<tisMl corner of article 4 on percopud
5. 1 lie 2 cm ale rpiuthnpud 2 nil .1/. ft ;ntt:itmn S.us ( ! \ j
is more slcitilei .uul the palm morr oblu] ic than m the present mate¬
rial, but the fiuuies wf tli.it 'juaif' i:i Siephen>eii r I’J.*'!; :nc close :o
the material at hand. At:. k J ni pci eopinl 4 is tiftun.': in .1/. on.zi it
Goes (Sars JSOS * pi. ‘fj. fig I ■ then in the present specimen. J he poi-
tenor lobe of nick ^ mi female g:ia rt i .pod 2 is much router ami
longer in Ai. tniniithi Sms pi >14 fj^, J ), .rick 4 m pen v-
poil 5 is much srourer in M. nt'qttu><> nts Snrs (ISM: pi. 15. fig. 5).
Article 6 of gnnrhopud I is less tumid medially than m AJ. hoftkti Sars
( 1895: pi. 88).
The specimen also bears comparison to M. layi Gurjanova (see
1951) but article 6 of gnathopod 1 in that species is slightly stouter.
Metopclia aporpis, new species
Figs. 12, 13
Diagnosis of male: Articles of antenna 1 not produced; article 6 of
gnathopod 1 shorter than article 5, simple, its edges parallel, its posterior
edge with 4-5 long setae; article 7 of gnathopod 1 half as long as article
6, with 34 setae on posterior edge; palm of gnavhopod 2 oblique, formed
of a shallow quadrate excavation bounded on both sides by a long, sharp
tooth, the posterior one forming the defining tooth, the anterior tooth
being an extension from a minutely toothed process near the finger hinge;
gnathopod 2 with article 7 nearly reaching end of palm, its article 4
forming a medial translucent lobe projecting anteriorly and appressed
to the side of article 5. the anterior edge of article 5 with rows of minute
denticles; peraeopod 1 much longer than peraeopod 2 and poorly spinose,
peraeopod 2 having numerous stout posterior spines on article 5 and 6;
lelson with 2 lateral spines on each side near base.
Mandibular palp long, apparently biarticulate; first maxillary palp
uniarticulate.
Female*. Gnathopod 2 with palm oblique, irregularly toothed, with
one large medial tooth and a large defining tooth, the finger failing to
reach end of palm; telson with 4 spines on each side near base.
HOLOTYPE: AHF No. 5729, male, 2.4 mm.
Type locality: Station 4834, near Pt. Mugu, 34*00-20 N, 119-0145
W, 77 fms, rock bottom, February 6, 1957.
Relationship: This species is closely related to .1 Jetopella pacifica
(Holmes 1908), from Monterey, California, but differs by the simple,
not subchelate, first gnathopod. The resemblance of second gnathopod* is
amazing, and one wonders if the configuration of gnathopod 1 as drawn
for A/. pacifica were correct.
The new species differs from M. buynitzkii Gurjanova isee 19511,
M. macrochira Gurjanova (see 1951) and M. carinata (Hansen) (Gurja¬
nova 1951) by the elongated fifth article of gnathopod 1 and by the
quite different configuration of male gnathopod 2. It differs from A/,
nasuta I Boeck) (in Sars 1895) by the unproduced first article of antenna
1; from A/, neglecla (Hansen) (see Sars 1895) by the parallel edges of
article 2 on peraeopod 5; from M. longimana (Boeck) (see Sars 1895)
by the second male gnathopod, which in M. longimana has a nearly trans¬
verse palm; and from M. angusla Shoemaker (1949) by the palmar*
processes on male gnathopod 2.
Material: 5 specimens from 3 stations.
Ecology: Known from 2 stations in southern California at depths
of 46 and 77 fms and from Monterey Bay at 14 fms.
Distribution: Monterey Bay to San Cristobal Bay, Baja Cali¬
fornia, 24-140 m, south of Point Conception not shallower than 84 m.
Metopella (?) aporpis J. L. Barnard
Metope/h aporpis J, L, Barnard 1962c: 142-145, figs. 12, 13.
Canyon material: 6805 {3).
Fig. 12. Mttopclla aporpts, n. n>. Male, holotype, 2.4 mm, sia. +834: A, lateral
view; B, gnathopod I; CJ>,E,F,G, peraeopods l, 2, 5, 4, 5; H, uropod 5.
Parametopelia ninis, new specie**
Figs. 14, 15
Due* )<i< OF FEMALE: Gnathopod l slender, simple, iL* articles 5 and
0 equal in length, the hind margin of article 6 with 4 slender setae, the
hind margin of article 7 with 3 slender setae; gnathopod 2 small, slender,
its article 5 nearly two thirds as long as article 6, with broad hind lobe,
becoming subacute at apex, the palm oblique, straight, defined by 2
spines; articles of antennae simple, not produced; telson with 2 lateral
spines on each side.
Male: Unknown.
Holdtype: AHF No. 586, female. 1.9 mm.
Type locality: 5tation 5711, Santa Monica Bay, 33'S5*54 N, 118-
41-16 W. il fms. April 18. 1958.
RELATIONSHIP: This species differs from P, stelleri isee Curjanova
1951 ) by the more slender first gnathopod. the slimness of the posterior
setae of article 6, and the unproduced articles of the antennae as well as
the second gnathopod* which are known for the male in P. slelleri. It
differs from P. cypris I Holmes 1905: 4841 by the slightly longer fifth
article of gnathopod 2 which has a broad hind lobe, not a slender, apically
rounded, .'lightly constricted lobe as seen in P. cypris.
The writer cannot clearly discern the line separating urosome segments
5 and 6. Despite the large number of specimens no male was found ; all
specimens have brood plates.
Material: 37 specimens from 24 stations.
Ecology: This species has an overall density of 0.5 animals per
square meter on the coastal shelf. It is restricted to depths between 31 and
100 fathoms.
Fig. 15. Parametop£ila ninis, n. sp. Female. 2.3 mm, *ta 51<53: A. head. B,C.
gnathopod !, D.E, gnathopod 2: F. uropod 3.
Genus Proboioides Delia Valle
Proboioides cunda, new species
Fig. 16
Diagnosis: Eyes absent; antennae quite long; article 2 of first antenna
1.6 times as long as article 1; accessory flagellum absent; first gnathopod
with article 6 three fourths as long as article 5, bearing a distinct palm
which is defined by a group of 5 stout dispersed spines, its article 4 not
strongly produced; gnathopod 2 with medial side of article 3 sharply
produced forward, its article 4 with a sharp distally produced tooth, its
article 6 of intermediate slenderness, its palm quite distinct, oblique, shorter
than hind margin of article 6, with a flat-bottomed excavation for half its
length, the entire length sculptured into bead-like processes, defined by a
slight process bearing 2 spines; fourth articles of peraeopods 3-5 narrow,
scarcely produced; telson with 3 lateral spines on each side.
Palp of mandible Inarticulate, palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate.
Holotype: AHF No. 59LO, mule, 5 mm; no brood plates, no penial
projections.
Type locality : Station 6809, off Santa Cruz Island. 33-34-39 N,
119-46*24 W t 302 fathoms, December 22, 1959, bottom of shale, mud,
sand.
Material: Station 6809, (3 specimens; the two besides the holotype
are in fragments).
Relationship: Most species of Proboioides are distributed in the
southern Hemisphere and most of them belong to the subgenus Metopoides
which has a small accessory flagellum. In the northern Hemisphere appar¬
ently the only other species to have the narrow, unproduced fourth article
of peraeopod 3 is P. grandimanus (Bonnier 1896, Bay of Biscay. 950 m)
another deep water species like the present one. Bonnier has drawn that
species with an eye on one drawing and none on the other, and mentions
small round eyes in his description, but one wonders whether this might
be part of the brain which resembles an eye on the present specimens. The
second gnathopods of the new species differ considerably from those of
P, grandimanus, and the latter is aberrant for its large first coxa and
small second one.
Fig. 16. Probotoides tunda, n. ip. ?Mak, holoiype, 5.0 mm, sia. 6800: A, lateral view; B T C t D, giiatliopods I, 2, 2; £, urojuxl 3
F, leliou.
Sleaochoe estacola, new species
Fig. 17
DiaC.nosis OF Mall: Gnathopod 1 with article -1 scarcely projecting
behind. with article 6 almost twice as long as article 5. the palm quite
oblique hut well defined by 3 spines; gnalhopod 2 rather small. stout. it-
article 6 not elongated, the palm oblique but well defined by a large shallow
bump and with 3 .-mall blunt cusps: telson with 3 lateral spines on each
side; back not carinate; peduncle of uropod 3 shorter than raimi\ the
second article of ramus straight, armed with rows of minute serrations;
fourth articles of peracopods 3-5 of intermediate expansion.
Female: Gnathopod 1 like that of male; gnathopod 2 smaller and
more slender than in malt*, the palm tacking ornamentation, longer than
hind margin of article fi but well defined by several spines.
Holotype: AHF No. 55G. male. 3.0 mm.
Type locality: Barnard sta. 6. Corona del Mar. California. Febiuury
6. 1955. intertidal wash of crustaceans from reef-like beds built by tin*
pidvehaele worm. PhrufimutujHHiia sp.
Mvilioal; Barnard slas. -1 (29 1. 6 (22 1. 2.3 1 1 ).
KelatJO.xshjp: This species differs from Stvnathoc munuctiloitltw
lMontagu) tsee Sars 1895: pi. 82. fig. 1. and CJievreux and Page 1925:
fig. 132) by the stouter male second gnalhopod. its palm being armed
with short cusps and bv tin* nuitlispinosc telson: the female differs bv its
longer palm of gnathopod 2: from 5. Lmiiurnis Sars tl895: pi. 82. fig.
2) it differs by the shorter peduncle of uropod 3 and the less produced
fourth article of gnalhopod 1. From >. btirrvu‘ni.\is Shoemaker (1955) it
differs by the relatively elongated sixth article of gnathopod 1 and the
stouter second gnathopod with larger ami fewer palmar cusps. From
5. udhuvruns Stebhing (1888: pi. 39) it differs by the defining spines on
(he pulrn of female gnalhopod 2 and the much shinier peduncle of uropod 3.
Fciu.ogy : An intertidal species recovered from Cornua del Mar and
Ft. ITnuiii in formalin washings of 3 kinds of materials, sponge l Spht iiu-
.sjMtngiu sp,), beds of arenaceous encrusting polyi haele. /Virugmo/upn/mf
sp.. and in calcareous algae.
Stenothoe Jestacola. J, L. Barnard
Figure 61
■''(cnothoc tsfacola J. I.. Barnard, 1962c, p. 149, fig. 17.
Nu adults ns fully developed us the male shown by Barnard (1962c)
In*vc been collected in the present survey. The original material
"ns obtained at Ft. Fermin and Corona del Mar in mass washes of
"p'uiges, phrugmatopomids, and corallines. Presumably the specimens
"■"ugned herein belong with thut species, subndult males having
^iniihojjud 2 in a youthful stage, showing minutely a single middle
i'ulniar hump, two of which occur in the adult originally described.
All of the subndult specimens have antenna 1 very slightly longer
than antenna 2 (by the length of 2 flagellar articles), and all members
of the type series (reexamined), except the figured holotype, cor¬
respond. None of the present specimens, subadult females and males,
has the pectinal rows on article 2 of the third uropodal ramus but
faint indications of their presence are seen. Gnathopods of both sexes
differ in their medial and lateral aspects rather strongly and several
views contrasted to those drawn by Barnard (19G2e) are included
herein. The second maxilla has the inner and outer plates attached
in tandem; the outer plate of maxilla 1 has only G spines, the size
and arrangement of which seem unusual but which are duplicated
in other species of stenothoids; the outer plate of the maxilliped is
obsolete, the slight projection that is present being hidden by a
spine, the inner plates being strongly fused at their bases but separated
for about half their theoretical lengths.
Material.—goleta: PAyf/ospodiz-pelvetiid grid, scarce (10 per
sq. m.). pt. dume: short brown algae, abundant (176 per sq. in,);
coralline algae, abundant (330 per sq. m.); green-brown algae, rare;
Egregia, rare. pt. fermin: Barnard station 23, October 21, 1949,
abundant in calcareous algae, corona del mar: Phyllospadiz-conxiUna
grid, rare (4 per sq. ni.); calcareous worm tubes, rare; tunicate colonies
at base of Phyllospadiz leaves, rare; tunicates and pulychaete tubes,
rare, la jolla: sample 45-K-l (1) . catalixa island: “Velero” station
1370, shore, 4 specimens.
Distribution. —Goleta to La Jolla, California, intertidal.
Stenothoc frecanda, new species
Fig. 18
Diagnosis: Article 4 of gnathopod 1 strongly projecting detail; and
behind: gnathopod 2 with palm and hind margin contiguous, hearing near
finger hinge a small tent-shaped process with 2 small ones distal to it
(these less well developed in female), the palm lined with short setae, not
denticulate, with article 7 as long as article 6. ‘tout, lined on inner edge
with -hurt setae; tel-on with 3 lateral spines on each -ide; hack not
carinate; second article of ramus on uropod 3 straight, not geniculate, llit*
peduncle -lightly longer than ramus; fourth articles of peraeopod* 3-5 of
intermediate expansion.
Holotype; AHF Xo. 587. male. 3.6 mm. •
Type locality: Station 5632. off San Mateo Pt., 33-22-50 X. 117-
39 00 \Y. 36 fms. February 22. 1958.
Material: 23 'penmens from 6 stations.
Ecology: This species has art overall density of 0.3 animals per
‘quart* meter on the coastal shelf, hut is confined to depths of 35-50
fathoms whe re its frequency is 0.8 animals per square meter.
Relationship: This species is related to Stcnothoe i alidu Dana (see
J. L. Barnard 1953li hut differs hv the distal palmar teeth of gnathopod 2
projecting perpendicularly to the palmar axis rather than obliquely from
it. It differs from S. marina (Bated (see Sars 1895: pi. 80) by the termi¬
nally stout finger of the gnalhopods and by the greater similarity between
male and female -etond gnalhopods. a- well as the non-dent it ulate condition
of the palms.
Distribution: Monterey Bay to southern California shelf, 64*92 m.
///
Stenothoc valida Dana
(Plate 15)
Stenothoc validus Dana (1552), Amcr. lour. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 14,
p. 311; Dana (1553), U.S. Expl. Exped., vol. 14 II, pp. 924-925,
pi. 63, figs, la-o; Bate (1862), Catalogue Amphipodous Crus*
tacea, Brit. Mus., pp. 60-61, pi. 9, fig.-6.
Probolium polyprion Costa (1853), Rend. Real. Acad. Sci. Soc.
Reale Borbonica, n.s., vol. 2, p. 173; Costa (1857), Amfip,
Napoli, p. 199, pi. 2, fig. 3 (not seen).
Probolitim mcgachclcs Heller (1S66), Denk. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 26, pp. 13-14, pi. 2, figs. 1-2. .
Montazuu Micrsii Haswell (1SS0), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol.
4, p. 323, pi. 24, fig. 4; Haswell (1SS2), Catalogue Austral....
Crustacea. Austral. Mus., p. 226.
MontafUm hn»icornis Haswell (1SS0), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
vol. 4. pp. 323-324, pi. 24, fig. 5, H.iswtdl (18S2), Catalogue
Austral .... Crustacea. Austral. Mus., p, 226.
Probolium micrsii, Chilton (18S5), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W,, vol. 9,
pt. 4, p. 1043.
Stenothoc adharrans, Chilton (1891), Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 24,
pp. 259-260 (not Stebbing, 1SSS, Rep. Sci. Res. HMS Chal¬
lenger, vol. 29,-p- 199).
Stcnothoc uruatu K. H. Barnard (1930) was distinguished by the
denticulate ornamentation of coxae 3 and 4. Specimens at hand
show a series of submarginal coxal ridges running at right angles
to the margins plus minute, submarginal setules. These ridges
compare favorably with those figured by Barnard for Proboloulcs
pcrlatus (to which he makes reference, fig. 15). Barnard also re¬
fers to S. ornata as a possible synonym of Sfcnnf/ioc micrsii (Has¬
well) which Chilton (1923) considered a synonym of S. in!it!a.
Chilton (1923) pointed out that Kunkel’s (1910) female of
Stenothoc marina (Bate) showed gnathopod 2 identical to some
of his specimens of S. valida and this is true of the material at
hand,
KunkiTs Stcnothoe valida is considered dubious by the writer
and should he reexamined for other affinities because of the shape
of the second article of the ramus of uropod 3 and the teeth on
the palm of gnathopod 2.
Stenothoc tmcklandicus Stephensen (1927, Vid. Medd. Dansk
Nat. Foren., vol. S3, p. 311) was based on female specimens but
differs from females of material at hand by the shorter palm of
gnathopod 2, plus defining spines; the cusp is situated at the
middle of the palm rather than near the finger hinge. The writer
considers S. aucklandicns to be a valid species.
As Chilton (1923) suggested, S. dollfusi Chevreux (1891, Bull.
Soc. Zool. France, vol. 16, pp. 260-262, figs. 6-10) may be a form
of 5. valida although intergradations of the teeth of the male
gnathopod 2 have not been described. The palm of the female
gnathopod 2 is rather strongly excavated just proximal to the
finger hinge and the ramus of uropod 2 is longer than the ped¬
uncle (see Chevreux and Fage, 1925, Faune de France, vol. 9,
p. 1*5.)
Stcnothoe valida as noted by Schellenberg (1938) appears to be
5. cattai Stebbing (1906). This fact was ascertained when the
writer examined more than twenty lots of Sfcnot/ioe from the
Hawaiian Islands (lent through the courtesy of Dr. C. H. Ed¬
mondson, Bernice P. Bishop Museum) and found all of them
to Ik- S. cattai f a closely related species.
The males of the two species may be distinguished in the fol¬
lowing ways: (1) the geniculate and ridged second article of
the third uropodal ramus in S. cattai: in S. valida this article is
straight and styliform; (2) the shape of the teeth on the palms, of
the second gnathopod differs slightly; (3) the third coxa of
S. calido is very broad, while in S. cattai it is narrow, the sides
l>eiug nearly parallel.
The female of S. cattai differs from the male by the straight,
stylus-like second article of uropotl 3, similar to both males and
females of S. vulida, a factor which may have led to confusion
between the two species.
The females of S. cattai and S. vulida may he distinguished by
the following characters: (1) presence of a small, distal palmar
tooth on gnathopod 2 of S. vulida; (2) the luck of palmar de¬
fining spines on gnathopod 2 of S. i ulidu; (3) the broader coxa
3 of S. vulida. The latter character difference is not so pronounced
in the females of the two species as in the males, the third coxal
plate in the female of S. validu being intermediate in size between
the male of S. validu and both sexes of S, •cattai.
Stcnothoc validu, Della Valle (1893), Fauna Flora Golfes Neapel.
vol. 20, pp. 566-56S, pi. 5S, figs. 74-78 (in part); Stebbing
(1906), Das Tierreich, vol. 21, p. 194; Chevreux (1913), Bull.
Inst. Oceanog., Monaco, no. 262, pp. 2-3: Chilton (1923), Ree.
Austral. Mus., vol. 14, no. 2, pp. 95-100, fig. 5; Chevreux and
Fage (1925), Faune de France, vol. 9, pp. 137-138, fig. 137
Hale (1927), Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austral., vol. 51, p. 314, fig. 3;
Schellenberg (1928), Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 22, pt. 35, p,
641.
Stcnothoc validu, Craeffe (1902), Arb, Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien,
vol. 13, p. 22.
Stcnothoc micrsii, Stebbing (1906), Das Tierreich, vol. 21, p. 200;
Stebbing (1910), Austral. Mus., Mem. 4, vol. 2, pt. 12, p. 637.
Stcnothoc assimiln Chevreux (190S), Bull. Inst. Oceanog., no. 113,
pp. 4-8, figs. 4-6; Barnard (1925), Ann. So. African Mus., vol.
20. pt. 5, pp. 345-346.
Stcnothoc assitnilis. Walker (1910), IVoc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38,
no. 1767, pp. 621-622, fig. 1.
St (‘not hoc valid us. Walker (1910), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8,
vol. 6, pp. 31-32.
Stcnothoc ornata Barnard (1930), Brit.-Antarctic Exped. 1910,
Nat. Hist. Hepts., Zool., vol. 8, p. 341, fig. 16.
Stcnothoc validu, Chevreux (1935), Res. Camp. Set. Monaco,
fast. 90, p. 81.
Not Stcnothoc validu , Kunkel (1910), Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts
Sci. t vol. 16. pp. 16-19, fig. 5.
Not Stcnothoc validu, Schellenberg (193S), Knngl. Svensk. Ve-
tensapakad. Hand!., ser. 3, vol. 16, no. 6, p. 21 («-S. cattai
Stehbing).
Material examined. — Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor, 28
lots on the hydroid Tuhuluria crovea (Agassiz), collected hc-
tween April. 1950 and SeptrmWr, 1951.
Rlmahks. — The large synonymy of this species has been dm*
in pari to the statement by Dana (1853) that the second article
of the third peraoopod was as broad as those of prraeopods 4
and 5, thus leading Chevreux (1908 ) to describe Stcnothoc nssim-
i/ii. Walker (1910) and Chevreux (1913) pointed out the error
made by Dana, the second article of peraeopod 3 being very
slender.
Scenochoides Chevreux. new synonymy
Sienothoides Chevreux 1900: 55.
Mrsostenothaides Gurianova 1938: 280-
Diagnosis: Article 2 of peraeopods 3-4 lender; article 2 of peraeopod
5 broad; palp of mandible uniarticulale or absent; palp of maxilla 1
uniarticulate.
Type SPECIES: Sienothoides perrieri Chevreux i 1900> -
List or species:
Sienothoides { ?) bicoma, n. sp.
Sienothoides perrieri Chevreux
Mesostenothoides pirioti Gurjanova
M esostenolhoides sfastnikovi Gurjanova
Mesostenothoides smirnovi Gurjanova
Mesostenothoides uenoi Gurjanova
Steaothoides (?) bicotna, new species
Fig. 8
Diagnosis Of MALE: Last two urosomal segments fused but pleon not
otherwise aberrant as in some species assigned to Thaumatelsonidae (see
previous discussion); telson bearing three lateral spines on earn sme;
gnathopod 1 with article 5 longer than article 6. it? article 7 simple, not
setose, its article 4 scarcely produced; palm of gnathopod 2 oblique, bearing
a large multitoothed procr>s near finger hinge and a large, acute defining
process, with the excavation between them being quadrate; antennae sub-
equal in length; mandible lacking palp; palp of maxilla 1 uniartkulate.
Female: Palm of gnathopod 2 slightly oblique, defined by a distinct
tooth at hind comer and bearing along the palmar margin well-developed
teeth, one of which is larger than the others.
Holotype: AHF No. 5616, male, 3.0 mm.
Type LOCALITY': Station 4785, near Pt. Conception. 34-27-00 X,
120-08-30 W, 30 fms, December 18, 1956. bottom of green silt.
Material: 90 specimens from 29 stations.
Relationship: This species is distinguished among members of the
genus Sienothoides by the elongated fifth article of the first gnathopod,
but is otherwise particularly related to 5. slastnikovi Gurjanova isee 1951)
by the male second gnathopod,
ECOLOGY: This species has an overall density of 2.2 animals per square
meter on the coastal shelf. It is distributed principally between the depths
of 21 and 40 fms, but is found as shallow as 6 fathoms and as deep as
60 fathoms.
Stenothoides biconia J. L. Barnard
Sienothoides (?) bVowfl J. L. B.irn.ird 1962c: 135-137, fig. 8.
Canyon material: 4852( 1), 6S05( 1),
Fig, ft. Stentuhoidts bicoma, n. s{>. Male, 1.^ nun, sti*. 4ft+5- A, I*ioro! view; B,C, gnatliopods 1, 2, l),E,F, peroeopods 3, I, S; G,
nmiillipe'l, H, uropml 3; 1, leltoii. Mule, 4 mm, ila. 52H2; J,K, gr.«O u>|kwU I, 2, minus seine. Frmule, i.5 mm, slit. 5202: 1„M, gnallio-
po«U I, 2, minus seloe.
^ v \?orn, a
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
November, 1991
Vol. 10, No. 7
NEXT MEETING:
Sponges
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Karen Green
Private Consultant
December 9, 1991
Note this is the second Monday of the
month.
Cabrillo Marine Museum
San Pedro, California
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON NOVEMBER 18:
Ron Velarde announced the addition of a new symposia to the Water
Environment Federation’s annual conference in New Orleans,
Louisiana on September 20-24, 1992. It will be entitled ’’Surface
Water Quality and Ecology.’’ A copy of the announcement and a
abstract submittal form have been included in the newsletter.
Sea Pen Meeting: Dr. Hochberg of the Santa Barbara Museum of
Natural History lead the meeting on sea pens. He reviewed the
terminology used for their morphology and gave brief descriptions
of some of the species encountered off the coast of southern
California. The following is a synopsis of what was discussed
during the meeting.
The typical sea pen is divided into two distinct regions. The
subsurface peduncle with a terminal bulb (a swelling used to anchor
the animal in the sediment) and the portion above the surface of
the sediment called the rachis. The latter part includes all the
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
reproductive and feeding structures.
A number of different types of zooids are found on the rachis. The
primary zooid is called the ozooid. It is the zooid from which the
entire animal is derived. It is a single, non-feeding polyp
located on the distal tip of the animal.
The feeding polyps,, autozooids, can originate from the rachis
directly or emerge from fleshy limbs called leaves (pinna). Their
arrangement and number is diagnostic. The autozooids are composed
of feeding tentacles or anthocodiura . The base is called the calyx,
which can contain spicules.
Two other zooids are involved in maintaining turgor. The
siphonozooids and mesozooids are both non-feeding and non-
reproductive. Siphonozooids have well developed siphonoglyphs and
usually lack tentacles. They function in maintaining water
pressure. The larger mesozooids have poorly developed
siphonoglyphs and function in the release of water pressure. They
are typically arranged in rows on the rachis between leaves.
In stalked forms of the animal it is arranged so that the
autozooids are lateral, whether attached directly to the rachis or
on leaves, Dorsal and ventral are considered to be the barren
sides. In flattened forms such as Renilla spp. the dorsal surface
is considered to be the surface that is facing up and contains the
autozooids.
An internal stiffening rod called the axis can be present. The
cross-section of which can be taxonomically significant (e. g.
round or square).
Spicules are typically smooth in appearance and can take a variety
of shapes. There location within the animal is considered more
diagnostic than their individual shape. All color in sea pens is
derived from the color of the underlying spicules.
Dr. Hochberg has prepared a checklist of known west coast species
of Pennatulacea. Bold type refers to species commonly encountered
in Southern California. It has been include in the newsletter.
In his discussion. Dr. Hochberg gave a brief description of a
select number of species.
Family Umbellulidae
Umbellula huxleyi - 4-7 terminal polyps; 10-20 cm, high.
U. lindahli - 10-11 terminal polyps; 60 cm, high.
Family Pennatulidae
-3-
Penatuala spp. - Small dark red leaves; triangular; 3-10
polyps per leaf; calyx with 8 teeth.
Ptilosarcus gurneyi - 50+ polyps; rachis fleshy; calyx with 2
teeth on the calyx; small siphonoglyphs.
P. undulatus - 50+ polyps; rachis fleshy; 1 tooth on the
calyx; large siphonoglyphs.
Family Virgulariidae
Subfamily Virgulariinae
Acanthiptilum spp. - See Table 1.
Stylatula elongata - There are two different morphs.
They are both characterized by having a
separate calyx.
Morph 1 - 20-24 polyps per leaf; 10-15 leaves per inch.
Morph 2-40 polyps per leaf; 8 leaves per inch.
S. gracilis - Calyx fused at base; 13-18 polyps per leaf; 30
leaves per inch.
Virgualria bromleyi - 3-5 polyps per leaf.
V. galapensis - 25-35 polyps per leaf.
Subfamily Balticininae
Halipteris californica - 100 rows of leaves; 2-5 polyps per
leaf; 2 teeth on calyx; with
spicules.
Balticina willemoesi - 200+ rows of leaves; 8-15 polyps per
leaf; no teeth on calyx; no spicules.
FUTURE MEETINGS:
The January meeting is on the sixth. Ron Velarde will be leading
the meeting on Mysids. It will be held at the San Diego Museum of
Natural History. As in the past it will be in the basement
education room. Bring or send your problem specimens to:
Ron Velarde
4918 North Harbor Dr. H01
San Diego, CA 92106.
Note this is the first monday of the month*
-4-
The February 10, meeting will be on ophiuroids lead by Dr. Gordon
Hendler of the Los Angeles Museum of Natural History. It will be
at the museum in the Times Mirror Room. As always send or bring
any problem ophiuroids to Dr. Hendler.
92-93 Schedule: Larry Lovell is looking for input for possible
speakers and subjects for the next year. He would appreciate any
input you might have. You can write him at:
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista
Vista, CA 92083
CHRISTMAS PARTY DECEMBER 7:
Don’t forget the Christmas party at the Cabrillo Marine Museum. It
will be from 6 to 9 pm on December 7. Mark you calendars and bring
the kids.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
( 619)945-1608
( 619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
Table 1. Table of some taxonomic characters for selected species of the genus Acanthoptilum »
character
album
annulatum
gracile
scalpellifolium
pairs of
leaves
= 7 5
= 170
*?
}
Number of
polyps per
leaf
4-5
5-6
7-9 or >
7-9
siphonosooids
3/single rows
3-8/single or
double rows
6-12
8 (white)
spicule color
none
pink
none
purple/pink
ratio of
stalk/rachis
1/2
1/1
1/4
1/3
ORDER PENNATULACEA
Colonial octocorals unbranched, not firmly attached, consisting of a primary
polyp (oozooid) that elongates to produce a barren, proximal stalk which
anchors colony in soft substrate, and a polypiferous distal rachis from which
secondary polyps arize, either directly or from ridgelike or broadly expanded
polyp leaves. Gastric cavity of primary polyp divided into 2 primary and 2
secondary longitudinal canals by fleshy partitions at cent of which a more or
less calcified horny axis usually is produced. Secondary polyps invariably of
at least 2 kinds. Spicules smooth, 3-flanged rods or needles, rarely
tuberculated? or small scales or plates. Axes of pennatulids formed of
irregular, prismatic columns of calcareous material radiating outwrd from axis
core, which seems to contain a higher proportion of organic matter.
SUBORDER SESSILIFLORAE
Sea pens with polyps standing separately and arising directly from rachis
without being united near their bases by ridgelike or leaflike structures.
1. ANTHOPTILIDAE - Bilateral sea pens with polyps in transverse or
somewhat diagonal rows on 2 sides of rachis. Sclerites absent except for
minute oval bodies in interior of stalk. Axis round or quadrangular with
rounded angles.
2. Chunellidae
3. Echinoptilidae
4. FUNICULINIDAE - Colonies elongated, slender? autozooids rather small,
arranged laterally and ventrally on rachis, producing distinct calyces with 8
4
marginal teeth? siphonozooids infrequent. Spicules are prismatic needles.
Axis quadrangular.
5. KOPHOBELEMNON~DAE - Sea pens with polyps bilaterally oriented on
rachis but with some tendency toward radial symmetry; colonies clavate with
axis.
6. PROTOPTILIDAE - Bilateral sea pens with autozoids longitudinally
arranged in orne or more lateral rows. Spicules 3-flanged. Axis stout,
rounded.
7. RENILLIDAE - Sea pens with slender stalk and oval or reniform foliate
rachis bearing polyps on upper surface only. Axis absent. Spicules 3-flanged
rods with may be more or less platelike.
8. SCLERGPTILIDAE - Rachis elongate, bearing autozooids closely arranged
in indistinct whorls; dorsal track free of autozooids; siphonozooids scattered
between autozooids.
9. STACHY PTILIDAE - Bilateral colonies with autozooids arranged
laterally in transverse rows but not in longitudinal rows. Autozooids and
siphonozooids with well developed, scalelike calyces. Spicules 3-flanged
needles.
10. UMBELLULIDAE - Rachis is slender, elongate, bearing at its apex an
umbelliform tuft of large autozooids; siphonzooids situated among autozooids
and in groups or rows on barren parts of rachis. Spicules 3-flanged needles
in polyp walls, rachis and stalk rind, and small oval bodies in deep layers of
stalk. Axis round or quadrangular.
11. VERETILLIDAE - Stout, commonly clavate colonies without trace of
bilaterality; polyps fully retractile, no calyces. Spicules of various types,
none 3-flanged.
SUBORDER SUBSELLIFLORAE
Polyps united by their bases, situated in rows on lateral swellings or foliate
polyp leaves,
1. PENNATULXDAE - Bilateral sea pens with well developed polyp leaves
bearing one or more marginal rows of autozooids. which have calyces with
marginal teeth formed by spicules; siphonozooids on rachis, not on leaves.
Spicules minute oval bodies, plates, rods and prismatic needles.
2. Pteroeididae
3. VIRGULARIIDAE - Bilateral, with slender rachis? autozooids situated
in transverse rows and united together by their bases, rachis beneath them
raised into lateral swellings or small leaves. Spicules prismatic needles,
small biscuit-shaped plates or entirely absent. Axis stout.
{from Bayer, 1956)
CHECKLIST OF WEST COAST SEA PENS
ORDER PENNATULACEA
Suborder Sessiliflorae
Family Anthoptilidae
Anthoptilum grandiflorum {Verrill, 1879)
[In Nutting - A. murrayi Kolliker, 1880]
Family Funiculinidae
Funiculina parkeri Kukenthal, 1913
[In Nutting = F. arraata Verrill, 1879]
Family Kophobelemnonidae
Kophobelemnon affine Studer, 1894
K. biflorum Pasternak, 1960
K. hispidum Nutting, 1912
Family Protoptilidae
Distichoptilum gracile Verrill, 1882
[In Nutting = D. verrillii Studer, 1894]
Helicoptilum rigidum Nutting, 1912
Family Renillidae
Renilla amethystina Verrill, 1864
R- inermis Pfeffer, 1886
R. kollikeri Pfeffer, 1886
R. k. var. tigrina Deichmann, 1941
R. mulleri Kolliker, 1872
Family Stachyptilidae
Stachyptilum quadridentatum Nutting, 1909
S. superbum Studer, 1894
Family Scleroptilidae
Scleroptilum grandiflorum Kolliker, 1880
Scleroptilum sp
Family Umbellulidae
Ltmbellula geniculata studer, 1894
U. huxleyi Kolliker, 1880
U. lindahli Kolliker, 1880
[In Nutting = U. loma Nutting, 1909]
[In Nutting = U* magniflora Kolliker, 1880]
Family Veretillidae
Cavernulina darwini Hickson, 1921
[= Veretilium binghami Deichmann, 1936
Suborder Subselliflorae
Family Pennatulidae
Pennatula distorta var* pacifica Studer, 1894
P. kollikeri Studer, 1894
P. phosphorea var. californica Kukenthal, 1913
[In Nutting = P. aculeata Danielsson, 1858]
Ptilosarcus gurneyi (Gray, 1860)
[= Leioptilus quadrangularis (Moroff, 1902)]
[= Pennatula tenua Gabb, 1862]
P. undulatus (Verrill, 1865)
[= Lioptilum Verrillii Pfeffer, 1886]
[In Kukenthal = L. sinuosum Kolliker, 1872]
Family Virgulariidae
Subfamily Virgulariinae
Acanthoptilum album Nutting, 1909
A. annulatum Nutting, 1909
A. gracile (Gabb, 1864)
[= Virgularia gracilis Gabb, 1864 - March]
A. scalpellifolium Moroff, 1902
Stylatula Columbiana Verrill, 1922
S, elongata (Gabb, 1862)
[ = S, elongata Verrill, 1864]
[ = S. Ringei Pfeffer, 1886]
S. gracilis Verrill, 1864 [January)
Virgularia bromleyi Kolliker, 1880
[= V. californica Pfeffer, 1886]
[= V. reinwardti Herklots, 1858]
[ = Halisceptrum cystiferum Nutting, 1909]
V. galapagensis Hickson, 1930
V. agassizii Studer, 1894
[= Cladiscus]
Subfamily Balticininae
Halipteris californica (Moroff, 1902)
[= Balticina, Pavonaria]
[= H. contorta Nutting, 1909]
[= B. pacifica Nutting, 1909]
B. willemoesi Kolliker, 1870
[In Nutting = Balticina finmarchia (Ears, 1856)]
[In Nutting - B. septentrionaliB (Gray, 1872))
[= Pavonaria (Verrillia) blakei Stearns, 1873]
[= P. dofleini (Moroff, 1902)]
KEY SYSTEMATIC REFERENCES
Batie, R. E. 19 7 2 * Investigations concerning the taxonomic
status of the sea pen Pti1osarcus gurnevi (Cnidaria,
Pennatulacea). Northwest Science, 46(4): 290-300.
Bayer, F.M. 1956. Octocorallia. pp. F166-231. In: R.C. Moore
(Ed.). Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part F.
Coelenterata. Geological Society of America and University
of Kansas Press: Lawrence, KS. 498 p.
Coan, E.V. & A.E. Bogan. 1988. The Recent Invertebrate taxa
described by William More Gabb 1839-1878. Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 140(1):
273-284.
Deichmann, E. 1936. Notes on Pennatulacea and Holothurioidea
collected by the first and second Bingham Oceanographic
Expeditions 1925-1926. Bulletin of the Bingham
Oceanographic Collection, 5(3): 1-11.
Deichmann, E. 1936a. The Alcyonaria of the western part of the
Atlantic Ocean. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, 53: 1-317.
Deichmann, E. 1936b. Notes on Pennatulacea and Holothurioidea
collected by the first and second Bingham Oceanographic
Expeditons 1925-1926. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic
Collection, 5(3); 1-11.
Deichmann, E. 1941. Coelenterates collected on the Presidential
Cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,
99(10): 1-17.
Gabb, W.M. 1862. Description of two new Pennatulidae from the
Pacific Coast of the United States. Proceedings of the
California Academy of Natural Sciences, 2: 166-167.
Gabb, W.M. 1864. Description of a new species of Viraularia
from the coast of California. Proceedings of the California
Academy of Natural Sciences, 3: 120.
Gray, J.E. 1860. Revision of the family Pennatulidae, with some
descriptions of some new species in the British Museum.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, 5: 20-25.
Gray, J.E. 1870. Catalogue of sea-pens or Pennatulariidae (sic)
in the collection of the British Museum. London. 40 p.
4
Hickson, S.J. 1916. The Pennatulacea of the Siboga Expedition,
with a general survey of the order. Siboga Expeditie
Monogr., 14(Livre 77): 1-265.
Hickson, S.J. 1921. On some Alcyonaria in the Cambridge Museum.
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 20(3):
366-373.
Hickson, S.J, 1930. Some alcyonarians from the Eastern Pacific
Ocean . Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
1930(1): 209-227.
Hickson, S.J. 1936. Darwin's Cavernularia . Nature, 137: 909.
Hickson, S.J. 1937. The Pennatulacea. Scientific Reports, John
Murray Expedition, 1933-34, 4(5): 109-130.
Kolliker, R.A. von. 1872a. Anatomisch-Systematis che
Beschreibung der Alcyonariarien. I. Die Pennatuliden.
Abhandlungen von der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden
Gesellschaft, 7-8: 1-458.
Kolliker, R.A. von. 1872b. Morphologie und
Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pennatuliden-stammes nebst
allgemeinen Betrachtungen zur Descendenzlehre. Christian
Winter: Frankfurt a. Main
Kolliker, R.A. von. 1875. Die Pennatulide Umbellula und zwei
neue Typen der Alcyonarien. In: Festschrift zu Feier des
funfundzwanzigjahrigen Bestehens der Physikalisch-
medizinischen Gesellschaft in Wurzburg.
Kolliker, R. A. von. 1880. Report on the Pemnatulida dredged by
H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Report on the
Scientific Results of the Voyage of the H.M.S. Challenger
during the years 1873-76. Zoology, 1(2): 1-41
Kukenthal, W. 1913. Ueber die Alcyonarienfauna Californiens und
ihre tiergeographischen Beziehungen. Zoologische Jahrbucher
Abteilung fur Systematik, 35(2): 219-270.
Kukenthal, W. 1915. Pennatularia. Das Tierreich, 43: 1-132.
Verlag von R. Friedlander: Berlin.
Kukenthal, W. & H. Broch. 1911. Pennatulacea.
Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Tiefsee-
Expedition auf dem Dampfer "Valdivia 11 1898-1899, 13 (1)
Lieferung 2: 113-576.
Moroff, Th. 1902. Studien ueber Octocorallien. Zoologische
Jahrbucher, Abteiling fur Systematik, Geographie und
Biologie der Theire, 18(18): 363-410
Nutting, C.C. 1909. Alcyonaria of the California coast.
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, 35: 681-727.
Nutting, C.C. 1912. Descriptions of the Mcyonaria collected by
the U.S. Fisheries Steamer "Albatross'* mainly in Japanese
waters during 1906. Proceedings of the U.S. National
Museum, 43(1923): 1-104.
Pasternak, F.A. 1960. The deep-sea Pennatularia from the Bering
Sea and Kuril-Kamtschatka Trench. Trudy Instituta
okeanologii. Akademiya nauk SSSR, 34: 329-335. [In Russian]
Pasternak, F.A. 1961. Some new data on the specific composition
and the distribution of deep-sea Pennatularia, Genus
Kophobelemnon , in Northern-Pacific. Trudy Instituta
okeanologii. Akademiya nauk SSSR, 45: 240-258. [In Russian]
Pasternak, F.A. 1970. Sea pens (Octocorallia, Pennatularia) of
the hadal zone of the Kurile-Kamtschatka Trench. Trudy
Instituta okeanologii. Akademiya nauk SSSR, 86: 236-248.
(In Russian]
Pasternak, F.A. 1975. New data on the specific composition and
distribution of the deep-sea pennatularians (Octocorallia,
Pennatularia) of the Peru-Chile region and South Atlantic.
Trudy Instituta okeanologii. Akademiya nauk SSSR, 103: 101-
118.
Pfeffer, G. 1886 . Neue Pennatuliden des Hamburger
Naturhistorischen Museum. Mitteilungen Zoologisches Museum
und Institut, Hamburg, 3: 53-61.
Stearns, R.E.C. 1873a. Remarks on a new alcyonoid polyp from
Burrard's Inlet. Proceedings of the California Academy of
Sciences, 5(1): 7-12.
Stearns, R.E.C. 1873b. Description of a new genus and species
of alcyonoid polyp. Proceedings of the California Academy
of Sciences, : 147-150
Studer, T. 1889. Supplementary report on the Alcyonaria
collected by the H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-
1876. Challenger Reports: Zoology, 32(81): 1-31.
Studer, T. 1894. X. Note preliminaire sur les alcyonaires.
Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of
Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of
Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in chage of Alexander
Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
'Albatross', during 1891, Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, U.3.N.,
commanding. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
25(5): 53-69.
Utinomi, H. 1961. Noteworthy octocorals collected off the
southwest coast of Kii Peninsula, Middle Japan. Part *2,
Telestacea, Gorgonacea and Pennatulacea. Publications of
the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 9(1): 197-228.
Verrill, A.E. 1864. List of the polyps and corals sent by the
Museum of Comparative Zoology to other institutions in
exchange, with annotations. Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zooloty at Harvard College, 1(3): 29-60.
Verrill, A.E. 1865. Synopsis of the polyps and corals of the
North Pacific Exploring Expedition, under Commodore C,
Ringgold and Captain John Rogers, U.S.N., from 1853 to 1856.
Collected by Dr. Wm, Stimpson, naturalist of the Expedition.
With description of some additional species from the west
coast of North America. Proceedings of the Essex Institute,
Salem, Mass, 4: 181-196.
Verrill, A.E. 1868. Notes on Radiata in the Museum of Yale
College. No. 6. Review of the corals and polyps of the
West Coast of America. Transactions of the Connecticut
Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1(2): 377-567.
Verrill, A.E. 1879. Notice of recent additions to the marine
fauna of the eastern coast of North America. No. 3.
American Journal of Science and Arts (ser. 3), 17: 239-243.
Verrill, A.E. 1922. The Alcyonaria of the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, 1913-1918, with a revision of some other
Canadian genera and species. Report of the Canadian Arctic
Expeditions, 8(G): 1-164.
Williams, G.C. 1990. The Pennatulacea of Southern Africa
(Coelenterata, Anthozoa)♦ Annals of the South African
Museum, 99(4): 31-119,
Wright, E.P. & T. Studer. 1889. Report of the Alcyonaria
collected by H.M.S. '*Challenger" during the years 1873-1876.
Challenger Reports: Zoology, 31(4): 1-314.
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY REFERENCES
Anderson, P.A.V. & J.F. Case. 1975. Electrical activity
associated with luminescence and other colonial behavior in
the pennatulid, Reni11a kollikeri . Biological Bulletin,
149: 80-95.
Bertsch, H. 1968. Effect of feeding by Arinina californica on
the bioluminescence of Reni11a kollikeri . Veliger, 10: 440-
441.
Best, B.A. 1988. Passive suspension feeding in a sea pen:
effects of ambient flow on volume flow rate and filtering
efficiency. Biological Bulletin, 175(3): 332-342.
Birkeland, C. 1969. Consequences of differing reproductive and
feeding strategies for the dynamics of an association based
on the single prey species, Ptilosarcus qurnevi (Gray).
Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle, WA.
Birkeland, C. 1974. Interactions between a sea pen and seven of
its predators. Ecological Monographs, 44 : 211-232.
Buck, J. 1973. Bioluminescent behavior in Renilla « I* Colonial
responses. Biological Bulletin, 144 : 19-42.
Buck, J. & F.E. Hanson. 1967. Zooid response in Reni1la .
Biological Bulletin, 133: 459.
Chia, F.S. & B.J. Crawford. 1973. Some observations on
gametogtenesis, larval development and substratum selection
of the sea pen Ptilosarcus quernevi . Marine Biology, 23:
73-82.
Coleman, D.E. & C. Teague. 1973. Sea pansies. Pacific
Discovery, 26: 28-29.
Dunkelberger, D. & N. Watabe. 1972. Electron microscope study
of the coenenchyme in the pennatulid colony Renilla
reniformis with special emphasis on spicule formation.
American Zoologist, 12 : 716-717.
Fager, E.W. 1968. A sand-bottom epifaunal community of
invertebrates in shallow water. Limnology and Oceanography,
13: 448-464.
Huang, C.L. & G.N. Mir. 1972. Toxicological and pharmacological
properties of sea pansy Renilla mulleri . Journal of
Pharmacological Science, 60 : 1620-1622.
*
Human, V.L. 1973. Albinism in three species of marine
invertebrates from southern California. California Fish &
Game, 59: 89-92.
Hyman, L.H. 1940. The Invertebrates: Protozoa through
Ctenophora. McGraw-Hill: New York. 726 p.
Ivester, S. & D. Dunkelberger. 1971. Ultrastructure of the
autozooid of the sea pansy, Renilla reniformis (Pallas) .
American Zoologist, 11 : 695-696.
Kastendiek, J.E. 1975. The role of behavior and interspecific
interactions in determining the distribution and abundance
of Renilla kollikeri . a member of a subtidal sand bottom
community. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California,
Los Angeles. 194 p.
Lyke, E.B. 1965. The histology of the sea pansies, Ren ilia
reniformis (Pallas) and Renilla kollikeri (Pfeffer), with a
note on the fine structure of the latter species. Ph.D.
Dissertation, Department of Zoology, University of
Wisconsin, Madison. 247 p,
MacGinitie, G.E. 1938. Notes on the natural history of some
marine animals. American Midland Naturalist, 19 : 207-219.
MacGinitie, G.E. & N. MacGinitie. 1968. Natural History of
Marine Animals. (2nd Ed.) McGraw-Hill: New York. 523 p.
Morin, J.G. 1974. Coelenterate bioluminescence, pp. 397—438.
In: L. Muscatine & H.M. Lenhoff (Eds.) Coelenterate
Biology: Reviews and New Perspectives. Academic Press: New
York. 501 p.
Morin, J.G. 1976. Probable functions of bioluminescence in the
Pennatulacea (Cnidaria, Anthozoa), pp. 629-638. In: G.O.
Mackie (Editor). Coelenterate Ecology and Behavior. Plenum
Publishing Corp: New York.
Nicol, J.A.C. 1955a. Nervous regulation of luminescence in
Renilla (Pennatulacea) . Journal of Experimental Biology.
32: 619-635.
Nicol, J.A.C. 1955. Observations on Luminescence in Reni 11a
(Pennatulacea). Journal of Experimental Biology, 32(2):
299-320.
Parker, G.H. 1919. The organization of Renilla . Journal of
Experimental Zoology, 27: 499-507.
Parker, G.H. 1920a. Activities of colonial animals. I.
Circulation of wafer in Renilla . Journal of Experimental
Zoology, 31 : 343-367.
Parker, G.H. 1920b. Activities of colonial animals. II.
Neuromuscular movements and phosphorescence in Reni 1 la .
Journal of Experimental Zoology, 31: 475-515.
Ricketts, E.F. & J. Calvin. 1968. Between Pacific Tides. (4th
Ed., Revised by J.Hedgpeth). Stanford University Press:
Palo Alto. 614 p.
Shapeero, W. 1969. A positive chitosan test for spicules in the
Anthozoan Order, Pennatulacea. Pacific Science, 23: 261-
263 .
Wilson, E.B. 1883. Development of Reni1la . Philosopical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 174: 723-815.
CALL FOR ABSTRACTS
The Water Environment Federation (WEF) Program Committee has approved
a new symposium entitled "Surface Water Quality and Ecology" for the 1992
Annual Conference in New Orleans, Louisiana, September 20-24, 1992. The
chairman of the Symposium is Harvey Olem of Olem Associates.
Individuals are encouraged to submit abstracts to address this important and
expanding focus of the Federatioa Papers covering the following topics are
especially encouraged:
* Urban & Agricultural Nonpoint Sources
* Stormwater Managment
* Nutrient Problems and Eutrophication
* River and Lake Management
* Water Quality Monitoring
* Water Quality Modeling
* Waste Disposal Effects on Estuaries and Coastal Areas
* Toxicity Testing
* Water Quality Impacts of Air Emissions
* Assessment of Sediments
* Ecological Risk Assessment
* Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts
* Regional Planning
* Criteria and Standards for Water Quality
* Freshwater & Marine Water Quality and Ecosystem Issues
-Biomonitoring
-Effects Assessment
-Management Strategies
The deadline for submission of abstracts is January 15, 1992 . Authors will be
notified of tentative selection of abstracts by May 1; final acceptance of papers is
contingent on submission of a full manuscript of the selected abstract by July 15,
1992.
Submit abstracts to:
Water Environment Federation
Attn: Conference Program
601 Wythe Street
Alexandria, VA 22314-1994
For additional information and submittal forms, call Maureen Novotne, WEF
Technical Services, at (703)684-2400 x7450 or Rhoda Miller, WEF Research
Journal, at (703)684-2400 x7530.
Water P :\him Control federation
Abstract Submittal Form
Ttfie cf paper:_
Speaker;____
Coauthors:__ -■
\
Corresponding author:_
Company: _
Street address:_
City/State or Province /ZIP:__ ■
Phone: __ FAX:___
Will this paper be presented elsewhere before September 1, 1992? G Yes □ No
if so, where-?_____"_
Paper submitted for session topic G. surface water quality and ecology symposium
submit 15 copies of the abstract;
This Form must be used as the tide page of each copy of the abstract.
Alternate consideration requested for session topic
Enter another session topic or poster session (H).
Deadline for submissions is January 1 5, 1992. Authors will be notified of tentative selection of abstracts by
May 1: final acceptance for the program is contingent on receipt of a full manuscript by July 15, 1992.
Submit abstracts to
Water Pollution Control Federation,
Attn: Conference Program,
601 Wythe Street,
Alexandria, VA 22314-1994.
I
2
3
4
5
Total
For Committee use only;
EDITORIAL
How Much is a Worm Worth?
The word "worm - ' elicits a negative response from most people. Worms are usually considered as creepy, crawly,
slimy, and dirty creatures that should be avoided or stepped on. However, there are good worms, such as the common
earthworm; pretty ones, such as the colorful Christmas tree worm of the tropical seas; and bad ones, such as tapew orms
and blood-sucking leeches.
In fact, there are many different types of worms in the animal kingdom—round worms, flat worms, and segmented
worms, as well as insect larvae (caterpillars! and others. The most important for our purposes are the segmented worms
that live in the soil and in the sediments of fresh and marine waters.
It has been over 110 years since Charles Darw in called attention to the importance of earthworms to the terrestrial
env ironment in his classic work, "The formation of vegetable mould through the action of worms.” He emphasized that
the mixing of the soil with organic matter and the mucus secretions from the digestive tract of the earthworm plays an
important role in humus formation. In addition, the extensive burrowing habits of worms Improve soil drainase and
aeration.
Earlier in this century. Kolkwitz and Marsson in Germany developed the saprobic system of zones of organically
polluted rivers. Similar studies were conducted by Forbes and Richardson on the Illinois River. These pioneers of the
biological effects of aquatic pollution used the presence and absence of different species of plants and animals to indicate
different degrees of pollution caused by the discharge of domestic wastewater into rivers.
From these studies evolved the concept of biological indicators of pollution. The presence of a particular species or
group of species, especially bottom-dwelling ones, indicates the biological condition of the site. Gauafin and Tarzwell,
among others who published in this Journal, refined the indicator concept for fresh water in the post-World-War-H
period.
Worms play an important role in the indicator organism concept. The oligochaete. Tubifex tubifex . or sludge worm,
along with a few associated species, nourishes immediately downstream from a domestic sewer discharge. So does the
polychaete Capitella capitata, near an oceanic domestic sewer discharge. As with earthworms, these indicators of
organic pollution burrow into the enriched sediment, ingest the material, mix it w ith their mucus secretions, and de fecate
onto the surface of the sediment.
Presumably the chemical nature of the sediments is changed as the material passes through the gut, but the nature of
these changes has not been investigated. The burrowing activity by thousands of these worms per square meter allows
the penetration of dissolved oxygen beneath the surface layer of sediments, facilitating the oxidative process in an
otherwise dissolved-oxygen-poorenvironment. These worms have short life histories, w hich perpetuates the population
in the environment.
Because of the harsh nature of the organically enriched sediments, these opportunistic worms are able to flourish in
the absence of competing species. Whenever the characteristics of the discharge change, such as by improved waste
treatment, these pollution-indicator species gradually disappear and are replaced by a more diverse assemblage of
benthic species belonging to many different animal phyla.
The concept of indicator organisms, which was established nearly one hundred years ago. is just as valid today as it
was then. A knowledge of what species are present at a particular site forms the basis of today's biological monitoring
of streams, rivers, lakes, estuaries, and oceans. The ability to identify these organisms, a field not looked upon with favor
in these days of molecular biology, is imperative. Steps must be taken to ensure a continual supply of personnel who
are able to distinguish between, say, a worm and a clam.
The question posed at the outset remains: How much is a worm worth? To a fisherman a worm costs a few cents;
to a supplier of worms for toxicity testing, a few cents to over a dollar; to a tropical aquarist, a Christmas tree worm costs
S5.00 and up: but to the environment, the worm is priceless!
Donald 1. Reish
Editor. Board of Editorial R.eview
December, 1991
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
Vol. 10, No. 8
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Mysids
Ron Velarde
City of San Diego
January 6, 1991
Note this is the first Monday of t hs
month.
San Diego Natural History Museum
San Diego, California
JANUARY 6 MEETING: Remember to bring any problem Mysids with you to
meeting. It will be held in the basement education room. Enter
the building on the west side of the building.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON DECEMBER 9:
Ron Velarde announced a couple of papers of interest to SCAMIT
members.
Harrison, K. and J. P. Ellis. 1991. The Genera of the
Sphaeromatidae (Crustacea:Isopoda): a Key and
Distribution List. - Invertebrate Taxonomy. 5: 915-952.
Watling, L. 1991. Revision of the Cumacean Family Leuconidae.
- Journal of Crustacean Biology. 11(4): 596-582.
Sponge Workshop: Karen Green, a private consultant, chaired the
meeting on sea sponges. She presented a brief description of
sponge morphology and the terminology used to identify them. She
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
SCAMIT
- 2 -
also included a key to the Demnospongia. These have been included
in the newsletter. She said that a more complete workup will be
published by her as part of the MMS/Santa Maria Taxomomic Atlas
Project.
futurs meetings;
The February 10, meeting will be on ophiuroids lead by Dr. Gordon
Hendler of the Los Angeles Museum of Natural History. It will be
at the museum in the Times Mirror Room. As always send or bring
any problem ophiuroids to Dr. Hendler.
The meeting on March 9, 1992 will be chaired by Leslie Harris of
the Allan Hancock Foundation. The subject will be abranchiate
Terebellids. It will be held in room 20, the "worm lab," at the
Allan Hancock Foundation building, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, California. Send any specimens to Leslie
at the lab.
1992-93 Schedule: Larry Lovell is looking for input for possible
speakers and subjects for the next year. He would appreciate any
input you might have. You can write him at:
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista
Vista, CA 92083
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
free to contact any of the officers.
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
Marine Sponges
Karen D. Green, Consultant, Research Associate LACMNH
Sponges constitute the phylum Porifera, which includes nearly
5000 species classified among 4 classes (Bergquist, 1978). Two
families occur in fresh water, but most sponges are marine. Sponges
are distributed world-wide and occur from the intertidal to the
deep sea. They exhibit a variety of shapes, textures, and
morphologies. Sponges range in size from microscopic to 2 m; the
largest occur in the Antarctic and the Caribbean (Bakus, 1985).
Sponges are unique animals. They lack organs, specialized
cells perform body functions, and they derive nourishment by
continually pumping water through their perforated bodies and canal
system.
Many sponges, particularly tropical species, contain a variety
of antibiotic substances, sterols, and toxins. Natural product
research suggests that sponges have considerable medical,
anti fouling, and repel 1 ant potential.
Sponges are identified on the basis of several features of
morphology including the composition and structure of their
skeleton, measurements of skeletal elements (e.g., spicules,
fibers), color, shape, and texture.
The taxonomic identity of sponges, however, is not always
easily resolved. This is because many species are unidenti -p ied,
taxonomic literature is limited for many geographic regions, and
there is a long history of taxonomic problems associated with the
group (refer to Bergquist, 1978).
Sponges presently are divided into four classes, as follows
(from Hartman, 1975; Bergquist, 1978; Bakus, 1985):
Class Calcanea - skeleton of calcium carbonate spicules;
spongin absent. Spicules monaxonid and/or 3- or 4-rayed.
About 400 species. Common intertidal and subtidal marine
habitats.
Class Demospongia - skeleton lacking or of silica spicules,
spongin, or both. About 4000 species. Common all
habitats.
Class Hexactinel1ida - skeleton consists of complex' silica
spicules, with basic pattern of 5-6 rays. About 600
species. Common in deep waters of continental shelf and
si ope.
Class Sclerospongiae - skeleton with calcareous base and
entrapped silica spicules and organic fibers. About 15
species. Restricted to shallow, tropical reef habitats.
Three of the classes, Calcarea, Demospongiae, and
Hexactinel1ida are represented in California. Demospongiae is the
subject of the SCAMIT workshop. Features useful for their
identification are summarized in the handout, and a general key
that incorporates the features is presented.
Demospongiae
Notes for SCAMIT, by Karen Green, December, 1991
Body Regions:
choanosome- area where choanocyte chambers found;
endosome- inner portion of sponge;
ectosome- superficial region of sponge;
cortex- relatively thick external cover;
dermis- skin-like external covering.
Types of Skeletons (after Bergquist, 1978):
fiber - of spongin fiber:
anastomosing- fibers form network with cross-connections
(characteristic of the order Dictyoceratida);
dentritic- fibers branch without anastomoses
(characteristic of order Dendroceratida);
reduced- fiber skeleton reduced (characteristic of order
Verongida).
mineral - of spicules and spongin:
axial- often rigid with a condensed axis of spicules and
spongin fibers from which diverges a softer, plumose
or plumoreticul ate extra-axial skeleton
(characteristic of the order Axinellida);
desma- hard skeleton of interlocked desma spicules;
halichondrid- refers to lack of skeletal organization
except at the surface (characteristic of the order
Halichondrida);
hymedesmoid- spiny with spicules oriented vertically from
spongin fiber mat (of the order Poecilose 1erida);
plumose- spicules arranged in tracts or columns (of the
order Poeci1osclerida);
piumoreticulate- similar to plumose, except some cross-
connections between spiculo-fiber tracts (of the
order Poecilosclerida);
radial- often rigid with spicule tracts arranged in a
radial pattern (characterizes the orders Choristida,
Hadromerida, Spirophorida);
Page 2
reticulate- skeleton with network of spicules attached by
spongin or a network of fibers cored with spicules
(of the orders Haplosclerida and Poeci1osclerida);
unorganized- flexible sponge without organized skeleton
(found in order Homosclerophorida);
none : only fibrillar collagen as support (found in order
Homosclerophorida and Dendroceratida).
Spicules:
General Terms
- act, actine or -actinal: Suffix to indicate the number of
rays of a spicule.
- axon: Suffix to indicate the number of axes (growth
directions); rays grow from different axes.
acantho-: prefix that denotes that a spicule is rough (from
spines or hooks).
centroty1ote: refers to a knob-like swelling near the middle
of a monactine or diactine spicule.
polytylote: refers to two or more knob-like swellings along
the shaft of a monactine or diactine spicule.
Megascleres
monactinal monaxons:
style- one end rounded (not knob-like), one end pointed;
subtylosty1e- one end rounded with slight knob, one end
pointed;
tylostyle- one end rounded with enlarged knob, one end
pointed.
diactinal monaxons:
oxea- both ends gradually pointed;
strongyle- both ends rounded;
tornotes- both ends abruptly pointed;
tylote- both ends with enlarged knobs;
cladotylote- recurved clads (= rays) at one or both ends.
Page 3
tetraxons:
calthrops- rays of equal or near equal length;
lopho- prefix associated with triactin or tetractin to
indicate that one or more rays branched or with
heavy spines;
tetract- one ray shorter than other rays;
triact- tetract modified with loss of one ray;
triaenes- one ray long (rhabdome) and three rays short
(clads);
anatriaene- clads are pointed in same direction as
rhabdome;
dichotriaene- clads are forked;
diaene- triaene modified with one clad lost;
mesoprotriaene- like protriaene except with
additional epirhabd;
monaene- triaene modified with loss of two clads;
orthotriaene- clads make an angle of about 90° with
the rhabdome;
piagiotriaene- like protriaene except clads make an
angle of about 45° with axis of rhabdome;
protriaene- clads point in opposite direction as
rhabdome, make an angle of less than 45°
with the axis of the rhabdome.
Microscleres
asters:
euasters- multiple rays from small central point;
oxyasters- ends of rays pointed;
strongylasters- ends of rays rounded;
tylasters- ends of rays knobed.
spheraster- multiple rays from a large central sphere;
oxy-, strongylo-, tylo- prefixes used as above for
euasters;
sterraster- sphere covered with minute multiple rays;
streptaster- rays proceed from an axis rather than from
the center;
amphiaster- short rods with aster-like branches or
spines at both ends;
discaster- rod with heavy spines at both ends and
near middle of spicule;
sanidastei— straight, spiny rod.
spiraster- curved, spiny rod.
Page 4
chela:
anisochelas- ends of shaft unequal in size;
isochelas- ends of shaft equal in size;
anchorae- shaft slightly curved to straight, both
ends with three or more teeth that are free
from shaft for most of their length, teeth thin
(not as wide as shaft);
arcuate- shaft curved, both ends with three teeth,
central tooth not wider than shaft, lateral
teeth attached to shaft for most of their
length except at the tip;
bipocilli- curved shaft, ends with flattened cap of
reduced teeth or ends cl ad-like;
birotulate (= unguiterate, brevidentate)- shaft
curved, both ends with short multi-dentate cap;
palmate- shaft slighty curved or straight, ends
with three palm-like teeth, central tooth
broadly wider than shaft, lateral teeth
attached to shaft for their entire length;
rosette- group of chela forming a ring-like pattern.
diactines:
acanthoxea- spines along shaft;
microstrongyles- both ends rounded, may be curved at both
ends (= bicurvate);
onychaete- spiny, raphide-like spicule;
raphide- straight, hair-like oxea;
trichodragma- bundle of raphides.
diancistras: shaft nearly straight, ends strongly recurved and
hook-like.
forceps: u-shaped, ends may be straight, curve inward, or
curve outward.
sigmas: c- or s-shaped.
toxas: bow-shaped.
Figure 1. Demospongiae macroscleres
Page 5
acanthostyfc actmhoatroogyie
aibtylofltyte subtykne
dadotyiote
Figure 2. Demospongiae microscleres
Page 6
rapbide. trichodragma
onychaete
centrotylote acanthoxea
sigma t ^
bicurvate microatroogyk
djaudstn
spinster
sterraster
oiysphacrastcr
arcuate isocbda
palmate isocbda
anchorete isochela
fortep
sapid aster
discaster
oxyaster
stroogyfawter
tyiaater
pitnufi^ i ft in vi ipU rosette
birotulate
<20
btpocfllon
Page 7
General Key to California Demospongiae
Prepared for SCAMIT by Karen Green December, 1991
la. No skeleton. ..Dendroceratida (e.g. , Hal isarca )
1 b. Skeleton present...... 2
2a. Spongin fiber skeleton. ..3
2b. Spiculo-f i ber skeleton...4
3a. Primary and secondary fibers form branching network...
....Dictyoceratida (e.g., Dysidea )
3b, Fibers arranged on a dendritic pattern, but without cross-
connections (anastomoses).....Dendroceratida (e.g., Aplvsi1 la )
3c, Fibers reduced, dense col 1agenous matrix...
.... ...Verongida (e.g., Verongia )
4a. Spicules include three or four rayed megascleres.. .5
4b. No multi-rayed megascleres.8
5a. One ray (rhabdome) much longer than other rays (clads),
rad i a 1 ske 1 e ton ....6
5b. Triacts or tetractswith near equal rays, various skeletons..?
6a. Microscleres asters,.....,,......., ....
..Choristida (e.g. , Geodia , Periares, Stel letta )
6b. Microscleres sigmoid.. Spi rophorida (e.g. , Teti 11a )
7a. With asterose microscleres, radial skeleton...
.....Choristida (e.g,, Foeci 1 lastra )
7b. Without microscleres, with lophate multi-rayed spicules,
unorgani zed skeleton....Homosclerophorida (e.g., Plaki na )
7c. Without microscleres, triacts with spines on one ray,
axial skeleton..Axinellida (e.g,, Cyamon )
Page 8 General Demospongiae key by Karen Green
8a. Skeleton without organization, or organized only at surface,
megascleres monactinal (styles) or diactinal of various sizes,
no mi arose leres...... . .
...Halichondrida (e.g., Halichondria . Hymeniaci don )
8b. Skeleton organized..9
9a. Radial skeleton of monactinal spicules (tylostyles,
substy 1 osty 1 es), microscleres absent or asters..
.....Hadromerida (e.g., Cliona . Polvmastia , Suberites , Tethya )
9b. Axial skeleton of monactinal (styles) and/or diactinal (oxeas,
strongyles) spicules, microscleres absent, microxeas,
raphi des, or asters.Axinel1ida (e.g. , Axinel 1 a . Hemect.yon )
9c. Skeleton reticulate, plumose, or piumoreticulate.10
10a, Microscleres absent, sigmas, toxas, and/or microxeas..11
10b. Microscleres include chela or diancistras and additionally may
include other types......12
lla. Skeleton reticulate, megascleres diactinal (oxeas or
strongyles) and uniform in size, microscleres absent, sigmas,
or toxas .........Haplosclerida (e.g., Haliclona . Sigmadocia )
llb. Skeleton plumoreticulate, megascleres monactinal (styles,
subtylostyles), microscleres* sigmas, toxas, or microxeas - . ...
....-.Poeciloselerida (e.g. Bi emna )
llc. Skeleton piumoreticulate, megascleres include diacts
(tylotes), microscleres* onychaetes....
...... .Poeci lose! eri da (e.g., Tedmni a )
12a. With diancistras...Poeci lose! eri da (e.g. , Zvgherpe )
12b. With anisochelas.....
.Poecilosclerida (e.g., Asbestopluma , Mycale , Iophon )
12c. With isochelas.......
...Poecilose!erida (e.g. , Acarnus, Hymedesmia . Lissodendoryx .
.. Microciona , Mvxi 11 a , Ophlitaspongia , Plocamia )
Page 9
Useful References
Austin, W. C. and B. Ott, 1987. Phylum Porifera. Pages 6-31 in
Marine Invertebrates of the Pacific Northwest, (E. N. Kozloff,
ed.) University of Washington Press.
Bakus, G. J. 1966. Marine poeciloscleridian sponges of the San Juan
Archipelago, Washington. J. Zool., London. 149:415-531.
Bakus, G. J. 1985. Sponges. Pages 168-171 i_n The Encyclopedia of
Aquatic Invertebrates. (K. E. Banister and A. C, Campbell
eds.). Facts on File, Inc. New York.
Bakus, G. J. and D. P. Abbott. 1980. Porifera: The Sponges. Pages
21-39 j_n Intertidal Invertebrates of California, (R. H.
Morris, D. P. Abbott, and E. C. Haderlie, eds.), Stanford
University Press, Stanford.
Bakus, G. J. and K. D. Green. 1987. The distribution of marine
sponges collected from the 1976—1978 Bureau of Land
Management Southern California Bight Program. Bull. Southern
California Acad. Sci. 86(2):57-88.
Berquist, P, R, 1978. Sponges. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University
of California Press. 268 pp.
De Laubenfels, M. W. 1932. The marine and fresh-water sponges of
California. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 81:1-140.
_. 1936. A discussion of the sponge fauna of the Dry Tortugas
in particular and West Indies in general, with material for a
revision of the families and orders of the Porifera. Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Pap. Tortugas Lab. 30:1-225.
Hartman, W. D. 1975. Phylum Porifera. Pages 32-64 i_n Light’s
Manual: Intertidal Invertebrates of the Central California
Coast. 3rd ed. (R. I. Smith, and J. T. Carlton, eds.).
Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press.
Sim, C, J, and G. J. Bakus, 1986. Marine sponges of Santa Catalina
Island, California. Occ. Paper No. 5, Allan Hancock
Foundation.
Koltun, V. M. 1959. Corneosi11ceous sponges of the northern and far
eastern seas of the U.S.S.R. Opred. faune SSSR No. 67, Zool.
Instit. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 235 pp. (in Russian). Fish. Res. Bd.
Canada Translation Series No. 1842 (1971).
_. 1966. Four-rayed sponges of the northern and far eastern
seas of the U.S.S.R. Opred. faune SSSR No. 90, Zool. Instit.
Akad. Nauk SSSR. Ill pp (in Russian). Fish. Res. Bd. Canada
Translation Series No. 1785 (1971).
POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
POSITION:
START DATE:
SALARY:
DESCRIPTION:
REQUIREMENTS:
APPLICATION
PROCEDURE:
APPLICATION
DEADLINE:
CURATORIAL ASSISTANT
Section of Invertebrates, Malacology
January 1992
Full time, 40 hours per week.
Annual salary $23,675 plus benefits.
Temporary position for 24 months funded by NSF grant.
Computer cataloging of mollusk reference collection
and other curatorial tasks.
Bachelors degree in biology plus museum or equivalent
experience with scientific collections of mollusks or
other marine invertebrates. Knowledge of molluscan
classification desired. Applicant should be able to
sort specimens and identify them to species with the
help of reference sources. Computer and typing skills
essential. Applicant should be able to work both
independently with minimal supervision and in a team
effort.
Letter of application, curriculum vitae with names of
three references to:
Dr. James H. McLean (213) 744-3377
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History
900 Exposition Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90007
31 December 1991
AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER
ANNOUNCEMENT
A JOURNAL FOR INVERTEBRATE TAXONOMY
The journal Invertebrate Taxonomy came into being in 1987, elevated from the Aus¬
tralian Journal of Zoology Supplement series. It is an international journal for publication
of original contributions on taxonomy, biogeography, and phytogeny of invertebrates of
f.he Indo-Pacific region.
There are 6 bimonthly issues totaling about 1300 pages annually. Page charges are not
levied, and there is no page limit on papers published. Turn-around time for shorter
papers is between 6 months and 1 year. The Journal is published by CSIRO Editorial
Services and exhibits the same excellence in editing and production found in the other
internationally recognized journals from this source. The advisory committee is composed
of leading Australian scientists and is further supported by a committee of eminent
international scientists.
In the past The Journal has been perceived as primarily entomological in content, as
a venue for monographic papers and slow to publish. The Journal will continue to publish
monographic papers, but is actively striving to broaden the diversity of copy. Currently
half of the Advisory Committee members are marine biologists. The Journal would
welcome papers on taxa other than terrestrial arthropods, as well as papers dealing with
phylogeny, biogeography, and methodology.
Taxonomists seeking a venue for fast, high quality publication of their research should
contact: Dr. Niel L. Bruce—Editor, PO Box 89, East Melbourne, Victoria 3002, Australia,
or one of the Regional Advisers:
R. A. Bray—The Natural History Museum, Longon; R. C. Brusca—Natural
History Museum, San Diego; J. P. Duffels—Institute of Taxonomic Zoology,
Amsterdam; D. L. Pawson—National Museum of Natural History, Smithson¬
ian Institution, Washington, D.C.
Reprinted from the Journal of Crustacean Biology 11(4): 539
TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 77843-3258
OFFICE: 409-845-7747 FAX: 409-845-2891
6 December 1991
SCAMIT
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California
90731
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Would you please include the following news item in a
forthcoming bulletin?
Deep-sea lysianassid amphi pod specimens avaliable . Dr.
Gilbert Rowe, Department of Oceanography, Texas A&M
University, College Station, TX 77843 has accumulated an
extensive series of amphipods from baited traps, including
at least ten species taken off Greenland. Extensive
physical and geographic data accompany these specimens.
It is likely that many belong to undescribed species.
There are sufficient specimens to permit numerical
analyses of within- and between-species variation,
ecological distribution, or other other subjects. In¬
terested biologists should contact Dr. Rowe for more
information or requests to obtain specimens.
Yours truly.
Mary K- Wicksten
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
January, 1992
Vol. 10, No. 9
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Ophiuroids
Dr* Gordon Hendler
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural
History
February 10, 1992
9:30am - 3:00pm
Times Mirror Room of the Lbs Angeles County
Museum of Natural History
Los Angeles, California
FEBRUARY 10 MEETING: Remember to bring any problem Ophiuroids with
you to meeting. Don f t forget to bring examples of what you are
calling Amohiodia urtica and diaitata , as well as other species
that you report.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON JANUARY 6:
Ron Velarde discussed a note he received from Tom Parker on a
possible unknown/new species of ^ (OnUphidae:
Polychaeta). It has been included in the newsletter*
Included in the newsletter is a letter to AAZN members received by
Tom and forwarded to Ron*
Ron also announced a number of articles of interest to SCAMIT
members.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
Dojiri, M 6 R. A. Brantley. 1991. Lepeophtheirus spatha . A New
Species of Copepod (Siphonostomatoida: Caligidae)
Parasitic on the California Halibut from Santa Monica
Bay, California* Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington. 104(4): 727-735.
Watling, L. 1991 Rediagnosis and Revision of the Some
Nannastacidae (Crustacea: Cumacea). Proceedings of the
Biological Society of Washington. 104(4): 751-757.
Ormsby, B. 1991 Svnisoma vetzerae . a New Species and the First
record of Svnisoma from the New World (Crustacea:
Isopoda: Valvifera: Idoteidae). Proceedings of the
Biological Society of Washington. 104(4): 758-763.
Manning, R* B. & D. L. Felder. 1991 Revision of the American
Callianassidae (Crustacea: Decopoda: Thalassinidae).
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.
104(4): 764-792.
Wicksten, M. K. 1991 Pandalus gurneyi Stimpson Synonymized
With Pandalus danae Stimpson (Decapoda: Pandalidae).
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.
104(4): 812-815.
Larry Lovell announced the publication of the proceedings of the
EPA Symposium, “Biological Criteria: Research and Regulation."
Larry represented SCAMIT at the Symposia in December, 1990 were he
presented a poster entitled "Regional Standardization of Taxonomy."
Copies of the proceedings are available from:
George R* Gibson Jr.
Biological Criteria Program (WH-586)
U.S. EPA, Office of Water
401 M Street sw
Washington, D.C. 20460
(202)260-7580
Reprints of SCAMIT contribution No. 5, "Regional Standardization of
Taxonomy.” Published in the Proceedings by the EPA are available
from the secretary. The address is:
Kelvin Barwick
4077 N. Harbor Dr. MS - 45A
San Diego, CA 92101
Mvsid Workshop: Ron has prepared a list of Mysids reported from
California. Illustrations of the southern California species has
also been assembled. These have been included in the newsletter.
A key to southern California species is being prepared and will be
available in the near future.
December 30, 1991
A short worm note for the newsletter:
Only a few specimens of Rhamphobranchium (Onuphidae : Polychaeta) have been collected by
L4CSD in benthic samples. Some have been listed as sp.. others as R longisetosum . Close
examination of the parapodia of these specimens revealed three acicular conditions unaccounted
for in the published literature. In the anterior pre-branchial setigers. a single stout aciculum
emerges from the body wall and quickly tapers to a siightly twisted and bent sharp point (sketch
*1). Just posterior to this region, where branchial are single filaments, the single aciculum
is seen barely emerging from the body wall and possesses a distinct and long flagellum like tip
(sketch #2). In mid-body regions where the branchia have many filaments there are at least
two stout acicufa. One of these is twisted and bent at the tip much like the one in the pre-
branchial segment, while the other is distinctively more prolonged into a fine filament (sketch
#3).
Photographs and a brief description were sent to Dr, Hannelore Paxton for possible
clarification. The following was recently received from her:
*1 do not remember seeing a bulbous acicular tip in this genus as in you prebranchial parapodium. New
aciculae usually have a distal filiform extension (referred to by you as flagella). This structure may
help the acicula to penetrate the cuticle. As they wear, they become shorter, as in your multiple
branchial segment, and disappear usually completely, leaving a rounded tip.
The bulbous anterior setiger aciculae may have some diagnostic value, but the others are similar to
most Rhamphobranchium species."
The most current published record for this groups appears to be:
Paxton, H. 1986. Revision of the Rhamphobranchium Complex (Polychaeta: Onuphidae).
Records of the Australian Museum. (38) 75-104,
sketch #1
sketch #2
sketeh#3
-3-
££AMI-T_O.FFICERS ELECTIONS:
Nominations are now open for SCAMIT officers for the 1992-93 year.
Nominations will be entertained from now up to and including the
February meeting. Send your nominations to the Vice President,
Larry Lovell. Ballots will be mailed out with the February
newsletter.
1992-93 Schedule: Larry is still "looking for a few good topics"
for the upcoming year. He would appreciate ANY input you might
have. You can write him at:
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista
Vista, CA 92083
FUTURE MEETINGS:
The meeting on March 9, 1992 will be chaired by Leslie Harris of
the Allan Hancock Foundation. The subject will be abranchiate-
Amphitritinae-Terebellids. It will be held in room 30, the "worm
lab," at the Allan Hancock Foundation building. University of
Southern California, Los Angeles, California. Send any specimens
to Leslie at the lab.
The April 13 meeting will be lead by Don Cadien of the Los Angeles
County Sanitation District. The subject will be Thalassinoid
shrimp. It will be held at the Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro,
California.
If you need any other information concerning
free to contact any of the officers.
QFFICFfiS:
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
SCAMIT please feel
(619)226-0164
(619)945-1608
(619)226-8175
(213)648-5317
American Association for Zoological Nomenclature
c/o National Museum of Natural History - MRC 543
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560
December 17, 1991
Dear Member of AAZN,
This abbreviated newsletter is to introduce to you the current officers of AAZN, to
inform you of some recent developments related to nomenclature, and to request comments or
contributions from the membership for inclusion in a newsletter to be mailed out February
15th.
You may already be aware that Ray Manning resigned as Secretary/Treasurer of the
AAZN. Its principal mover and shaker since AAZN’s inception, he earned and received high
praise for his efforts from the AAZN membership and the International Trust for Zoological
Nomenclature. I naively accepted the "honor* of replacing him and have finally found the
starting gate. We need to make up some lost ground in the next two months and I hope that
you will help me by at least getting dues .paid. N.B.: The enclosed dues notice denotes your
dues status; your 1992 contribution is now due (before May 1, 1992 please). If you are a "90"
or earlier please do not shirk on your Past Dues - it is vital that we maintain our level of
support to the ICZN. Of course, a contribution of a more philanthropic nature gives great
■ personal satisfaction and will be welcomed warmly.
The current officers of AAZN are: President, Austin B. Williams; President-Elect, Storrs
L. Oistin; Secretary/Treasurer, Jon L. Norenburg; Councilors, Douglas Erwin, Wayne N. Mathis,
and Michael Vecchione.
The AAZN contributed $10,000 this year to the International Trust for Zoological
Nomenclature to support work of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.
This was accompanied by a strong letter expressing concern about the way the secretariat of the
Trust has been functioning. One concern is the length of time to publication of Applications to
the Commission. The Secretary, PK Tubbs, responded at the Annual Meeting of the Trust.
He noted that the number of Applications published in the Inst four volumes of BZN had
dropped, due in part to a temporary reduction in staffing and in part to the time-consuming
processing of major and long-delayed cases; the number of Opinions and total number of pages
had not decreased. We would like to hear about continuing problems.
A second, more controversial concern is the Com miss ions role in proposed changes in
the Code of Zoological Nomenclature - particularly the concept and application of priority (see:
JM Savage - 1990, Syst. Zooi 39: 424-425; PKL Ng - 1991. Bull. zool. Nomend. 48: 87-91).
This generated spirited debate and some pungent commentary at our last general meeting of
the AAZN. Can we and how dr) wc, the AAZN. debate this issue so that the opinions of the
AAZN membership are fairly conveyed to the Commission? The AAZN Newsletter is one
mechanism lor developing the debate - a response to Savages view by Storrs Olson is enclosed
with this missive. If you wish to submit a commentary of a different outlook please do so - but,
try to restrict it to one, single-spaced printed page. One or two commentaries, if they arc
sig n ificanL ly different IVom each other, can be included in the next newsletter. If members tire
aware of position statements produced within their own specialist societies, we would appreciate
the opportunity to share them with the AAZN membership. In the meantime the AAZN
executive committee will attempt to develop an unbiased questionnaire to sample the
membership's opinions or suggestions on the proposed changes. Feel free to offer suggestions
for constructing this questionnaire.
Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature
The ITZN, at its Annual General Meeting, discussed an AAZN proposition to introduce
a greatly reduced subscription to the BZN for individual subscribers. There was strong concern
that this would result in cancellations of institutional subscriptions. The proposal was tabled
because there does not seem to be a groundswell of demand for such a reduced rate. For
instance, only a handful of subscribers are currently taking advantage of a trial program whereby
one may ruce/ve (for a fee} offprints of ah Applications, Com merits and Opinions in the
related to either the Crustacea or Moilusca (see front pages of recent BZN).
From The ASC Washington Initiative [Nov. 1991, 5(10)]:
Systematics Agenda 2000
The Association of Systematics Collections is attempting "to produce a consensus
document on future directions for systematics research as well as the importance of systematics."
This effort is supported in part by NSF and is well in progress; the steering committee and
advisory committee members met Nov. 9-10, 1991. Systematics Agenda 2000 "is charged with (1)
identifying important research trends and questions and with establishing priorities among them,
(2) assessing the status of current infrastructures supporting systematics research and evaluating
future needs, (3) documenting the broad role that systematics plays in human affairs and
evaluating its future contributions and needs in those endeavors" (ASC Newsletter, Oct. 1991,
19: 57). For additional details contact the ASC office (202-347-2850) or Joel Cracraft (312-
996-4955).
I would be glad to hear from you by any of the following mechanisms:
Jon L. Norcnburg Tel: 301-238-3508
Secretary-Treasurer, AAZN Fax: 301-238-3667
National Museum of Natural History Bit net: sossc001@sivm
MRC 534
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560
PLEASE -
RECRUIT A NEW MEMBER
and
ENCOURAGE YOUR PROFESSIONAL SOCIETY TO BECOME AN INSTITUTIONAL MEMBER
HAPPY HOLIDAYS AND BEST WISHES FOR THE NEW YEAR!
significantly different from each other, can be included in the next newsletter. If members are
aware of position statements produced within their own specialist societies, we would appreciate
the opportunity to share them wuh the AAZN membership. In the meantime the AAZN
executive committee will attempt to develop an unbiased questionnaire to sample the
membership’s opinions or suggestions on the proposed changes* Feel free to offer suggestions
lor constructing this questionnaire.
Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature
The ITZN, at its Annual General Meeting, discussed an AAZN proposition to introduce
a greatly reduced subscription to the BZN for individual subscribers. There was strong concern
that this would result in cancellations of institutional subscriptions. The proposal was tabled
because there does not seem to be a groundswell of demand for such a reduced rate. For
instance, only a handful of subscribers are currently taking advantage of a trial program whereby
one may icvtive i^or ti lcCj uupfints Gi Applications, Coivi* ■ ■ cn t-S and Opinions ir* the
related to either the Crustacea or Mollusca (see front pages of recent BZN).
From The ASC Washington Initiative [Nov. 1991, 5(10)]:
Systerna tics Agenda 2000
The Association of Systematics Collections is attempting "to produce a consensus
document on future directions for systematics research as well as the importance of systematics.”
This effort is supported in part by NSF and is well in progress; the steering committee and
advisory committee members met Nov. 9-10, 1991. Systematics Agenda 2000 "is charged with (1)
identifying important research trends and questions and with establishing priorities among them,
(2) assessing the status of current infrastructures supporting systematics research and evaluating
future needs, (3) documenting the broad role that systematics plays in human affairs and
evaluating its future contributions and needs in those endeavors" (ASC Newsletter, Oct. J991,
19: 57). For additional details contact the ASC office (202-347-2850) or Joel Cracraft (312-
996-4955).
[ would be glad to hear from you by any of the following mechanisms:
Jon L. Norcnburg Tel: 301-238-3508
Sec ret ary-'I rcasurcr, AAZN Fax: 301*238-3667
National Museum of Natural History Bitnet: sossc001@sivm
MRC 534
Smithsonian Institution
Washington. DC 20560
PLEASE -
RECRUIT A NEW MEMBER
and
ENCOURAGE YOUR PROFESSIONAL SOCIETY TO BECOME AN INSTITUTIONAL MEMBER
HAPPY HOLIDAYS AND BEST WISHES FOR THE NEW YEARl
The Executive Secretary
International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature
c/o The Natural History Museum
Cromwell Road
London SW7 5BD, ENGLAND
Sir,
The rapturous announcement by
commissioner Jay M. Savage (1990,
Systematic Zoology , 39: 424-425) of
proposed unprecedented changes in the
Code of Zoological Nomenclature,
deserves a concerted negative response
from all thoughtful and knowledgeable
systems rists. Because the more drastic of
these proposals are so obviously
unworkable, and will doubtless elicit
much other comment, I would prefer to
raise some related issues, rather than
addressing the lack of merit of individual
suggested reforms.
First of all, because these
proposed changes emanate from a
meeting consisting of fewer (12) than half
of the members of the International
' Commission of Zoological
Nomenclature, it should be asked to what
extent this minority, which I would hope
was not unanimous, represents the views
of the entire Commission. More
importantly, however, it must further be
asked to what extent the Commission
itself really represents the viewpoints of
practicing systematists (not the "user
community" involved in developing
"stable biodiversity data bases," but
genuine taxonomists who are familiar
with, and use, the Code itself, rather than
just the names generated through the
Code).
Historically there have long been
two factions at the heart of nomenclatural
controversy—one advocating priority and
the other "current usage." It is my
perception, and that of many of my
colleagues, that the Commission, which
is composed in part of non-systemadsts,
has for quite some dme been "stacked" in
favor of advocates of current usage. The
major result of this so far has been the
creation of a tremendous and unnecessary
literaruie dealing almost exclusively with
circumventing the Commission's own
stated rules. Regardless, the
Commission has the appearance of a
closed, self-perpetuating body purposely
organized to exclude, or at least to mute,
contrary views within its ranks. If this
perception has any validity, then it is high
time to challenge the legitimacy of the
International Commission to represent the
needs of the systematic community as a
whole.
As I have already taken pains to
show, there continues to be great inherent
instability in the nomenclature of North
American birds, one of the best-known
groups of organisms on the planet, but
priority and other purely nomenclature!
procedures play an insignificant role in
this instability (Olson, 1987, Auk 104:
538-542). Although my analysis was
sent to all members then on the
Commission, it seemingly had no
influence on a cabal foreordained to
abolish its ancient nemesis. Instead, like
a dog reluming to its vomit, the
Commission now wants to go back to the
loathsome "50 year rule." Yet at no lime
has the Commission ever shown that
such reforms as it is now propounding
are actually necessary, or are in fact
capable of achieving their desired effect.
Until truly cogent and well documented
arguments for such sweeping changes are
forthcoming, the subject will hardly merit
the verbiage that it is certain to engender.
Universal stability in zoological
nomenclature is an impossible, Utopian
ideal. Procrustean efforts to force an
artificial semblance of stability into
nomenclature can only have a deleterious
effect on the advancement of new
information and on the assimilation and
appreciation of past knowledge, from
which latter Savage wishes to be freed.
(Because we are ail bom with no
knowledge of the past, liberation from it
should involve no more than the
perpetuation of ignorance).
The third edition of the Code,
except for those parts necessitating
decisions by the Commission, is a sound,
scholarly document that has evolved over
many years through painstaking thought
and compromise. In attempting to
overthrow this document, the present
Commission is not only proposing a
drastically modified fourth edition, but is
also attempting to establish itself in an
entirely new role—that of providing lists
of "approved 1 ' taxa. Such activity far
exceeds the mandate of the Commission.
The situation has now gone
beyond the point of argumentation. The
changes proposed in Savage's notice are
simply not acceptable. If the
Commission succeeds in executing these
changes, I, for one, will reject them
unequivocally and continue to use the
basic framework provided by the third
edition of the Code. I will not be alone.
It is my privilege to work as a member of
one the largest surviving aggregations of
zoological systematists in the world. The
reactions I have heard from my
colleagues to the Commission's new
proposals range mostly from disgust to
profound antipathy, with the latter being
more typical. The Commission should
therefore ponder the effects on
nomenclature of having two codes
operating simultaneously, for that will
surely be the result of its proposed
actions.
Storrs L. Olson, Department of
Vertebrate Zoology »
National Museum of Natural History ,
Smithsonian Institution
Washington , D. C. 20560
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
1992 MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL
Please correct any errors on label:
NB: According to our records you have paid dues through 1990.
I am enclosing dues for_1991 _1992 as follows:
[ ] Sustaining ($100) [ ] Regular ($20) ( ) Student ($10)'
[ | _ (create your own category above the minimum)
TOTAL_
Please return this form with your contribution to:
AAZN
c/o Jon L. Norenburg
MRC 534
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560
TAXONOMIC LIST OF MYSIDS REPORTED FROM CALIFORNIA
Ronald 6* Velarde, Marine Biology Laboratory, City of San Diego
4077 N. Harbor Dr, MS 45A, San Diego, CA 92101
January 1992
Order Mysidacea
Suborder Lophogastrida
Family Lophogastrida©
Gnathoohausia Willemoes-Suhm, 1873
♦ Gnathophausia aiaas Willemoes-Suhm, 1875
* Gnathophausia inoens (Dohrn, 1870)
Family Eucopiidae
Eucooia Dana, 1852
♦ Eucopia australis Dana, 1852
♦ Eucopia orimaldii Nouvel, 1942
* Eucopia sculoticauda Faxon, 1873
♦ Eucopia uncruiculata (Willemoes-Suhm, 1875)
Suborder Mysida
Family Petalophthalmidae
Petalophthalmus Willemoes-Suhm, 1875
* Peta1ophthalmus armioer Willemoes-Suhm, 1875
Family Mysidae
Subfamily Boreomysinae
Boreomvsis G.O. Sars, 1869
♦ Boreomvsis californica Ortmann, 1894
♦ Boreomvsis inermis (Willemoes-Suhm, 1874)
Subfamily Siriellinae
Sirielllla Dana, 1850
Siriella Pacifica Holmes, 1900
Subfamily Gastrosaccinae
Archaeomvsis Czerniavsky, 1882
Archaeomvsis qrebnitzkii Czerniavsky, 1882
r = Archaeomvsis maculata (Holmes, 1894) ]
Bowmaniella Bacescu, 1968
Bowmaniella banneri Bacescu, 1968
r?= Archaeomvsis maculata W.M. Tattersall, 1932,1951]
♦ These species are found in the open ocean and are omitted from
the key. Information on these species can be found in
Kathman et al., 1986.
Family Mysidae (cont*)
Subfamily Mysinae
Tribe Erythropini
Amathipysis Brattegard, 1969
Amathimvsis triqibba Murano and Chess, 1987
Caesaromvsis Ortmann, 1893
* Caesaromvsis hispida Ortmann, 1893
r= Caesaromvsis vane1evei Banner, 1947]
Holmesiella Ortmann, 1908
Holmesiella anomala Ortmann, 1908
Pseudomma G.O. Sars, 1870
Fseudomma berkelevi W.M* Tattersall, 1933
Pseudomma californica Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
Tribe Leptomysini
Cubanomvsis Bacescu, 1968
Cubanomvsis mvsteriosa Gleye, 1982
Metamvsidopsis W.M. Tattersall, 1951
Metamvsidopsis elonaata (Holmes, 1900)
Mvsidopsis G. O* Sars, 1864
Mvsidopsis bratteaardi Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
Mysidopsis californica W.M. Tattersall, 1932
Mvsidopsis cathenaelae Gleye, 1982
Mvsidopsis intii Holmquist, 1957
Mvsidopsis onofrensis Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
? Mvsidopsis sp. A of Phillips
Tribe Mysini
Acanthomvsis Czerniavsky, 1882
Acanthomvsis brunnea Murano and Chess, 1987
Acanthomvsis californica Murano and Chess, 1987
"Acanthomysis" columbiae (W.M. Tattersall, 1933)
A1ienacanthomysis Holmquist, 1981
A1ienacanthomvsis macropsis (W.M. Tattersall, 1932)
Exacanthomvsis Holmquist, 1981
Exacanthomvsis davisi (Banner, 1948)
f = Acanthomvsis costata of W.M Tattersall, 1932,1951]
Hippacanthomvsis Murano and Chess, 1987
Hippacanthomysis platvpoda Murano and Chess, 1987
Holmesimvsis Holmquist, 1979
Holmesimvsis costata (Holmes, 1900)
r= Acanthomvsis sculpta W.M. Tattersall, 1951 part]
Tribe Mysini (cont.)
Inusitatoavsis Ii, 1940
Inusitatomvsis californica Bacescu and Gleye,
Neomvsis Czerniavsky, 1882
Neomvsis kadiakensis Ortmann, 1908
Neomvsis mercedis Holmes, 1897
Neomvsis ravi (Murdock, 1885)
Pacifacanthomvsis Holmquist, 1981
Pacifacanthomvsis neohrophthalma (Banner,1948)
Proneomvsis W.M. Tattersall, 1933
Proneomysis vailesi W.M, Tattersall, 1933
Tribe Heteromysini
Heteromvsis S.I. Smith, 1873
Heteromvsis odontoos Walker, 1898
Subfamily Mysidellinae
Mvsidella G.O. Sars, 1872
Mvsidella americana Banner, 1948
1979
Fig, 5. Acanihomysis brunnea, new species. A, anterior end of adult mate; B, anterior end of adult
female; C, adult male (16.1 mm) in lateral view" D, antenna (3); E, mandible (3); F, maxillule (3); G,
maxilla (3); H, endopod of first thoracic limb (3); 1, endopod of second thoracic limb (3).
Fig. 6. Acanihomysis brunnea. new species. A, exopod of second thoracic limb (3); B, endopod of
third thoracic Limb (3); C, fourth pleopod (3); D, posterior end of adult male; E, proximal pan of
endopod of uropod (3).
Figure 1. Acanthomysis brunnea Murano and Chess, 1987
Fig* 3. Acamhomysis californica, new species. A t adult male (11.3 mm) to dorsal view; B anterior
end of adult male; C, anterior end of adult female; D, antenna (J); E, labrum (S); F, mandible (d); G,
muullule (d); H, maxilla (d); l t endopod of first thoracic limb (d); J, second thoracic limb (d).
Fig. 4. Acanthomysis californica, new species. A, one of anterior thoracic endopods (<J); B, penis; C,
fourth pleopod (d); D, uropod (d); E, telson (d).
Figure 2. Acanthomysis californica Murano and Chess, 1987
*Acanthomysis" columbiae
Figure* a. dorsal view anterior end, male (3); b. antennal scale (I); c. 5th
thoracopod (3); d. 4th pleopod, male (3); e. uropod (4); f. telson, California
specimen (3); g. telson, British Columbia specimen (I).
Figure 3, " Acanthomysis " columbiae (W,M. Tattersall, 1933)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end (I); b. antenna (7); c. 3rd male pleopod (I);
d. 4th male pleopod (7); e. 4th male pleopod, distal end (7)j f. uropod (I); g.
telson (7); h. labrum (original).
Alienacanthomysis macropsis
Figure 4. Alienacanthomysis macropsis (W.M. Tattersall, 1932)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Fig. L Amathimysts trigibba. new species. A, adult female (2.9 mm) Ln lateral view; B, anterior end
or adult female; C, anterior end of adult male; D, antenna (9); E, mandible (9); F, maxi] lute (9); G,
maxilla (9).
Fig. 2. Amathimysis trigibba. new species. A, endopod of fint thoracic limb (9); B, second thoracic
limb (9); C, fifth thoracic limb (9); D, first pleopod (<S); E, fourth pleopod (4); F T fifth pleopod (4); G,
disul part of modified seta on fifth segment of endopod of fifth pleopod (J); H t telsoa and uropod (9).
Figure 5. Amathimysis trigibba Murano and Chess, 1987
Archaeomysis grebnitzkii
Figure* a. lateral view, male (5); b. lateral view, female (5); c. dorsal view,
anterior end (5); d. antenna (5); e. labrum (3); f. 2nd thorocopod (5); g. 7th
thoracopod (5); h. dorsal and lateral views, 5th abdominal segment (3); i. 1st
male pleopod (9); j* 3rd male pleopod (9); k. 3rd female pleopod (9); I. uropod
(9); m. telson (9).
e
Figure 6. Archaeomysis grebnitzkii Czerniavsky, 1882
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
< 3 )
Archaeomysis maculata (Holmes). Fig A. Anterior end of young male showing
rostral plate, eyes, antennal scale and peduncle, and antennular peduncle
with developing masculine lobe (x 78 ); B. Telson (x78); C. Uropod (x78).
(Fig A-C after Tattersall.)
Diagnosis: Large (12mm) stocky "tanklike* 1 , on first glance It is hard to
believe this animal is a mysid. Eyes dark, medium sized outer margin of
antennal scale naked, terminating in a heavy spine. Hale with well
developed abdominal pleopods. Abdomen narrows noticeably distally. &*v*fl’**
Telson cleft, cleft armed with serrations, lateral margins armed with
9 or 10 spines, each lobe of the apex with 2 heavy, long spines.
Note: All the specimens I have seen are maculata , h. grebnitzki I is also
reported from California and Is similar In appearance- A. grebnitzki i
has 6+2 spines on thelateral margin of the telson.
Occurrence: Found in samples taken very close to shore. It Is considered a.
surf zone species.
Reference: Tattersall, 1951-
Figure 7. Bowmaniella banneri Bacescu, 1968
[= Archaeomysis maculate W.M. Tattersall 1932,
(from Gleye, unpub.)
1951]
Fig. 1- CubanomysIs (i^sterlosa (sp. n.). A. Adult female lateral view
(x25); B. Anterior end of adult male (x^O); C. Antennal scale and peduncle
(xlOO); D. First pleopod of adult male (xlOO); E. Fourth pleopod of adult
male (xlOO); F. Posterior end of adult (x50); G. Telsoa (xlOO); H. Uropod
(xlOO).
Figure 8, Cubanomvsis mysteriosa Gleye, 1982
Figure, a. lateral view, anterior end (3); b. dorsal view, anterior end (3); c.
lateral view, antennular peduncle (I); d. antenna (I); e. 2nd thoracopod (7); f.
3rd thoracopod (7); g. 4th male pleopod (7) ; h. dorsal view, abdomen (4); I.
lateral view, abdomen (4); j. uropod (7); k. telson (7); I. telson apex (4).
i
Figure 9. Exacanthomysis davisi (Banner, 1948)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Heteromysis odontops
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end (3); b. antennular peduncle (!); c. endopod
of 3rd thoracopod (!)j d. endopod of 8th thoracopod (I); e, 3rd male pleopod
(3); f. 5th male pleopod (3); g- uropod and telson (3).
Figure 10. Heteromysis odontops Walker, 1898
(from Kathman et al. f 1986)
Fig, 7. Hippacanthamysiz ptaiypoda. new genus, new species. A, anterior end of adult male; B, anterior
end of adult female; C* adult male {10.6 mm) in lateral view; D, antenna (d); E, labrum (3); F t mandible
(d); G, maxitiule (3); H, maxilla (d).
Fig- 3 Hippacanthamysiz phtypoda , new genus, new species- A, penis; B, first thoracic limb (d); C,
second thoracic limb (d); D, eighth thoracic limb (d); E, fourth pleopod (d); F, uropod (g); G, tel son
Figure 11, Hippacanthornysis platypoda Murano and Chess, 1987
Figure 12. Holmesiella anomala Ortmann, 1908
{from Kathman et al., 1986)
d
Holmesimysis costata
Fi % U n7enna a -(^ t U al 7t V ^^o^S^ ffl? £! ); lQ^er^ rS v^w V , ie &d^ t e e n riC fl )H ( %Sl
view, abdomen (I); g. 4th mole pleopod (I); K 4th male pleopod, terminal
segment (I); i. uropod (I); j. telson (I).
Figure 13. Holmesimysis costata (Holmes, 1900)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
[nusitatomysTs californica (Bacescu £ Gleye). Fig. A. Anterior end
to show rostral plate, eye, antennal scale and peduncle, x 35; B. Tel son
x 35; C. Its tip, magnified x 70. (After Bacescu & Gleye).
Diagnosis: Medium sized (7*8-5 mm cfl , 8-11 mm 9 ) mys i d with short
eyes, very large cornea. Antennal scale narrow with 5 (rarely 6) teeth
on the outer margin. Fourth pleopod of adult male extends beyond the
statocyst. Telson triangular with deep cleft. Lateral margins bearing
18-21 (21-23 in o*) large spines. Cleft with 12-15 teeth on each side,
two pennate setae inserted at the base of the cleft. Single spine on
the statocyst.
Note: The pennate setae in the cleft are quite delicate, easily lost in
capture and difficult to see when present.
Occurrence: Southern California - Oceanside to Dana Point 75”100 meters.
Reference: Bacescu & Gleye.
Figure 14. Inusitatomysis californica Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
(from Gleye, unpub.)
——\
/f
j
L B C
Metamys i dopsIs elongata (Holmes). Fig. A. Anterior end to show rostral
plate, eye, and antennular peduncle, x 25; B. antennal scale and peduncle,
x 78; C. Telson, x 100; D. Uropod, x78. (Fig. B-D after Tattersall).
Diagnosis: Small (6-7 mm) slender mysid with large eyes, cornea
occupying less than half of the whole eye. Antennal scale medium length,
slender, with a distal suture. Hale pleopods well developed.
Telson short, linguiform with the distal half much narrower than the
proximal half; apex rounded, armed with many short spines, lateral
margins terminating in a spine but otherwise unarmed. Inner uropod
with a row of spines from the statocyst to the tip; distal three spines
large and widely separated.
Occurrence: Southern California - Imperial Beach to Dana Point to 37 meters
depth. Los Angeles - L. A. Harbor (12 meters), Alaqitos Bay (4 meters),
Long Beach Harbor (22 meters).
Reference: Tattersall.
g-y? ■7-/1-E2 (•'i
Figure 15. Metamysidopsis eloffaafta (Holmes, 1900)
(from Gleye, unpub.)
Mysidella americana
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end; b. antenna (2); c. labrum (I); d* mandible
and palp (I); e. maxillule (I); f. 1st thoracopod (I); g. 2nd thoracopod (I); h-
6th thoracopod; i. uropod and telson (2).
Figure 16. Mysidella americana Banner,1948
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Mysidopsis brattegardi (Bacescu £ Gleye). Fig- A* Anterior end to show
rostral plate, eye, antenular peduncle, and antennal scale and peduncle
(x44); B. Telson (x8o); C. Margin of another telson ; (x90); D. Endopod of
uropod (x90). (Fig A-D after Bacescu £ Gleye).
Diagnosis: Small (6-6.5 mm) mysids. Eyes large, cornea oval in lateral
view. Antennal scale short, setose all around with a distal suture.
Pleopods of adult male well developed. Telson lingulform, usually with
13-1** minute lateral spines and 2 strong apical spines- SeVen to eight
spines on the inner uropod, on the statocyst the remaining ones
occurring distally. Uropods fine, twice as long as the telson.
■*"fc
Note: Some specimens with abberrant telson spination have occurred.
Occurrence: Oceanside to Dana Point 75-100 meters.
Reference: Bacescu £ Gleye.
Figure 17. Mysidopsis brattegardi Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
(from Gleye, unpub.)
Mvse-jm Number - _.
-^Ysidopsis _ c^lifornica
rwr.-hgr Tattersall_ __ Dote JL232_ Fcmiiv: f^vaidae _
iTattersallj LQAL* 1 review of the Tr.vsidacea of the U.S.N.M-
Source:---- - -—-- *
Synoromyi
LoCOfion:
Distinguishing Characteristics
l t PlgpOds Of* tTiPla VJal.l,
2. Antennal scale extending one third length beyond the ant ennui ax
rgrfnnrl o'
Telson one and three quarters as long as broad at the base,
lateral margins aWith about 25 spines extending:,throughout
margin
Figure 18. Mysidopsis californica W.M. Tattersall, 1932
(from MBC, unpub.)
H
Tig. 2. Mysidopsis cathengelfi &(sp. n). A% Adult female lateral view (x!2) ;
B. Anterior end of adult male (25); C. Antennal scale and peduncle and
antennular scale with masculine lobe of adult male (x25); 0. Endopod of
first thoracic limb (x50); E* Endopod of second thoracic limb (x50) ;
F. Endopod of third thoracic limb (x25); G. Fourth pleopod of adult male
(x25); H. Telson (x50); I* Uropod (x25)*
Figure 19, Mysidopsis cathenqelae Gleye, 1982
Mysidopsis intri (Holmquist). Fig. A. Anterior end to show rostral plate
and eyes; 6. Antennal scale and peduncle; C. Telson; D.- Uropod. (Fig. A-D
after Holmquist, no magnification scale offered). .
Diagnosis: Smal 1 (5 mm) stocky mysid. Eyes large, kidney shaped.
Antennal scale short; setose all around, with a distal suture. Male
abdominal plecpods well developed. Telson linguiform with small, sparsely
spaced spines proximally. Spines increase In size and become close set
distally. Apex densely armed with short heavy spines equal in length.
Spines on inner uropod grouped in scallops extending from stotocyst to tip.
Note: This species was originally described from samples takep along the
Peruvian coast. Its appearance'off Southern California brings l up some
interesting biogeographica1 questions.
Occurrence: Southern California between La Jolla and Dana Point out
to 23 meters depth. Also reported in Los Angeles Harbor -and Alamltos Bay .
Reference: Holmquist (1957) 'V
Figure 20. Mysidopsis intii Holmquist, 1957
(from Gleye, unpub.)
Mys T doosT s onofrensis (Bacescu £ Gleye). Fig. A. Anterior end or adult
male to show rostral plate, eyes, antennal scale and antennular peduncle
(x35); B * Telson (?) (xS7); C. Right margin of telson (g*) (x87) .
D, Endopod of uropod, i ns ice tnargi n (x87) - (fig. A-D after Bacescu & Gleye.)
Diagnosis: Small (5-5-6.A mm t/P,' k . 6-6 mm ^ $ ) compact mysid. Eyes
cylindrical. Antennal scale short, setose all around with a distal
suture. Hale abdominal pleopods v:ell developed. Urcpods short, rounded;
inner uropod broad with 5 spines, the first 2~3 on the stratocyst. Outer
uropod only slightly longer than the inner. Telson linguiform, with
small spines, slightly increasing in size distally; on the apex, 2 spines
twice as- large as the 2 sub apical spines (which are twice the length of
the preceding lateral spines.) The number of spines cn the telson differs
with sex and age.
Note: The relatively short broad inner uropod is an easy duetto the
identification of this species.
Occurrence: Oceanside to Dana Point 13 meters depth. Occurrence sporatic.
Reference: Bacescu £ Gleye.
Figure 21. Mysidopsis onofrensis Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
(from Gleye, unpub.)
? Mysidopsis sp. A Phillips
Family Mysidae
telson
1. Telson short, broadly linguiform, armed with three pair
apical spines, median pair short, two outer pairs
about twice as long as median pair, lateral margins
with 5-6 spines on the distal third of telson, length
of lateral spines increases distally along margin.
2. Antennal scale with setae on both margins.
3. Eyes with well developed ommatidia.
4. Both rami of uropods with long setae along both margins.
Figure 22. ? Mysidopsis sp. A Phillips
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end (2); b. rostrum (5); c. antenna (5); d*
fingerlike process on thoracic sternum (5); e. anterior oostegite with baler
(posterior lobe) (5); f. 4th male pleopod (5); g. distal half of telson (4).
Neomysis kadiakensis
Figure 23. Neomysis kadiakensis Ortmann, 1908
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end (2); b. antennular peduncle CO; c. antenna
(9); d. labrum (3); e. 1st thoracopod (2); f. 4th thoracopod (2); g. 4th male
pleopod (9); h. uropod (2); i. telson (9).
Neomysis mercedis
Figure 24. Neomysis mercedis Holmes,1897
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Neomysis rayi
Figure, a. dorsal view, anterior end, female (4); b. dorsal view (I); c. antenna
(7); d* posterior thoracopod (4); e, 4th male pleopod (7); f, endopod of uropod
(4); g. telson (7); h. telson apex (4),
Figure 25. Neomysis rayi {Murdock,1885)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Figure, a. lateral view, anterior end (I); b. dorsal view, anterior end (I); c.
antenna (3); d. 4th thoracopod (l); e. 4th male pleopod (3); f. 4th male
pleopod, distal portion (3); g. uropod (I); h. telson (3).
Pacifacanthomysis nephrophthalma
Figure 26. Pacifacanthomysis nephrophthalma (Banner, 1948)
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Figure. a. lateral view, anterior end (3); b. dorsal view, anterior end (3); c.
antenna (I); d. 8th thoracopod (3); e. 4th male pleopod (1); f. 5th male
pleopod (I); g. uropod (3); h. telson (3).
Proneomysis wailesi
Figure 27. Proneomysis wailesi W.M. Tattersall, 1933
(from Kathman et al., 1986)
Pseudomma berkeleyi
Figure* a* ocular plate (I); b. antenna (l); c. telson (l); d. uropod and telson
(original, but possibly not P. berkeleyi) *
Figure 28. Pseudomma berkeleyi W.M. Tattersall, 1933
(from Kathman et al w 1986)
r t ■
Sv
Pseudomma californica (Bacescu £ Gleye). Fig. A. Anterlor^end to show
rostra! plate and ocular plate (x$0) ; B. Antennal scale (-2j(x90); c.
Antennal scale (^ )(x90); D. Telscn (x^5) - (Fig A-D after Bacescu £ Gleye).
Diagnosis: Small (4-5 mm) "eyeless" mysid. Occular plate large, with
strongly serrated outer margins. Antennal scales sexually demorphic, male
scale longer and proportionately thinner. Hale with well developed
abdominal pleopods. Telson triangular with a pair of long apical spines
and another two, shorter subapical spines. Six lateral spines increasing
in length distally.
Occurrence: Southern California between Oceanside and Dana Point
75“100 meter depth.
Reference: Bacescu £ Gleye.
hi
1 0
. la.-- pj. 1/yjcnCK
c-ni
Figure 29. Pseudomma californica Bacescu and Gleye, 1979
(from Gleye, unpub.)
c
Siriel la pacifica (Holmes). Fig. A. Anterior end of adult male showing
rostral plate, eyes, antennal scale and peduncle and antennular peduncle
(x22) ; B. End of abdomen with tel son and left uropod of male (x20);
C. Distal portion of telson (x67). (Fig A-C after Tattersall).
Diagnosis: Delicate, medium sized (9mm) mysid. Eyes relatively small.
Outer margin of antennal scale naked, -terminating In a spine, terminal
lobe broader than long. Male with well developed abdominal pleopods.
Telson long and narrow, terminating in 3 small spines placed between a
pair of long strong spines. Lateral margins armed with long and short
spines with a bare area proximally.
.Note: The telson spination of younger specimens may sometimes be
* confused with that of Neomysis , the antennal scale should be used as the
§2 key characteristic.
Occurrence: Found In bottom nearshore samples containing kelp detritus.
Is considered a member of the kelp (Macrocystis) community.
Reference: Tattersall, 1951-
Figure 30. Siriella pacifica Holmes, 1900 (from Gleye, iinpub.)
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
February, 1992
Vol. 10, No. 10
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Abranchiate Terebellids (Amphitritinae)
Leslie Harris
Allan Hancock Foundation
University of Southern California
March 9, 1992
9:30am - 3:00pm
Alan Hancock Foundation Building, Room 30
University of Southern California
Los Angeles, California
MARCH 9 MEETING:
The genera that will be covered are Lanassa . Proclea . and Leaena .
Remember to bring any problem specimens with you to the meeting.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON FEBRUARY 10. 1992:
Ron Velarde began the meeting by disclosing a new record of Nymohon
sp. (Pycnogonida-Nymphonidae) collected in an otter trawl off Point
Loma in «300 ft. of water. He also passed on the following
announcement from Eric Marshall of the Smithsonian, dated January
9, 1992.
The Smithsonian Institution has recently prepared a CD-ROM
which contains three bibliographies:
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
Literature on the Polychaeta - by L. A. Ware and K.
Fauchald;
Interdisciplinary bibliography of freshwater
crayfishes... through 1988 - by J. Clark and C. W. Hart
Jr. ;
Cephalopod computerized bibliographic system (COBS) - by
C. F. R. Roper.
This is marked as Smithsonian Institution CD-ROM No. 1. The
CD runs on ROMWARE which is on the CD and does not have to be
down loaded on to the your hard drive. Copies are available
free of charge. Write to:
C. W. Hart, Jr.
NHB 163
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560.
Thanks to Dave Vilas for the information.
Nominations for 1992-93 SCAMIT officers were taken at the meeting
and were left open for rest of the week. The following names were
entered for nomination:
Ron Velarde - President
Larry lovell - Vice President
Ann Martin - Treasurer
Don Cadien - Secretary
Diane O'Donohue - Secretary
Short biographies of all the nominees along with a ballot have been
included with the newsletter. Ballots are due by March 16. They
can be either mailed to Larry Lovell or bring them to the March
meeting. See ballot for the mailing address.
Qphiuroidea Workshop : Dr. Gordon Hendler began the workshop with
a brief review of the families of Ophiuroidea. He then discussed
some work being done at SCCWRP on aboral disk regeneration. It
seems that the pattern of scales depends on whether the disk has
been regenerated or not. A regular pattern of scales is lost after
regeneration.
On the subject of Amohiodia urtica verses A. diqitata Dr. Hendler
explained the A. diqitata has scales with spines along the entire
outer margin of the disk. A. urtica spines are clustered near the
radial shields. A more complete explanation along with keys and
illustrations have been included in the newsletter.
Dr. Hendler has ask all SCAMIT members to report to him any large
populations of A. diqitata that you may find.
-3-
FUTURE MEETINGS:
The April 13 meeting will be lead by Don Cadien of the Los Angeles
County Sanitation District. The subject will be Thalassinoid
shrimp. It will be held at the Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro,
California.
Amphiood workshop : Hard working Larry Lovell has confirmed Dr. E.
L. Bousfield for the 1992 Amphipod Workshop tentatively scheduled
for December 7 and 8.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other
free to contact any of
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
* Please make a note
information concerning
the officers.
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
SCAMIT please feel
(619)692-4903*
(619)945-1608
(619)692-4900*
(213)648-5317
that these are new numbers.
CANDIDATE BIOGRAPHIES
PRESIDENT
Ron Velarde
Ron is the current SCAMIT President and past Vice-President;
he is a marine biologist with the Point Loma Wastewater
Treatment Facility (City of Sand Diego) where he has worked
since 1983. His taxonomic interests include poychaetes,
particularly syllids, and nudibranch mollusks. He earned his
B.S. degree in Marine Biology from California State
University, Long Beach, in 1976, and did post-graduate
research on the systematics and ecology of autolytid
polychaetes.
VICE-PRESIDENT
Larry Lovell
Larry is currently a private consultant and Vice-President of
SCAMIT. Prior to his independent status, he was employed at
Point Loma Wastewater Treatment Facility (City of San Diego).
He also worked MEC Analytical Systems for 12 years. Prior to
that he worked under the guidance of Dr. Kristian Fauchald in
the Worm Room at the Allan Hancock Foundation in 1975 and 1976
on the BLM project. He earned his B.S. in Biology from the
University of South Carolina in 1973. His primary taxonomic
interest is polychaetes.
SECRETARY
Diana O'Donohue
Diane is employed by the city of San Diego. Previously, from
1987 to 1991, she worked for the Southern California Coastal
Water Research Project (SCCWRP) specializing in polychaete
identification and data management. She did her post graduate
work Long Beach State. Diane has been a member of SCAMIT
since 1988 and received a B.S. in Biology from Old Dominion
University in Norfolk, Va- in 1986. During her undergraduate
training she worked as a student intern sorting samples from
the Chesapeake Bay and Atlantic Ocean and she also
participated in field sampling. Since 1986 Diane has
maintained an interest in the study of marine invertebrates,
particularly polychaetes.
Don Cadien
Don graduated with a B.S. in Zoology from California State
University at Long Beach. He is presently employed by the
County of Los Angeles Sanitation District as a Marine
Biologist. From 1975-1989 he was Project Manager/Principal
Investigator for MBC Applied Environmental Sciences. His
W apfcJ** r^-Jca.
* Publ’Cc'trMi* {Wa V,cWf* Hr.,*erw,7y »f U>ell"r 3 i»» &•-Z*, ff-
Ordfr 0PHIL RIDA
3 !7 ’ 2S^\SS£Si SWA""
s '’'SSSSS
4 (3) w/uSL'M^:
5161 Sssffl.^'.Cr- M ™ ommv, " m ""■
6 "*■-
ss^-rs:
S?
ae
d by *»a
•"rsz.
"■|^r--“- l E-*SSa
10,5 ’ VsSf e
1 bSrs
'■■“SGSaBSESS a, -- , ^e
.|f£^" e “S.SSS
16 (,,) s^4 m iir t sr?J5
* *« Srir^"'™' T
IS (161 So .r.1 nh (far, OFHicrrgiiicinAE !*««* im?. p. M-l
SinmaMh ' *
31 (B > SS^SSSA^.^ - - - ,f ”
■22 (21; An impdini (nlndauJ papilla at the ape. od ad, jaw.
23 (26] Atm iiucmd Imlly ittu A. dlac and Mi ftwd to it.
„I ”'e*=!l t “‘“ iasa5ai
S » 25 ,MI N ° • * • < r ”i- OMOUMME L-atian. 1*3. p. 2J)
33 m Sg&SSSFZZSJl&jft "* W * 1 ^
m M ,S1 ^
-j-. »(M) r™-^td^^.t»™*«-™=dooif=™«alp.pilW
= " S '^i^%ras^s
* ”"^isSrS-~ : - , “ s
55 m SL'AW fc *" ““ “■“ “
M (0> **»»=-!SiT $r “ ■
r^frs.^' ■ ■ ■ (P “ oratt
C/SC Phrynofkiurtd*
includes Of>hie/*yx>n*
and €vry* 1 1 *<V
c/sc Ofhiuntcla.
C includes:
C b.r. f Ma.-i«
Jjv,,JW6.dl*t
“LhtantK'dd**
& y n o>d*f*>$•**
l^'Mfpbvnna.
tfCWte*ry+M*-
Of >»**•**»*
(dapINlar**”
flp>»ioTrieW«
F#r «r</€r &Uft,f>c*-
$■*£. *
Tre*** e *” t'"'* rfeb '‘ iJL
Pale*»-b<*tr
PArTV
Cthmeder*** *t 3
VtJttm* i
id. R.C- Hoe™
J5 (34)
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous technical papers
in (he fields of Biology, Geology and Anthropology, published at irregular intervals
by (he Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. Issues are numbered sepa¬
rately, and numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter Number 1 was
issued January 23, 1957, The series is available to scientific institutions on an ex¬
change basis. Copies may also be purchased at a nominal price.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts for the LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBU
TIONS IN SCIENCE may be in any field of Life or Earth Sciences. Acceptance of
papers will be determined by the amount and character of new information and the
form in which it is presented. Priority will be given to manuscripts by staff members,
or (o papers dealing largely with specimens in the Museum's collections. Manuscripts
must conform lo CONTRIBUTIONS style and will be examined for suitability by
an Ediiorial Committee. They may also be subject to critical review by competent
specialists.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(I) The 1960 A1BS Style Manual for Biological
Journals is highly recommended as a guide, (2) Typewrite material, using double
spacing throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 8 14 x ] 1 inch
standard weight paper. (3) Place tables on separate pages. (4) footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (5) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (6) Method
of literature citation must conform to CONTRIBUTIONS style—see number 90 and
later issues. Spell out in full the title of non-English serials and places of publication.
17) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers. <S> A brief abstract must
he included for alt papers. This will be published at the head of each paper.
ILLUSTRATIONS.—All illustrations, including maps and photographs, should
be referred to as "figures:' All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
proper proportions for reduction to CONTRIBUTIONS page size. Permanent ink
should be used in making line drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings);
phoiographs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Original illustrations will not
be returned unless specifically requested when the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF,—Author will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re¬
turned promptly. Changes after the paper is in galley will be billed to the author. Un¬
less specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. 100 copies of each
paper will be given free to a single author or divided equally among multiple authors.
Orders for additional copies should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley
proof is returned; appropriate forms for this will be included when galley is sent.
David K. Caldwell
Editor
A KEY TO THE SPECIES OF OPHIUROIDEA *
(BRITTLE STARS) OF THE SANTA MONICA BAY
AND ADJACENT AREAS'
By Richard A. Boolootian 2 and David Leighton 3
Abstract: Thirty ophiuroid species occur off the coast of
Southern California. The bathymetric range, color in life, habitat,
and meristic characteristics are considered. A dichotomous key
is presented.
Southern California ophiuroids are now well catalogued, although no
key to the species existing in any geographically distinct region of the California
shore and the continental shelf between La Jolla and Monterey has been pre¬
viously published.
The pioneer work in the field of Pacific North American ophiuroids was
done by Lyman (1861), who listed ten species and later increased the figure lo
sixteen. Nine species were added to the list by Clarlc (1911). Neilsen’s (1932)
resume of the material collected during ihe Morten sen Pacific Expedition of
1914- J 916 has been invaluable in the composition of this key.
Excellent work has been done on the Japanese ophiuroids by Matsumoto
(1917); species occurring in the Nanaimo district were listed by Berkeley
(1927); those found in the Philippine seas wtre presented by Koehler (1922).
For those species occurring along ihe North American coast, Neilsen (1932)
prepared a key considering the entire area from the Strait of Georgia to the
Gulf of Panama, and Bus^n (1918, 1921) a key to the ophiuroids of Friday
Harbor, Washington. Barnard and Ziesenhenne (1961) discussed the ophiu¬
roid communities of Southern California coastal bottoms. The only works
which are locally applicable are the keys of McClendon (1909) for the San
Diego region and May (1924) for Monterey Bay. McClendon’s key is the
only one useful to investigator* in Southern California.
Through the work of the investigators noted above, there are now 40
recognized species of ophiuroids from the North American Pacific coast.
Thirty species of ophiuroids are included in this key, ten of which may be
collected intertidally.
Materials used in this study were obtained by employing SCUBA for the
subtidal forms. Some of the intertidal species were collected by the authors;
others were provided by Fred Ziesenhenne of the Allan Hancock Foundation,
University of Southern California.
In this key an attempt has been made to utilize ophiuroid characters which
are least subject to variation and which can be observed externally with a hand
lSupported by National Science Foundation Grant G-9561.
3 Department of Zoology, University of California, Lot Angeles; and Research Associate In Marina
Zoology, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History.
sScrfpps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, California,
Con^ r * ttor>< i n Scrtttje
flivZevm t .A - County No.fZ
Contributions in Science
No. 93
1966
Brittle Scans or Southern Cm ii ohnia
oral ^
0, '
! i^iirc I t tftfuotlrrma piinnmcn.se. diagnostic p;irls
r °ia[ ami plaic <Tr*f pkfr 7. genital slit
- angle ui month V**V*»|T#**| pUfP 8. side arm plate
V madu pni iie 9. lemnde pore
t ape\ n| jaw T*p 0f j* uJ 10. teniacle stale
11. jnierhrachial area of disc
12. arm spine
Figure 2. Two-fifths of oral aspect of a diagrammatic disc to show diagnostic parts
1. teeth 7. oral shield
2. angle of mouth t pf* 8. genital slit
3. adoraj plate ftdforvf sUtCtd 9. interradial portion of disc
4. tentacle scale 10. arm spine
5. tentacular pit ] I. ht oral arm plate l w< * ¥t *Tr»i <<T*i fl*
6. oral papilla 12 side arm plate *ff» pH**
s oral pupilfa
h (Jra I tndd
Contributions in Science
NO. 93
lens, requiring no dissection of material. Disc-arm ratios, general shape, color,
and other potentially ambiguous characters have been avoided,
Oral papillation is a fundamental key character, but whether enlarged oral
tentacle scales should be included in the number of oral papillae per jaw in
all cases is questionable. Where these structures are obvious, they have been
included (see Ophionereis anttulata), Together with the key we include a table
indicating where the specimens may be found (Table I), as well as a photo¬
graph (Fig. I) and a diagram showing general diagnostic features (Fig. 2).
An illustration showing the details of the oral papillae is included for each
species.
The key is in no way a natural one, though for the most part, related genera
fall closely together,
KEY
I. Both disc and arms covered by a leathery skin; aboral arm plates absent or
rudimentary: arms branched (Fig. 3). . *. Gorgonocephaltts eucnemis
II. Arms never covered by a thickened skin; aboral arm plates present; arms
never branched.
A. Aboral disc scaled, though scales may be discontinuous.
I. Oral papillae six or less than six per jaw.
a. Oral papillae two to four (rarely five) per jaw.
(1) . Individuals often six-rayed; oral papillae blunt.
(a) . Radial shields small, never joining with male; four smooth
spines on each side arm plate; two oral papillae per jaw (Fig. 4).
„ ....... Ophiactis simplex *
(b) . Radial shields large; mates joining distally; five (rarely six)
spines with fine serration on each side arm plate; four or five
oral papillae per jaw (Fig. 5). .......... Ophiactis savignyi*
(2) . Individuals never six-rayed; oral papillae sharp, numbering two
or three per jaw; one apical or subapical and two (occasionally three)
distal ora] papillae.
(a). One tentacle scale; disc strongly scaled (Fig. 6)..
........ .,. A mphiura diastam
(h).Two leoU.dc scales; disc occasionally not scaled centrally
(Fig. 7 ). A mphiura arcystata
b. Oral papillae six per jaw; three or occasionally four spines per side
arm plate.
(1)_ Two proximal pairs of oral papillae small; distal pair broad and
elongate,
(a), Interbrachial areas granular; radial shields separate or
meeting only distally (Fig. 8), ... Amphichondriusgranulosus
1966
Brittle Stars of Southern California
oacJcw
Mr**
(b). Interbrachial areas scaled, radial shields in solid contact
I- Longest arm spines about ) times length of arm joint;
arms markedly long and narrow (Fig. 9).
. Amphipholis pugeiana*
ii. Longest arm spines about I arm joint in length; arms
relatively short (about four times the disc) (Fig. 10). .. .
. Amphipholis squamata”
(2). Oral papillae all subequal in size and shape.
(a) . Some of the disc scales with free ends prolonged into fine
points.
i. Scales of aboral disc few and large (Fig. II). . ...
. Amphiodia (Amphispina) digiiaia
ii. Scales of aboral disc numerous and small (Fig. |2). , .
.. Amphiodia (Amphispina) union
(b) . Disc scales never prolonged into fine points.
i. Disc with a rosette of large scales aborally; tentacle
scales <21 unequal in size; plates about mouth inflated
I Hg I’I . Amphiodia psara
ii. Disc with fine scales, tentacle scales (2) equal in size;
plates aboui mouth not inflated (Fig, Id).
. Amphiodia occidemaiis
2. Oral papillae more than six per jaw.
a. Eight oral papillae per jaw (rarely nine).
(1) . Spines on disc partially covering scales; oral papillae spinose
and globose 1 Pip. 15).. Ampluacanihaam^haaaaiha^
(2) . No spines present on disc; most oral papfiiSe fcavy though a
few are terete. Two tentacle scales in angle of mouth often consid¬
ered to be oral papillae (10).
(a) . Tentacle scales in angle of mouth separate from true oral
papillae row; proximal oral papillae heavy and globose; other
oral papillae heavy but tapered (Fig. 16).
. Amphioplus slrongyloplax
(b) . Tentacle scales in angle of mouth closely adjacent to row
of true oral papillae; oral papillae tapered and not heavy (Fig.
H).... Ampbsoplus hexaconthus
b. Nine or more than nine oral papillae per jaw.
(1). Oral papillae nine to ten; those in angle of mouth curved and
pointed (actually tentacle scales). Tentacle scales large and saucer
shaped; three arm spines on each side arm plate.
(a). Aboral arm plale large; accessory plates very smalt. Disc
with scattered large scales of lighter pigmentation; arms mot¬
tled brown and cream (Fig. 18), . Ophiimerlis euryhrachypiax
Contributions in Science
No. 93
(b). Aboral arm plaits equaled in size by accessory plates;
light spots scattered on disc incorporating several small scales;
arms banded (Fig. 19). Ophionereis annulala'
(2). Oral papillae more than ten per jaw; tentacle scales often more
than one, neither large nor saucer shaped.
(a) . Arm spines sharp, about one arm joint in length; small
notches in disc above arm base edged with small papillae;
symmetrical scale situated centrally on aboral disc (Fig. 20).
. .... Ophiura lutkeni
(b) . Arm spines not sharp and considerably less than one arm
joint in length; disc notches and symmetrical scale absent; oral
papillae in even rows.
i. Oral papillae partially fused; tentacle pores only on first
three oral arm plates; aboral arm plates not divided (Fig.
21). Ophiomusiiim jolliensis
ii. Oral papillae not fused; aboral arm plates divided into
many smaller plates; arms flattened (Fig. 22).
. Ophiopfoclts esmarki *
B. Scales or plates of aboral disc covered or partially obscured by superficial
structures.
1. Disc covered by a thickened epidermis. ?
a. Velvet-like epidermis covering disc; oral papillae and arm spines
small and numerous; adults often over twelve inches in diameter (Fig.
23). . Ophioderma partamense*
b. Smooth or parchment-like epidermis covering disc in inlerradial
areas; arm spines long, flattened, narrower at base than at end; tentacle
scales similar to arm spines and usually held in crossed position on oral
surface of arm (Fig. 24). Ophiopsita cali/ornica
2. Disc coveted with spines or short stumps.
a. Spines of arms held normally to arm axis (unless improperly pre¬
served).
(1) . Arm spines heavy and flattened; low rounded stumps cover disc;
dorsal-most arm spine very short; dental papillae numerous (Fig.
25). . Ophiopterix papiliosa*
(2) . Arm spines rather light and delicate; no oral papillae; disc
covered by short spines.
(a) . Arm and disc spines serrated; seven arm spines on each
side arm plate (Fig. 26). OphiothriX spiculata *
(b) . Arm and disc spines rather smooth; five or sis arm spines
on each side arm plate (Fig. 27). Ophiothrix rudis *
b. Arm spines form small angles with arm axis.
1966
Brittle Stars of Southern California
(1) . Arm spines short and blunt; disc fairly heavily covered with
branched spines; small supplementary plates partially surround
aboral arm plates (Fig. 28). Ophiopholis bakeri
(2) . Arm spines rather long and tapered; side arm plates nearly or
completely meeting above and below; granules cover most rf dine.
(a) . Oral papillae twelve to fourteen per jaw; some fine scales
in evidence on disc.
i. Spines of considerable size scattered on aboral disc;
shorter stumps and granules cover most of balance of disc;
oral arm plates well separated by side arm plates; longest
arm spine about three arm joints in length (Fig. 29).
. Ophiacantha phragma
ii. Small granules almost completely hiding scales of disc;
oral arm plates not widely separated by side arm plates;
longest arm spines about five arm joints in length (Fig. 30).
.... Ophiacantha diptasia
(b) . Oral papillae seven to nine per jaw; short spines with fine
points cover disc.
i. Longest arm spines about two arm joints in length;
slumps on disc drawn out to fine (single) points; tentacle
scales conical (few scales may show on disc) (Fig. 31).
.,. Ophiacantha normani
ii. Longest arm spines about four arm joints in length;
disc with short multi-fid spines; tentacle scales not conical;
t,r arm spines serrated (Fig. 32). . Ophiacantha rhachophora
•Specimens collected intertidally
Qphuitiij sa?\g*yi
Ofthbciii *fipbx
3
“SSiS^'
HP
“ssr
M £Er
Sss
™S25_ to
ant
j-siiiifiMliil
iiiiis m i m
jl- • ! M I S I ! s
j j I f t } f i f I I
! II. •
I p
!
1
P
m ip#
{! J J ii
{ill
}j ji
P 3
! J
S i
i
Literature Cited
Barnard, J. L., and F. C. Ziesenhenne
1961. Gphiuroid communities of Southern California coastal bottoms. Pacific
Naturalist 2:131 152.
Berkeley, AJfreda
1927. A preliminary list of the ophiurans of the Nanaimo District. Cont. to
t/ Canadian BioJ. and Fisheries, 3:319-322.
Bu.-A Mildred
/1918. A key to the ophiurotds of Friday Harbor, Washington. PubL Puget
Sound Biol. Sta„ 2:17-44,
192l, Revised key to the echinoderms of Friday Harbor. Pub!. Puget Sound
Biol. Sia., 3:65-77,
Clark. H. L.
1911. North Pacific ophiurans in the collection of (he United States National
Museum. Bull. U. S. Nall. Mus.. 75:1-302.
Koehler, R.
1912. Ophiurans of the Philippine Seas and adjacent waters. Bull. U. S.
Natl. Mus., 100(5): 1 -4*0. pis. 1-103.
Lyman, Theodore
1861. Descriptions of new Ophiuridae, belonging to the Smithsonian Institu¬
tion and to the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge. Proc.
Boston Sac, Nat. Hist,, 7:193-205, 252-262.
McClendon, I. F.
1909. The ophiurans of the San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Publ ?ool..
6'.33-6$.
Matsumoto, H.
1917. A monograph of Japanese ophiuroidea, arranged according to a new
classification. J. Coll. Sci„ Imp. Univ, Tokyo, 38(2): 1-407, 7 pis.
May, R. M.
1924, Ophiurans of Monterey Bay. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser 4, 13:261-303.
Nielsen, E,
1932. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition, 1914-J6. LlX.
Ophiurans from the Gulf of Panama, California, and the Strait of
Georgia. Videnskabeligc Meddelelser fra Dansk nalurhisiorisk Forcn-
ing, 91:241-346.
Figure 3. Corgonocephatus eucnemis.
Figure 6. Amphiura diaSlatQ.
Figure 10. A mphiphoiis squamata.
Figure II. AmpHiodia digitata.
Ftgart 19. Ophionmis annulara.
jomilt
Ophiem ariUM Figure 24. Ophiopsito colifornica.
Figure 2t. Ophiopholis bakerL
fJof hi p«eifv
ym
3012
30 U
3015
3016
30ie
3019
3020
PAH ILY ASTER0SCH&1A n DAE
Order Ophiurida
FAMILY OFlilACANTHK U
3013-3043
0. bathyfaia
> 0. contlflua
rO. casaio
I Q, cyrena
I 0. di&laaia
<.a-Galapagos isiiWP, N
5 Panoma-Calapagoi la
gnterey-CaUpa&os l
Galapagos Ts
La Paz?,Panama-Peru;Jp
Nariato Pt
Bering Sea-Sn Diego;Jp.N Ac
“T—r—T-1-1-r
S Calif Cns;C Pac,W Pac
Pto St Tomaa
Bering Sea-Pto St Tomas
Humboldt B-Walparaif-a; !
N Channel Is-G Panama
Gatap
***#_*-•
Oregon-Clarion I
Gorg
Sanrf/gy
Ooae/glt
Gorg;Sh«
NuL 1 ;Mu.<
Sd/fn.gy
Mud/gr
MdjSd/gr
Buster Pae/fic (>t
ijJ»r\A (88
jfnera Jgg 5f*e tCS (%'£.•%?***
2 occ
fr.~: .W, L.Y. otrr) <.**
102^ 0. Tfton\\itofini3
Clar
130 0, ouadrisplna
C fepoea-Calapogos I
Bering Sea-C Sn Lucas;Jp
3034
3035
H Baja Calif-off Valparaiso
Pto Escondido? Is'.Car
Galapagos Is
-W
Md/gr;Sd
fn.gyjOz
fcl biRock
3042 OoT.^thamn^a
Bering Sea-faralion Bs;Jp
Pto Sn Tomas-Tres Marfas Is
5 Calif Bs-Tres Marfas Is
Galapagos Is
Guacemala Ps-N Peru
B Honda
.Hannibal Hk-CaLapagos 1
Md/gr,
Sd/bk-
0oze/ B lb
Cor/rd
Cor;Alg
Pds Blancas PtrLa ^La ti I .
Ptatyspina
.* mi*
3063
3061
3063
3065
Aniphioplus
.. hexacanthua
Galapagos IS-Independent
Xodiak-C DuIce
laakn-riarlon I
Pea
i P^drp-Acayulcg
Tenacatita B-la Plata
Pto Angel-La Plata
Uaska-Pco Angel
G Nicoya
Coronados I-Cocos l
Pco St Tomas-S Peru;w A
I California-S Calif Cns
Independent: ia B-Sn
Sand;
Silt ;Alg
"■ ;Pool
Hud/sdy
She;Cr v
Silt
3067
3068
3070
3071
pu getana
puntarenas
Tijuana-Panama 0
N Channel Is-Galapagot ‘
Alaska-Callao
i Clemence-GaLapagos Is
Alaska-Sn Juan B;Cosmo
k9»a'c.ir«..U.k-°t c |'<... u L
Hitd/ar
Sand ;Hw
Hd;R/crv
She;Cor j
Grv;Alg
f 5 » § j. i n % % f |=
: . V
; |
I | l|
ToM.rat.
-rsiiii
6
ai <,
S/bk ■ She
IS ,J B
1
Silt ;Crv
--
■|V..= M_,.f y
, f
}6 “id 1
Ooze/ *r
3075
A. irevipes
Pt Cdlera
Jlfl2
Ooze/gr
Mud/gr
Sd;Clay
Md/gr :Sd
0/gLb^gr
Rhab; She
Berifti Sea-N Baja Calif
HD
3611
Humboldt B-Pt Aguja;Jp
u
Ml?
3079
C Panama-S Galapagos Is
549 232
11
5n Diego-0 Panama
33:
—844
'sand*
3085
i. 3-*«S£ii
Pearl Ts
[T
Sand
3080
C Mala-Galapagos fs
1271
Mud /gr
Panama-Puntarenas
IT ,
Sand
A. aemlnuiia
' 1 1
Humboldt B-P Gutones;Prtt
9
4096
gr^KeiiB
Monterey-Galapagos Is
770-181
5
Nuri/gr*
Ooze/glb
3083
A. crachydisca
S Channel Is
4*20
-
3084
Doujialoplug
Galapagos Is
«
-64
“
Wonterey-Agua Verde D
9
1646
Clay-GrJ
3007
0. jascracanthus
off Acapulco
1207
Sand
sosa
n. n.otacanthys
,_*._ t
_
Md;Sd/gy
OnhiOtnida
1397-If
65
Ooze/glb
californica
02
S Midriff Is-Gorda Sk
.J L» ^ 1' »J— b~ri —n—
3090
0. h^spida
Sn Pedro-Independencia &
0
(794 )
She: Spng
3091
OphiQphraamus
digacanthtis.
Galapagos Is
4
7
3092
0. lonchophorus
Tenacacita B
4 15
Sand
309 3
0. marglnacus
Pco Penasco-Peru
IT
134
RV; Poo L
3094
f>. aphiaccoides
Salinas &-Pt Sc Hlena
IT
82
Alg s Spng
3095
0. uapillacus
PtO Angel
IT
“
o. £aucisainua
Sand
3096
I Angel Guards?,Garda Bk-Galapages I
IT
143
3091
0, gtellatus
Independence 8-Sn Juan B
11
“
0. ^abocenatg
a » » »
Sand
3098
IT
128
I Angel Cuarda-Galapages Is
Mil.. .»,U
0. £lana
0. savianvi
Pto Penasco-C Guayaquil
C Sn Lucas-S Caiapagos TsjC Kx.Ca
Calomhia 1 *Pai_ta-N Chiti
EMalpelo I-folapagos IsrJp.fWp.A
Sn Pedro-lrrlepenrientia BtTropol
Cor;Corg
Mg;Muss
Spngiftk
Ceorgja Sts-Clarion !;«
Y OPMOTllTCHirkE
0* mirabili;
I Angel Guarda-Colapages Is
Con Anerica-Ca
Sand;Mud
Rk;She
MS'.Cot
Honterey-Pto Angel
HWHiO)IM***.****4t.**». .M
Bering Sea-Lobes Afuera Is
Pco P anas
Catalina I-Gala pages Is
Clipparton I;IP
Galapagoe la
I Eapfritu Ste-Cocos I;IWP
Ja, j » B C«t| waa Jc AwUa-C-Eg f Pvu I
k;Reef
ortSpng
d;M:ttgr
?eef;Rk
tid;Poo;
Cor; Sam
Reef:Rlt
bid {Pool
Cor; Send
Rock
R«ck;Cor
- f t *1 1 i
Sn Pedro-Gorda R
FAMILY OPtnOCHITOVI
"Amphtoplus "
Galapagos I
Channel Ta-Cedroa T
****»«
Sn Pedro-B St Elena
...L-LT-L-L.!. 1 1
California-Cocos T;Jp
I Isabel-Galapagos la
C Lobos-C Sn Franciac
Algae
lud/aft
■Reel
AlglSpng
" ;Sand
^Con^ciAn?jC^i^Lu^aa-^ala^agp^ Is
Reef [Rk.
bLd{Pool
Cor;Alg
an Diego-Galapagos Is
Monterey?.Pt Concept ion-B Sn Quintin
Ptn Befugio-P Utria
Monteray-Ga Lapagos I
i- irregularis
Cocos Rg.-6 Pacific R
Galapagos Is
off frlaMgo^
RoOc/bld
Cob;Grv
Cor;Sand
;She
i;San,
RockjAlg
HudiSand
She
Sand
f f i T f 1 7 ’
3 150 Oph i ura nan a
3151 3. acutellata
■ Columbia-Sw Acapul
ic{as Is-Galapa&os Is
Cocos Rg
Moncefey-S California
I I I I
Ooze/gib
Ooze/gib
3155
3156
3159
3160
ington-Catapagos Is;Jp,S0,E
S24 *700
I Angel Guarda-B St Elen
Pto Angel
C Fonesca-G Nlcoyd
Tcnacatita-Salinas h
Pio PenascD-tcuador
C Tehuantepec-Galapagos I
Galapagos Is
Sn Pedro-Galapagos IsjJp
r+
U.
Br Co lumbia-Chi1e;TUP■M At
Tres Marias Is-Acapulco
Monterey-S I Espiritu Sto
Galapagos Is
S Calif Ba-otl S Chile
off Ecuador
E Pacific Hs;E At,
Pt Arenas-PahaflU B
0/glb,gy
S/bk;She
Hd/gr;Cl
3163
3166
3165
koehlcrj
3169 Ophiotypa sinplex
3170 Qphiolapls
li.'.n'c.ilLl'cJw.-c-e.fp.
Mg;0/glb
rad;M/gr
Rhsb-.Sd
3177
3178
3179
3180
3182
3183
3188
3184
; i 5 § *, ■ : } - :
_ .
|
' ~T
0/gltrMii
i ^Mpl E ^:br
1
griSd-.Rk
0. <21^
2iL t
Ooze/glb
Oz/bl,gy
Clay/bl
M/gr,sdy
Ooze/gib
— -
l3a
ii
566<
0/ftlb.gc
M/gr;Sd
Mg,Rhab
0, leotoctenia
116
mo
Mud/gc
Sand
Md/gr,bk
SdiO/ftlb
sj/B'-sy
She/brk
te >*l S«a-S C» llf Cns;Jp
3239
Alaska^Corda Pt
0
109?
0. plana.
i 1 T T T l i i
r
Hd/gr; S<1
En;0/gU
4082
0. aarai.
Alaska-Cortea Rk
0- stenobrachia
-;
100
3667
Ooze/glb
Ooze/glb
Ophiurolepia
inornata
40
3385
yi.ar
Awphlophiura
■ v .siaa.£
peru-Chile
37:
9-412*
-
nexila
Coaca Rlca-Paciana
17*9
569C
FAMILY OPHIDLEUCTDA
3184-3185
;
Ophlernua adsperaua
annectena
D. seminudua
Sn Juanico B-S Galapagos
7
70-1245
Md/bl r gr
aft;Sand
Oaze/glb
Sd/fn;Oz
glbiClay
Wtid/gr
G Tehuantepec-Cen Peru
840
4082
[s,9ftG Calf M«k /c Amfpon'G'£c f I
.h«<t nea* ear**
midarm sp™ rad.shield w.
~$\ff{r?*ceb A /h ph<<?d hq u r-f,c* Sfact ^ d 'f f fr —- hazed
?rc < i 'V? i n gi 6 orda* tfeHefirr a ta'u u/« *j
^wpli-ocJ' a JigjJzt*. '‘hvphtadt * Ur f,- caL
flnylei sf doffsj
am fWtZi ecjvaP?
6 u t 7 ef<*>eef’
dor^aJ &'' rM f ,A e , f 7
and faferaJ arni fUJt ._
i'pjne^
SccJLte conTmuOt/^
*n trttefv'tKcisU ?
/Vi/m ber «f
?caJ^ prpm
rrtttfrAJtzJ) $c<dle C
^a^'auP 5 hrcM
|?e/vwn
Q¥ \
ftr$T ft**
ye 4
3 -S
No
yes
Jo me ft sues
7 ~f
yss
QJ&-
0.7-
0 . 6 -
0.5'
0.4-
0J-
0.2
0.4
0 . 6 -
0.5-
0.4-
0.3-
0.2
:.i
t • *
* /
• dijW*
i3 a |
a ■
" H m V. ur fii*
T-
-1 ■ 1---1
06 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
n&ihMdL
♦ «*
♦
♦ *
a
--'---r ■ i
1 2 1.4 1.8 1.8
oral Aram*
2.0
0.08-
0.06-
» 0.04 -
on
0 . 02 -
£
>
0.00
a
a a
♦
♦
a
8 a
-- 1 --- 1 --- 1 - 1 — - 1 ---,
0.04 0.06 0.00 0.10 0.12 0.14 0 16
Igta l.
1987 SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles 90007, 213/744-3330
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE
Evolution and classification of the Late Cretaceous-Early Tertiary gastropod
Ferissitys , by W. P. Popenoe and L. R. Saul. 37 pages, 182 figures. 12 May
1987.
CS 380 - - $12.00
A new species of Barisia (Sauria, Anguidae) from Oaxaca, Mexico, by John P.
Karges and John W. Wright. 11 pages, 6 figures. 12 May 1987.
CS 381 $5.00
An early Miocene pinniped of the genus Desmatophoca (Mammalia: Otariidae)
from Washington, by Lawrence G. Barnes. 20 pages, 9 figures, 1 table. 18
June 1987.
CS 382
47.00
Middle Miocene marine birds from the foothills of the Santa Ana Mountains,
Orange County, California, by Hildegarde Howard and Lawrence G. Barnes. 9
pages, 2 figures, 1 table* 18 June 1987.
CS 383 $4.00
Contributions toward a revision of the New World nomadine bees. 2. The
genus Melanomada (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae), by Roy R. Snelling and Jerome
G. Rozen, Jr. 12 pages, 25 figures. 18 June 1987.
Cs 384 $5.00
Notes on the bythitid fish genus Saccogaster with a new species from the
Gulf of Mexico, by Daniel M. Cohen. 4 pages, 1 figures, 1 table.
New bythitid fish, Dinematichthys minyomma , from the Caribbean Sea, by
Allegra N. Sedor and Daniel M. Cohen. 6 pages, 3 figures, 3 tables.
18 June 1987.
CS 385 $5.50
Moles of the Scapanus latimanus group (Talpidae, Insectivora) from the
Pliocene and Pleistocene of California, by J. Howard Hutchison. 15 pages, 9
figures, 3 tables. 20 August 1987.
CS 386 $4.00
A revision of the genera Nanularia Casey and Ampheremus Fall (Coleoptera,
Buprestidae, Chalcophorinae), by C. L. Bellamy. 20 pages, 40 figures. 20
August 1987.
CS 387 $5.00
Eocene molluscan paleontology of the Whitaker Peak Area, Los Angeles and
Ventura Counties, California, by Richard L. Squires, 93 pages, 135
ligures. 20 October 1987.
CS 388
$23.00
Reconstruction of cranial morphology and analyses of function in the
i^klstocene ground sloth Nothrotheriops shasteuse (Mammalia, Megatberiidae),
^Pfirginia L. Naples, 21 pages, 9 figures, 2 tables. 20 October 1987.
CS 389 $5.00
\ phylogenetic study of the horned lizards, genus Fhrynosoma , based on
skeletal and external morphology, by Richard R. Montanucci. 36 pages, 16
iigures, 9 tables. 18 December 1987.
CS 390 $9.00
\ reassessment of reptilian diversity across the Cretaceous-Tertiary
boundary, by Robert M. Sullivan. 26 pages, 1 figure, 3 tables. 18 December
.987.
CS 391 $6.00
’olitolana wickstenae new species, a new cirolanid isopod from the Gulf of
lexico, and a review of the "Conilera genus-group" of Bruce (1986), by
!egina Wetzer, Paul M. Delaney, and Richard C. Brusca. 10 pages, 7 figures.
A new isopod crustacean from Pacific Panama, Excirolana chamensis new
species (Isopoda: Flabellifera: Cirolanidae), by Richard C. Brusca and James
Weinberg. 17 pages, 4 figures*
18 December 1987.
CS 392 $4.00
tratigraphy of the middle Miocene Bopesta Formation, southern Sierra
California, by James Patrick Quinn. 31 pages, 31 figures, 1 table,
^Bates. 18 December 1987.
CS 393 $28.0Q
steology of Hypostomus plecostomus (Linnaeus), with a phylogenetic analysis
f the forichariid subfamilies (Pisces: Siluroidei), by Scott A. Schaefer.
1 pages, 21 figures, 1 table, 18 December 1987.
CS 394 $9.00
wo new species of Ophiolepis (Echinodermata: Opliiuroidea) from the *
aribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico: with notes on ecology, reproduction, and
orphology, by Gordon Hendler and Richard L. Turner. 14 pages, 10 figures,
8 December 1987.
CS 395 $4.00
SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS
inosaurs Past and Present, edited by Sylvia J. Czerkas and Everett C*
Ison.
Volume I, papers by Robert T. Bakker, George Callison, Martin G.
ockley, Mark Hallett. Dale A. Russell, and David D. Gillette. 180 pages,
5 color plates, 60 black and white illustrations. Soft cover.
ISBN 0-938644-24-6 $22.95
Volume II, papers by Gregory S. Paul, John R. Horner, Kevin Padian,
Hien A. Czerkas, Philip J. Currie, and J. Keith Rigby, Jr. 164 pages, 33
olor
plates, 100 black and white illustrations. Soft cover.
ISBN 0-938644-23-8
$22.95
Contents
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE
1988
new fossil pinniped (Mammalia: Otariidae) from the Middle
diocen'e Sharktooth Hill Bonebed, California, by Lawrence G.
Barnes* 11 pages,, 4 figures. ■ 18 March 1988.
. . CS 396 $4.00
liocene ‘mollusks from the lower part of the Bear Lake Formation
m Ukplnoi Island, Alaska Peninsula, Alaska, by Louie
larincovich, Jr. 20 pages, 43 figures, 1 table. ie March 1980.
CS 397 $5.00
locene macropaleontology of northern Lockwood Valley, Ventura
lounty, California, by Richard L, Squires. 23 pages,' 55 figures*
.8 October 19 08 .
CS 398 $7,00
itratigraphy -and paleontology of Pliocene and Pleistocene
.ocalities west of Lake Turkana, Kenya, by John M. Harris, Frank
I. Brown, and Meaye G. Leakey. ' 128 pages, 62 figures, 7 tables.
10 October 1980 .
‘CS 399 $27.00
Jew Late Cretaceous and Early Tertiary Perissityidae (Gastropoda)
'rom the Pacific Slope of North America, by LouElla R. Saul. 25
>ages, 120 figures. 28 October 1988.
CS 400 $7.00
:olor. patterns on the selmacryptodiran turtle Neurankylus from
:he Early Paleocene (Puercan) of the San Juan Basin, New Mexico,
)y Robert M. Sullivan, Spencer G* Lucas, Adrian P. Hunt, and
:homas H. Fritts, 9.pages, 5 figures (1 color), 3 tables. 28
Jctober 1980.
CS 401 $5.00
NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM OF LOS ANGELES COUNTY
900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90007
. 1989 SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles 90007
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE
Plumages and molts of Brown Pelicans, by Ralph w. Schreiber,
.Elizabeth Anne Schreiber, Daniel W. Anderson, and David W.
Bradley. 43 pages, 32 figures, 8 tables. 14 March 1989..
CS 402 $20
A new enaliarctine pinniped from the Astoria Formation, Oregon,
and a classification of the Otarifdae (Mammalia: Carnivora), by
Lawrence G. Barnes. 26 pages, 9 figures, 2 tables. 14 March
1989.
CS 403 $6
Biology and distribution of the tidewater goby, Eucycloqobius
newberryl (Pisces: Gobiidae) of California, by Camm C. Swift,
Jack L. Nelson, Carolyn Maslow, and Theodore Stein. 19 pages, 9
figures, 2 tables, appendix. 14 March 1989.
CS 404 $5
Comparative facial anatomy of beaked whales (ZIphiidae) and a
systematic revision among the families of extant Odontoceti, by
John E. Heyning. 64 pages, 39 figures, 4 tables. 14 March 1989
CS 405 $13
Late Cenosoic tapirs (Mammalia: Perissodactyla) of western North
America, by George T. Jefferson. 21 pages, 11 figures, 5 tables
14 August 1989.
CS 406 $5
New slit-limpets (Scissurellacea and Fissurellacea) from
hydrothermal vents.
Part 1: Systematic descriptions and comparisons based on
shell and radular characters, by James H. McLean. 29 pages
*13 figures, 2 tables. 14 August 1989.
CS 407 $8
Part 2: Anatomy and relationships, by Gerhard Haszprunar.
17 pages, 9 figures. 14 August 1989
CS 406 $7
Phylogeny and biogeography of the marine isopod family
Corallanidae (Crustacea, Isopoda, Flabellifera), by Paul M.
Delaney. 75 pages, 43 figures, 8 tables, 3 appendices. 14
August 1989.
CS 409 $15
New evidence for the age of the South Mountain Local Fauna,
Ventura County, California, by Mark A. Mason and Carl C. Swisher
III. 9 pages, 2 figures, 3 tables. 26 October 1989.
CS 410 $ 4
A new genus and species of plethodontid salamander from Chiapas,
Mexico, by David B. Wake and Jerry D- Johnson* 10 pages, 5
figures.* 26 October 1989.
Two new species of Fseudoeurycea (Amphibia: Caudata) from
Oaxaca, Mexico, by James F. Lynch and David B* Wake. 12 pages, 4
figures, 3 tables. 26 October 1909.
CS 411 $5
Taxonomy of the Cecropia-inhabiting ants in the Azteca alfarl
species group (Hymenoptera: Formicidae): Evidence for two
broadly sympatric species, by John T* Longino. 16 pages, 47
figures, 1 table* 19 December 1989.
CS 412 " ' $5
The net-winged midge fauna (Diptera: Blephariceridae) of
Antioguia Department, Colombia, by Charles L. Hogue and Ines
Bedoya Ortiz. 57 pages, 126 figures, 1 table. 19 December 1989.
CS 413 $12
Late Cenozoic lizards of the Anza Borrego Desert, California, by
Mark A. Norell. 31 pages, 17 figures, 1 table. 19 December
1989.
CS 414 $8
The feeding mechanism in the Pleistocene ground sloth,
Glossotherlum , by Virginia L. Naples. 23 pages, 7 figures, 6
tables. 19 December 1989.
CS 415 $6
SCIENCE SERIES
Papers on the systematics of gadiform fishes, edited by Daniel M*
Cohen. 271 pages, 157 figures, 21 tables, index. 30 March 1989.
SS 32 $50
Papers on fossil rodents in honor of Albert Elmer Wood, edited by
Craig C. Black and Mary R. Dawson. 214 pages, 82 figures, 23
tables. 10 April 1989.
SS 33 $45
The California chaparral: Paradigms reexamined, edited by
Sterling C. Keeley. 171 pages, 62 figures, 29 tables, index. 28
July 1989.
SS 34
$45
1990 SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles 90007
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE
Carnotaurus sastrei Bonaparte, the horned, lightly built
carnosaur from the Middle Cretaceous of Patagonia, by J. F.
Bonaparte, F. E. Novas, and R. A. Coria, 41 pages, 39 figures, 4
tables. 4 April 1990.
CS 416 $10.00
Chorocaris vandoverae, a new genus and species of hydrothermal
vent shrimp (Crustacea, Decapoda, Bresiliidae) from the Western
Pacific, by Joel W. Martin and Robert R. Hessler. ' 11 pages, 4
figures. 4 April 1990.
CS 417 $5.00
Discovery of the family Blephariceridae (Diptera) in Cuba,
including the description of a new species, by Charles L. Hogue
and Gabriel Garces G. 9 pages, 15 figures. 4 April 1990.
CS 418 $4.00
Biostratigraphy of Uintan and Duchesnean land mammal assemblages
from the middle member of the Sespe Formation, Simi Valley,
California, by Thomas S. Kelly. 42 pages, 12 figures, 16 tables.
4 April 1990.
CS 419
$ 10.00
Special Publications from the Natural History Museum of
Los Angeles County
Nomads of Eurasia, edited by Vladimir N. Basilov
Catalog to Nomads: Masters of the Eurasian Steppe exhibition organized by the Natural His-
tory Museum of Los Angeles County and the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R.
Eleven essays by Soviet scholars covering 3,000 years of Eurasian history.
208 pp., 99 color plates, 128 b/w illus., index, bibliog.
Soft cover $24.95 (ISBN 0-295-96816-8)
hardcover available through University oPWashington Press
Box 50096
Seattle, WA 98145-5096
1989
Dinosaurs Past & Present, voi. I, edited by Sylvia Czerkas and Everett C. Olson
Catalog to Dinosaurs Past & Present exhibition
Papers by Robert T. Bakker, George CalLison, Martin G. Lockley, Mark Hallett, Dale A. Rus
sell, and David D, Gillette. 180 pages, 55 color plates, 60 black and white illustrations.
Soft cover $22.95 (ISBN 0-938644-24-6)
hardcover available through University of Washington Press
Box 50096
Seattle, WA 98145-5096
1987
Dinosaurs Past & Present, voi. II, edited by Sylvia Czerkas and Everett C. Olson
Catalog to Dinosaurs Past & Present exhibition
Papers by Gregorys. Paul, John R. Horner, Kevin Padian, Stephen A. Czerkas, Philip J. Cur¬
rie, and J. Keith Rigby, Jr. 164 pages, 33 color plates, 100 black and white illustrations.
Soft cover $22.95 (ISBN 0-938644-23-8)
hardcover available through University of Washington Press
Box 50096
Seattle, WA 98145-5096
1987
Chasmosaurus belli, by Robert Bakker, from Dinosaurs Past & Present, voi. I.
I pmcho La Brea: Treasures or the Tar Fils, edited by John M. Harris and George T. Jefferson
6 pp., 79 illus., 56 in color (Science Series 31)
Catalog to the Treasures of the Tar Fits exhibition
Soft cover $9.95
ISBN 0-93S664-19-X
1985 SS 31
The 1769 Transit of Venus: The Baja California Observations of Jcan-Bnptislc Chnppc d’-
Auteroche, Vicente de Doz, and Joaquin Velazquez Cardenas de Leon, by Duyce B. Nunis, Jr.
185 pp., 23 figs, 2 tables,
Hard cover, limited edition, $60.
ISBN 0-938644-18-1
1982
Marine Shells of Southern California, by James H. McLean
Soft cover $7.50 (ISBN 0-938644-03-3)
1978 SS 24
The Natural History of Native Fishes in the Death Valley System, by David L. Soliz and
Robert J. Naiman
Soft cover $10 (ISBN 0-938644-10-6)
1978 SS 30
The Butterflies orSoutliern California, by Thomas C. Emmcl and John F. Emmcl
Soft cover $7 (ISBN 0-938644-05-x)
Hard cover $10 (ISBN 0-938644-06-8)
1973 SS 26
uiecdotal Sculpture or Ancient West Mexico, by Hasso von Winning and Olga Hammer
Soft cover $15 (ISBN 0-933644-15-7)
1972 SS 30
Ordering Information
Address orders to the Museum Book Shop, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County,
900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90007. All orders must be prepaid with check or
money order in U.S. currency drawn on a U.S. bank; we also accept American Express, Visa,
and Mastercard (please give card name and number and expiration dale when ordering)
California residents must add a sales tax of 6.5%. Shipping and handling charges arc $2 for or
ders of $20 or less and 10% of the total for orders of more than $20, Overseas customers must
add an additional $3. Wholesale schedules are available upon request. Please call 213/744-
3434 for more information.
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
960 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90007 USA
CALIFORNIA SEA GRANT COLLEGE
University of California
9500 Gilman Drive
La Jolla, CA 92093-0232
PHONE: (619) 534-4444
FAX: (619)534-2231
JAMES J. SULLIVAN
Director
Publication Announcement
Marine Algae and Seagrassesof San Diego County
A Handbook of Benthic Marine Plants from Intertidal and Subtidal Sites Between the U.S .-
Mexican Border and Orange County , California
by Dr* Joan G. Stewart, Associate Research Biologist, Scripps Institution of Oceanography,
University of California, San Diego
197 pages 14 figures
Price: $10, check payable to "UC Regents"
San Diego County (California) is marked by a remarkable diversity in its marine plants, a result of
the fact that its coastal habitats are so diverse. Although there have been some studies of the
flora, the marine seaweeds and seagrasses of the area have never before been extensively
surveyed.
This handbook provides an introduction to these important resources and includes the first
systematic, intensive sampling of the subtidal flora. It provides a means of recognizing and
naming over three hundred taxa and suggests where and when individual species can be found.
Descriptions depend mostly on features that can be observed in the field with little or no
magnification.
The publication will be especially useful to field biologists and graduate students interested in
either intertidal or deep-water species of marine plants.
_Please check if change of address or correction Pub. no. T-G20
Copies of this publication are available from: Communications Department, California Sea Grant College, University of California,
9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, CA 92093-0232. Price: $10. Make check payable to "UC Regents."
Name__
Title (or occupation)___
Organization___
Mailing Address______
____U'P) __
For Further informotion, Contoct Rosemary Amidei. Communications Coordinator
The Californio Seo Gfont College is a statewide, multiuniversitY Progrom of marine research, extension services, and education activities
administered by the University of California. It is headquartered at the Scripps institution of Oceanography. University of California, Son Diego.
The National Seo Grant College Program is port of the Notionol Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U S Department of Commerce.
The Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Museum of Natural History, seeks
candidates for a Zoologist. GS-11/12/13 ($32,423-560,071 per annum) This may be a
term position not to exceed four years’ duration. The position _entails_^rformingconee-
tion-oriented research in the systematics and evolutionary biology of the Crustacea and
professional curating of the pertinent collections.
Candidates will be evaluated according to the quality, scope, progressiveness, and recency
of the research accomplishments (publications) and academic study, museum curatorial
and field experience; relation of the candidate’s research to present Department collections
and research strengths and needs; and the potential for research interaction with other
NMNH staff and outside colleagues.
Submit by March 15, 1992, SF-171 (Personnel Qualifications Statement), Curriculum
Vitae, copies of publications, and statement of long term research goals to:
Vacancy announcement #92-1000H
Smithsonian Institution
Office of Human Resources
Branch 1, P.O- Box 23762
Washington, D C. 20026-3762
An Equal Opportunity Employer
12(J
Reprinted from Journal of Crustacean Biology
1992
* 0 ^
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
March, 1992
Vol. 10, No. 11
NEXT MEETING:
GUEST SPEAKER:
DATE:
LOCATION:
Thalassinoid shrimp
Don Cadien
Los Angeles County Sanitation District
Los Angeles, California
April
9:30am -
%
1992
3:00pm
Cabrillo Marine Museum
San Pedro, California
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON MARCH 9. 1992:
Ron Velarde announced that the proceedings from the Third
Polychaete Conference are available. To obtain a copy send $17.00
to:
Dr. Donald J, Reish
Department of Biology
California State University Long Beach
1250 Bellflower Blvd.
Long Beach, CA 90840.
Abranchiate Amohitrinae Terbellid Workshop: Leslie Harris reviewed
the commonly encountered abranchiate Amphitrinae Terebellids of
southern California. A key and description of the species
occurring in southern California have been included in the
newsletter.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
SCAMIT OFFICER ELECTIONS RESULTS:
The SCAMIT officers for 1992-93 are:
President - Ron Velarde
Vice President - Larry Lovell
Secretary - Diane O'Donohue
Treasurer - Ann Martin
Congratulations to all!
HEW PUBLICATIONS OF INTEREST TO SCAMIT MEMBERS:
Hsieh, H., et al. 1991. Habitat characteristics and occurrence of
the spionid Pseud opq1 vdora species on the tube-caps of the
onuphid Diopatra bilobata Bull* Inst. Academia Sincia. (30)
331-319*
Doyle, S* 1991. Setal type and distribution in two Australian
species of Scvphoproctus and three other capitellidae, with a
description of Scvphoproctus towraiensis n. sp. Zool. Scripta
(20) 263-275.
Grehan, A. 1991. Demography and reproductive biology if Melinna
palmata in inner Galway Bay on the west coast of Ireland. Mar
Biol. (109) 459-467.
Knight-Jones, P., et al. 1991. Sabelliform polychaetes, mostly
from Turkeys Aegean coast. J. Nat. Hist. (25) 837-858.
Thanks to Tom Parker of the Los Angles County Sanitation District.
FUTURE MEETINGS;
The May 11 meeting will be a discussion on how to best organize
committees for publishing on SCAMIT provisional species. Decisions
will be made as to which species would be the quickest to publish,
who has priority, if any, and what level of funding can be made
available through SCAMIT. We will also begin cataloging SCAMIT
literature* Those members with an interest are urged to attend.
We will be meeting at the Cabrillo Marine Museum in San Pedro,
California.
Anybody planning to present a paper at the Polycheate conference in
France is invited to present it at an upcoming SCAMIT meeting. If
you are interested contact Larry Lovell.
-3-
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel
any of the officers.
free to contact
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Kelvin Barwick
Ann Martin
(619)692-4903
(619)945-1608
(619)692-4900
(213)648-5317
* Pleas* make a note that these are new numbers.
ABRANCHIATE AMPHTTRITINAE (POLYCHAETA, TERERELLIDAE)
FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
Leslie H. Harris
Allan Hancock Foundation Polychaete Collection
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History
900 Exposition Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90007
The abranchiate genera of the subfamily Amphitritinae present considerable
problems because of poor original descriptions, and in many cases, inadequate
material for revision. Generic placement depends on the presence or absence of
lateral lobes, relative placement of the first notopodia and neuropodia, plus the
number of segments bearing notosetae and neurosetae, the start of double rows
of uncini, structure of the notosetae, and the presence or absence of a
transverse dorsal ridge on segment 2. Original descriptions often lack detailed
accounts of these characters, particularly of the setal structures. Type material
is missing for many species, or represents the only specimens ever collected of
certain species.
The loss of branchiae is an independent development in several different lines
of evolution (Holthe 1986b). Annenkova (1924, 1926) showed that the
branchiae were secondarily lost in Bqffinia hesslei (Annenkova 1924), first
described as an abranchiate member of Terebella, by showing through
dissection the presence of blood vessels leading to the lost branchiae. Branchial
loss is most common in the Polycirrinae, and found in the Amphitritinae "in
otherwise unrelated genera" (Holthe 1986b).
Arrangement of the double rows of uncini along the body is an important
character at the species level. The last double row is usually concurrent with
the occurence of the last notopodia, in the posteriormost thoracic segment.
However, it is not uncommon for the double rows of uncini to extend onto the
first few abdominal segments, especially in the genus Lanassa. In
Pseudoprocle a Hutchings & Glasby 1988, the double rows extend to within the
last 8-10 segments before the pygidium. The uncini usually switch from single
to double rows on the 11th segment (setiger 8), but there are exceptions. The
i
uncini of all local genera are in double rows beginning on segment 11. Uncini
in the double rows are usually arranged in two distinct lines, face-to-face (beak-
to-beak), but in a few genera, such as Laphania, the two rows may be fused
into an interlocking line (resembling a closed zipper) and the uncini alternate
. back-to-back. All genera except Proclea and Laphania have the first
neuropodia on segment 5 (setiger 3); Proclea'% uncini begin on segment 6
(setiger 3), Laphania'% begin on segment 9 (setiger 7).
Structure of the notosetae is important at both generic and species levels.
Genera may have setae that are all smooth, all serrate, or a combination of
both. In some genera, the setae are supposed to remain the same in all
fascicles, while in others such as Proclea and Pseudoproclea the setae change
in shape and/or degree of denticulation from anterior to posterior thoracic
setigers. Personal observations have shown that even in species described as
having a single type of notosetae, two types may occur, as may changes in
structure relative to position. Spinosphaera oculata Hartman is a good example
of this (Harris, ms).
Five abranchiate genera occur in southern California, predominantly in soft
sediments: Lanassa Malmgren 1866, Laphania Malmgren 1866, Leaena
Malmgren 1866, Proclea Saint-Joseph 1894, and Spinosphaera Hessle 1917.
Several common species are undescribed and even those taxa listed as described
species need to be compared to original or topotype material. Following are
brief descriptions of the above genera and their local representatives. Generic
information is taken primarily from three sources: Fauchald 1977, Hutchings &
Glasby 1988, and Holthe 1986a, b.
Lanassa Malmgren 1866: Lateral lobes present or absent; notopodia begin on
segment 4, present on 11-15 (27 ?) segments; neuropodia begin on segment 5
(setiger 2), uncini in double rows on segment 11 (setiger 8) which end on either
segment 18 (same segment as the last notopodia) or up to five segments past the
end of the notosetae; two types of notosetae, both denticulate to some degree.
Lanassa gracilis (Moore 1923): Lateral lobes on segments 2 Sc 3; notosetae IS
pairs, on segments 4 to 18; uncini in single rows on segments 5 to 10, double
on segments 11 to 18; short setae, limbate, denticulate along edge, and larger
setae, bilimbate, denticulate on tip only; ventral shields on approximately 6
segments; nephridial papillae on segment 3. Present but uncommon in soft
sediments, shelf depths.
2
References: Moore 1923, Hartman 1969
Lanassa vtnusta venusta (Malm 1874): Lateral lobes on segments 2 & 3, not
well developed; notosetae 11 pairs, on segments 4 to 14; uncini in single rows
on segments 3 to 10, double rows on segments 11 to 18, extend 4 segments
past end of notopodia; two types of setae - limbate, denticulate along edges, and
thinner ones, denticulate, taper to very fine tips; ventral shields on about 10
segments; nephridiai papillae on segments 3, 6-9. Common in soft sediments,
shelf depths.
Reference: Holthe 1986a
Lanassa sp. D Harris: Lateral lobes on segments 2 & 3; notopodia 15 pairs,
on segments 4 to 18; uncini in single rows on segments 5 to 10, double rows
on segments 11 to 19, extend 1 segment past end of notopodia; two types of
setae - 1) bilimbate denticulate and 2) shorter, geniculate and denticulate;
ventral shields on up to 10 segments; nephridiai papillae on segment 3. In soft
sediments, shelf depths; most abundant of the local Lanassa species. All three
species can occur in the same sample.
Reference: Harris, ms.
Laphania Malmgren 1866: Lateral lobes present; narrow, ring-like collar on
segment 2, most conspicuous on dorsum; notopodia begin on segment 3 (Holthe
1986a, b), 17 pairs; uncini begin on segment 9 (setiger 7), switch to double
rows on segment 11 (setiger 9), continue to segment 19, arranged back to back;
notosetae all smooth, both long & short, with brimmed, undulate tips; ventral
shields on 12 segments; nephridiai papillae on segments 5 to 8.
Laphania cf. boecki Malmgren 1866: Characters as for genus. Locally occurs
in southern California in rocky, subtidal areas, in the Santa Barbara Channel
and Santa Maria Basin.
References: Banse 1980, Holthe 1986a
Leaena Malmgren 1866: Lateral lobes present; notopodia begin on segment 4
(? 3), present on 10 to 17 (? 31) segments; uncini begin on segment 5 (? 4),
double on segment 11 (? 12 in one species), present on 10 to 13 (? 16)
segments as double rows, then single rows again; all setae smooth. This genus
contains the most character variation, and is in greatest need of revision.
3
Leaena caeca Hartman 1960: Lateral lobes present, poorly developed, on 2
segments; notosetae begin on segment 3, occur on 16 segments; uncini begin as
single rows on segment 4, switch to double rows on segment 10 (setiger 8),
continue to end of thorax, then single; ventral shields on 11 segments; all setae
distally smooth, broadly bifimbate, both long & short. Rare, from the Santa
Catalina Basin, 620 fin.
References: Hartman 1960, 1969
Leaena videos Chamberlin 1919: Incompletely known: 31 pairs of notosetae,
uncini described as having exceptionally long beaks, notosetae long, with
geniculate shafts & prolonged slender tips. Rare, rocky intertidal, Laguna
Beach.
References: Chamberlin 1919, Hartman 1969
Proelea Saint-Joseph 1894: Lateral lobes present; notopodia begin on segment
4, 16-23 pairs; uncini begin on segment 6 (setiger 3), double on segment 11
(setiger 8), continue as double rows to end of thorax or first 1-4 abdominal
segments; notosetae both serrated and smooth, change from anterior to posterior
thorax.
Proelea cf. graffl (Langerhans 1884): Lateral lobes distinct on segments 2 & 3,
less so on 4; notosetae 16 pairs, on segments 4 to 19; uncini begin on segment
6 (setiger 3), double on segment 11 (setiger 8), continue to end of thorax, then
in single rows; notosetae in first 8 setigers both long & short, smooth (local
taxa with very fme denticulations visible at 1000X: Harris, ms); long setae of
posterior 8 setigers finely denticulate with broad edges, short setae geniculate,
almost pectinate; ventral shields on about 10 segments; nephridial papillae on
segments 3 & 8. This is represented in southern California by a relatively large
species (40 mm, ovigerous) found in rocky, subtidal habitats. There is another,
much smaller (2 mm, ovigerous) species from the same type of area which also
fits this description {Proelea sp. B Harris, ms).
Reference: Holthe 1986a, Harris, ms.
Proelea sp. A Harris: Characters as for P. cf. grqffl. but much smaller (5-7
mm, ovigerous) and with a different staining pattern. Found only in soft
sediments, slope depths, in southern and central California.
Reference: Harris, ms.
Proelea sp. C Harris: Characters as for P. cf. grqffl, except the notosetae
occur on segments 4 to 18 (15 setigers), so that the double rows of uncini
which occur on segments 11 to 19 extend 1 segment past the end of the
notosetae. Found only in soft sediments, slope depths. Both species A & C
have been found in the same samples, along with Lanassa gracilis, L. venusta
venusta A L sp. D.
Reference: Harris, ms.
Spinosphatra Hessle 1917: Lateral lobes absent; notosetae begin on segment
4, occur on 23 to 40+ segments; neurosetae begin on segment 5 (setiger 2),
switch to double rows on segment 11, extend over large part of body before
c hang in g back to single rows; notosetae both smooth & serrate, both long A
short with subdistal hispid swellings.
Spinosphatra oculata Hartman 1944: No lateral lobes; notosetae on varying
number of segments, from 31 to 41 pairs; uncini in single rows from segment 5
to 10, double rows from segment 11 to near end of body, single for last 12 or
fewer segments; notosetae change along body - in anterior 7 setigers setae are
both long & short, bilimbate, smooth with elongate tips, at setiger 8 the setae,
both long & short, are still bilimbate, but denticulate along one edge, by setiger
13 both long & short setae are geniculate, have oblique denticulate tips, and
have subdistal inflated hispid regions with narrow, obscure wings below
swellings; ventral shields through setiger 13; nephridial papillae from segment 5
onward. Central and southern California (rare), rocky intertidal.
References: Hartman 1944, 1969, Harris, ms.
Spinosphaera cf. pacifica Hessle 1917: No lateral lobes; notosetae on 20-23
segments; uncini begin on segment 5, switch to double rows on segment 11;
notosetae alternate between long & short, both types with narrowly flaring
pectinate ends, only long setae have inflated spinose subdistal parts, followed
by pronounced bilimate regions; nephridial papillae on segments 3, 6-20.
Southern and central California.
References: Hessle 1917, Imajima & Hartman 1964
5
KEY TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ABRANCHIATE AMPHTTRITINAE
1. Uncini begin on segment 5 (setiger 2).2
- Uncini begin on segment 6 (setiger 3)... Proclea .4
• Uncini begin on segment 9 (setiger 7). Laphania cf. boecki
2. Notosetae all smooth (may appear finely
denticulate at 10Q0X)...... Leaena. .6
- Some notosetae dearly denticulate (< 400X)
after segment 1..3
3. Notosetae occur on 11 to IS segments;
setalshaftsnotmodified... Lanassa. .7
• Notosetae on 20+ segments; setal shafts
with subdistal hispid swellings. Spinosphaera. .9
4. Notosetae on 16 segments; last double row
of uncini on same segment as last notopodia.5
- Notosetae on 16 segments; last double row
of uncini on segment following last notopodia. Lanassa gracilis
5. Found in soft sediments, shallow to shelf depths;
ovigerous specimens 5-7 mm maximum length. Proclea sp. A
- Found in rocky habitats, shallow to shelf depths;
ovigerous specimens 40-50 mm length. Proclea sp. C
6. Notosetae on 16 segments; deep water. Leaena caeca
- Notosetae on 31 segments; rocky intertidal. Leaena videos
7. Notosetae on 11 segments; uncini in double
rows on 8 segments. Lanassa venusta venusta
- Notosetae on 15 segments.8
8. Uncini in double rows on 8 segments; last double
row on same segment as last notopodia. Lanassa gracilis
- Uncini in double rows on 9 segments; last double
6
KEY TO ABRANCHIATE AMPIIITRJTINAE WORLD-WIDE*
1. Uncini begin on segment S (setiger 2).2
Uncini begin on segment 6 (setiger 3)... Proclea
Uncini begin on segment 9 (setiger 7). Laphania
2. Ail setae in posterior 8 thoracic setigers smooth.3
At least some notosetae clearly denticulate.4
3. Third segment with transverse ridge across
dorsum. Leaena
- Third segment without transverse ridge
across dorsum. Stschapovella
4. Uncini in double rows for more than 20 segments...5
Uncini in double rows for less than 20 segments.7
5. 16 segments with notosetae. Pseudoproclea
Notopodia on more than 20 segments.6
6. Notopodia continue to near end of body;
notosetae with unmodified shafts. Bqffinia
Notopodia on 23 to 40+ segments; notosetae
after setiger 13 with subdistal hispid swellings
on shafts. Spinosphaera
7. All notosetae equal in size.8
Notosetae on setiger 12 similar to others but
much thicker. Arranooba
8. Notosetae finely denticulate. Lanassa
Some notosetae distinctly pectinate. Phisidia
* Bathya is too incompletely known to be included.
7
row on segment following last notopodia
Lanassa sp. D
9. Notosctae on 20-23 segments; subdistal hispid
regions short, somewhat rounded; geniculate setae
with narrow, flaring distal portions... Spinosphaera cf. paclfica
- Notosetae on 31-40+ segments; subdistal hispid
regions elongate, only slightly swollen; geniculate
setae with broadly flaring distal portion. Spinosphaera OCUldtd
8
GENERA OF ABRANCHIATE AMPH1TRIT1NAE WORLD-WIDE
Arranooba Hutchings <& Glasby 1988: I species
Baffinia Wesenberg-Lund 19S0: 2 species
Bathya Saint-Joseph 1894: 3 species
Lanassa Malmgren 1866: 10 species
Leaena Malmgren 1866: 12 species
Laphania Malmgren 1866: 1 species
Phisidia Saint-Joseph 1894: 6 species
Proclea Saint-Joseph 1894: 4 species
Pseudoproclea Hutchings & Glasby 1990: 1 species
Splnosphaera Hessle 1917: 2 species
Stschapovella Levenstejn 1957: 1 species
REFERENCES AND ADDITIONAL LITERATURE
Annenkova, N. 1924. Neues liber die Verbreitung einiger Arten der
Polychaeten. Comptes rendus (Doklady) de I’academie des sciences de
rU.R.S.S. 1924: 125-128.
Annenkova, N. 1926. Zur Anatomie einer kiemenlosen Terebelliden-Art
(!Terebella hesslei tnihi). Zoologisches Anzeiger 68 (5/6): 131-136.
Banse, K. 1980. Terebellidae (Polychaeta) from the Northeast Pacific Ocean.
Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 37(1): 20-40.
Chamberlin, R.V. 1919. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach,
California. Pomona College Journal of Entomology and Zoology 11: 1-23.
Fauchald, K. 1977. The polychaete worms. Definitions and keys to the
orders, families and genera. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County,
Science Series 28: 1-188.
Fournier, J.A. & J. Barrie. 1984. Baffinia hesslei (Annenkova), n. comb.
(Polychaeta: Terebellidae) from eastern Canada. Canadian Journal of Zoology
62: 1397-1401.
Hartman, O. 1944. Polychaetous annelids from California, including the
descriptions of two new genera and nine new species. Allan Hancock Pacific
Expeditions 10(2/3): 239-307.
Hartman, O. 1960. Systematic account of some marine invertebrate animals
from the deep basins off southern California. Allan Hancock Pacific
Expeditions 22(2): 69-216.
Hartman, O. 1969. Atlas of the sedentariate polychaetous annelids from
California. Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, Los
Angeles, 812 pp.
Hessle, C. 1917. Zur Kenntnis der terebellomorphen Polychaeten.
Zoologiska Bidrag fran Uppsala 5: 39-258.
10
Hobson, K.D. & K. Banse. 1981. Sedentariate and archiannelid polychaetes
of British Columbia and Washington. Canadian Bulletin of Fisheries and
Aquatic Sciences 209: 144 pp.
Holthe, T. 1986a. Polychaeta Terebellomorpha. Marine Invertebrates of
Scandinavia, vol. 7. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo, 191 pp.
Holthe, T. 1986b. Evolution, systematics, and distribution of the Polychaeta
Terebellomorpha, with a catalogue of the taxa and a bibliography. Gunneria
55: 1-236.
Hutchings, P. & C. Glasby. 1988. The Amphitritinae (Polychaeta:
Terebellidae) from Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 40(1): 1-60.
Hutchings, P. & C. Glasby. 1990. Additional new species of the family
Terebellidae (Polychaeta) from Western Australia, with a key to all described
species of the region. IN: Weils, F.E., D.I. Walker, H. Kirkman & R.
Lethbridge. 1990. Proceedings of the Third International Marine Biological
Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australian.
Western Australian Museum, Perth. Volume 1: 251-289.
Imajima, M. & O. Hartman. 1964. The polychaetous annelids of Japan. Part
II. Occasional Papers of the Allan Hancock Foundation 26: 239-452.
Langerhans, P. 1884. Die Wurmfauna von Madeira (Part IV). Zeitschrift fur
wissenschaftliche Zoologie 40: 247-285, xv-xvii,
Levenstejn, R. Ja. 1957. Novye i redkie v fauna Beringova Morja
glubokvodnye vidy mnogoscetinkovykh cervei (Polychaeta). Trudy Inst.
Okeanol. 23: 286-290.
Malm, A.W. 1874. Annulater i hafvet utmed Sveringes vestkust och omkring
Goetborg. Gotcborgs Kongl. Vetenskaps och Vitterhets-Samhalles Handlingar
n.s., 14: 67-105.
Malmgren, A.J. 1866. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. K. Svenska
Vetenskopsakademien, Stockholm ofversift af fordhandlingar 22: 355-410.
Moore, J-P. 1923. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross
off the coast of southern California in 1904. IV. Spionidae to Sabellariidae.
n
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 75: 179-259.
Saint-Joseph, A. de. 1894. Les annelides polychetes des cotes de Dinard.
Annates des ciences naturelles, Paris, Serie 7, 17: 1-395, pi. I-X1II.
Uschakov, P. 1955. Polychaetous annelids of the far Eastern Seas of the
USSR. (In Russian). Academy of Sciences of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics No. 56. Keys to the Fauna of the USSR 56: 1-433. (Translated 1965
by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem.)
Wesenberg-Lund, E. 1950. Polychaeta. Danish Ingolf Expedition 4(14): 1-
92.
12
17 18 19
Setiger Pattern for Selected Terebellids 1
setiger# 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Lanassa venusta venusta D
Lanassa venusta oacifica
Lanassa gracilis
Lanassa sp. D
dddddddddd
11111122222
□ DDDDDDDDDD
11111122222
DDDDDDDDDDD
11111122222
DDDDDDDDDDD
11111122222
D
2
D
2
D
2
D
2
D
2
D
2
1 -
Proclea graffi
Proclea malmqreni
Proclea sp. A
Proclea sp. C
D
D D
D
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D
1
D D D D D D D
1 1 2 2 2 2 2
D D D D D D D
1 1 2 2 2 2 2
D D D D D D D
1 1 2 2 2 2 2
D D D D D D D
1 1 2 2 2 2 2
D D
2 2
D D
2 2
D
2
D
2
D D D
2 2 2
D
2
D
2
D
2
1
1 1
D D
2 2
D D
2 2
Leaena caeca
XMmmnm videns
ssssssssssssssss
111111222222222111
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
31
1 The upper row represents whether the notopodial setae are smooth (S) or denticulate
(D) for each species. The lower row represents the neuropodial uncingers in being either in
single (1) or double (2) rows. The arrow (-►) indicates that the last entry is repeated to
the posterior or at least to the setiger indicated by the number.
setiger#
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 -»
Laphanla boeckl
sssssssssssssssss
1122222222211 —
Laphania sp. A
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
1122222222211-
SDinosphaera oculata
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD-40
1111112
ANNUAL MEETING OF THE WESTERN SOCIETY OF MALACOLOGISTS
30 JUNE - 3 JULY 1992, ASILOMAR, PACIFIC GROVE, CALIFORNIA
CALL FOR PAPERS: ABSTRACT FORM for Oral and Poster Presentations
DEADLINE FOR RECEIPT OF ABSTRACT: 15 MAY 1992
1. The abstract (225 words or less) should be typed, preferably on
an electric typewriter with clean ELITE type (see reverse side).
2. Type the abstract as in the outlined box on reverse. Single space
all typing, NOTE: Abstract should be long and narrow, not short
and wide.
3. Use a dark typewriter ribbon. The abstract will be photographica 11
reduced and printed in the Annual Report exactly as you submit it,
4. The entire abstract, including title, author(s), affiliation, and
text must be typed within the rectangle. No top or left margins
should be left within the space.
5. In preparing the abstract, use the style indicated within the
rectangle on reverse of this page and explained below.
A. Capitalize all letters in TITLE and in author 1 s SURNAME only.
B. Underline names of Genera and species .
C. Begin new line for author's name and affiliation.
D. Indent all name and affiliation information 3 spaces from left
margin.
E. Type surnames first , followed by first names and middle
initials.
F. Do not indent first paragraph of text.
G. Indent 3 spaces to begin first line of subsequent paragraphs.
H. Proper but judicious use cf hyphens (-) is encouraged to
maximize use of space near right margin.
6. Do not fold or cut out abstract. Use cardboard backing to avoid
damage in the mail.
7. Mail original plus one copy of transmittal form to: David K.
Mulliner, 5283 Vickie Drive, San Diego, CA, 92109 USA,
8. Mail in time to meet receipt deadline.
Papers may not be read by anyone other than the authors, or, in
case of multiple authorship, by one of the co-authors.
9 .
TYPE ABSTRACT TO CONFORM TO THIS
SPACE. Use this rectangle behind plain
white paper as a typing guide, or trace
the rectangle lightly with blue pencil onto
plain white paper. DO NOT USE INK.
Use the following style:
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF MYCETOPODA
AND ANODONTITES (MYCETOFODtDAS) FROM
CENTRAL AMERICA WITH MUTELA (MUTELIDAE)
FROM EAST AFRICA*
CONEY, c. Clifton, Malacology Section,
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural
History, 900 Exposition Blvd*, Los
Anaeles, CA 90007 and LOPEZ, A*
University of Central"America, Managua,
Nicaragua,
Scanning and transmission electron
microscopy and histology were employed
to investigate the external and Internal
anatomy of the ctenidia, the external
structure of the oral and aboral surfaces
of the labial palps and the dilation of
the incurrent and excurrent siphons of
Mycetopoda silicruosa (Spix, 1827) ,
An odontites mcaraquae (Philippi,
1348) , and A. montezuma (Lea, 1841)
of the Central American Mycetopodidae and
Mutela nilotica {Cailliaud, 1823) of
the East “African Mutelidae. The unique
circulatory system of the mycetopodid
ctenidia and ctenidial ciliation are
described in detail. The bizarre.
THE WESTERN SOCIETY OF MALACOLOGISTS
The twenty-fifth annual meeting of the Western Society of
Malacologlsts will be held at Asilomar, Pacific Grove, California from
June 30 to July 3, 1992.
The agenda will include a Cocos Island, Costa Rica symposium, an
opisthobranch symposium, contributed papers, poster session, shell
and reprint auction, banquet and a field trip.
Call for papers:
Contributed papers are requested- Please complete and return the
enclosed form by 15 Hay 1992. Presentations should not exceed 20
minutes in duration. An abstract should accompany the form. Use
the enclosed sample abstract and outline rectangle as a guide for
abstract length. Return enclosed form to:
David K. Mulliner
5283 VicJtie Drive
San Diego, CA 92109
Phone: (619) 488-2701
Call for auction materials:
Please send your duplicate reprints to Dr. George Kennedy for the
annual reprint auction, and good shells with data to Dr. Henry w*
Chaney for the annual shell auction.
Send reprint donations to:
Dr. George L. Kennedy
Curator
Section of Invertebrate Paleontology
L.A. County Museum of Natural History
900 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90007
Send shell donations to:
Dr. Henry w. Chaney
Curator
Department of Invertebrate Zoology
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
2559 Puesta del Sol Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93105
APPLICATION FOR PRESENTING CONTRIBUTED TALK OR POSTER
1992 WESTERN SOCIETY OF MALACOLOGISTS MEETING
NAME:_
ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE
(office):
(home):
TITLE
OF TALK (CHECK
) OR POSTER ( ) :
TIME NEED FOR TALK (20 minutes maximum) :
EQUIPMENT NEEDED: _35 mm slide projector _Other
INDICATE IN WHICH SESSION YOU WISH YOUR CONTRIBUTED PAPER PLACED:
_Marine _Fossil
_Fresh water _Terrestrial
_Cephalopod _Other
DO YOU WANT YOUR ABSTRACT TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE W*S.M. ANNUAL REPORT?
(You will have the opportunity to revise it after the meeting,)_
BEST STUDENT PAPER COMPETITION: (Requires note or signature from
professor asserting current student status- Single authored papers
only; limited to one designated paper).
PROFESSOR'S SIGNATURE: _
RETURN THIS FORM TO: David K, Mulliner
Ui rlfi e Rri vp
(BEFORE 15 MAY 1992) San Diego, CA 92109
APPLICATION FOR PRESENTING AN EXHIBIT
1992 WESTERN SOCIETY OF MALACOLOGISTS MEETING
Call for Exhibits:
Lighted, lockable display cabinets are available. The cabinets are
approximately four feet long, by two feet wide, by two feet high.
NAME:___
ADDRESS: _
_ ZIP:
PHONE (office):_(home) :_
TITLE OF EXHIBIT :
SPACE NEED FOR EXHIBIT :
DO YOU WANT A DESCRIPTION OF YOUR EXHIBIT TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE W.S.M.
ANNUAL REPORT?
(You will have the opportunity to submit it after the meeting.)_
RETURN THIS FORM TO:
(BEFORE 30 MAY 1992)
George Metz
W.S.M. Exhibit Chairman
121 Wild Horse Valley
Novato, CA 94947
i^ORNu
April, 1992
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
Vol. 10, No* 12
NEXT MEETING: Provisional Species Review
GUEST SPEAKER: None
DATE: May 11, 1992
9:30am - 3:00pm
LOCATION: Cabrillo Marine Museum
San Pedro, California
The May 11 meeting will be a discussion on how to best organize
committees for publishing on SCAMIT provisional species. Decisions
will be made as to which species would be the quickest to publish,
who has priority, if any, and what level of funding can be made
available through SCAMIT, Please bring current species list from
project(s) you are working on to the meeting. We will also begin
cataloging SCAMIT literature. Those members with an interest are
urged to attend. We will be meeting at the Cabrillo Marine Museum
in San Pedro, California.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON MARCH 9, 1992:
Don Cadien represented SCAMIT at the memorial service/amphipod
workshop for J. L. Barnard in Washington, D-C. A full report from
Don has been included in the newsletter.
Included in the newsletter is an open letter from SCAMIT to Dr.
Brian Kensley asking that Dr* Barnard post be filled with another
amphipod specialist.
Hans Kuck of LACMNH provided attending members with some
information on stomatopods. Included were a list of type specimens
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED IN PART BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION,
CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for
formal taxonomic purposes.
- 2 -
at LACMNH and notes on four species reported from southern
California. These have been included in the newsletter. He also
recommended two publications:
Basch, L. V. and J. M. Engle, 1989. Aspects of the Ecology and
Behavior of the Stomatopod Hemisouilla ensiqera californiensis
(Gonodactyloidea: Hemisquillidae). in: E. A. Ferrero (ed„).
Biology of Stomatopoda, Selected Symposia and Monographs
U.Z.I., 3 ,Mucchi, Modena. 199-212
McLaughlin, P. A., 1980. Comparative Morphology of Recent
Crustacea, W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco. 177 pp.
Thalassinidea Workshop : Handouts from Don Cadien review of
Thalassinidea of the Northeast Pacific has been included in the
newsletter. Many thanks to Don for leading the meeting.
FUTURE MEETINGS:
Anybody planning to present a paper at the Polycheate conference in
France is invited to present it at an upcoming SCAMIT meeting. If
you are interested contact Larry Lovell.
The June 8 meeting will be on the Polychaetes Chaetopterids and
Onuphids. Included in the newsletter are working copies of the Kev
to the Chaetooteridae of Point Loma and Key to the Onuphidae of
Point Loma produced by Ron Velarde and Dean Pasko. These keys,
which were designed for the general taxonomist, not the polychaete
specialist, will be evaluated at the June 8 SCAMIT meeting at the
Alan Hancock Foundation building. Please use them to identify your
chaetopterid and onuphid specimens prior to this meeting , so that
any changes and/or improvements can be made at that time. Note
from the authors : Both keys were constructed based on species known
to occur between 45 m and 115 m off Point Loma, California. We
would like to make the keys useful to the general SCAMIT membership
working in southern California, so bring your comments,
suggestions, and specimens to the June meeting. As you use the
keys, keep in mind that they were created using regional specimens
(no type material was used) and various species descriptions. In
the onuphid key, for example, you will notice that we do not
distinguish between the three possible species of Diopatra . The
reason for this is simple: Diopatra ornata and p. splendidissima
have not occurred in our samples to date. Consequently, although
Diopatra species may be easily distinguished by pigment or methyl-
green staining patterns, at the time of this writing, no specimens
were available to examine. We hope to rectify this inadequacy by
examining AHF specimens, as well as specimens supplied by you.
Thanks for your help! RV & DP
-3-
SFECIMEN REQUEST :
Don Cadien has forwarded the following request from Dr* Charles
D'Asaro of the University of West Florida. He is interested in
getting specimens of egg capsules of California Nassarius . Specific
targets are N* fossatus . N. mendicus . and N. perpincrus . but other
California species would also be welcome. He has recently reported
on the Thorson Collection of gastropod egg-capsules, and is
attempting to confirm questionable earlier data. Where possible
the adults should be retained and sent along as vouchers of the
identity for the egg-capsules. Drawings of the egg-capsules are
included in the newsletter, as is a sheet with adult illustrations*
Fix the egg-capsules in formalin, then transfer to alcohol for
preservation- Specimens can either be forwarded to Don Cadien at
the L* A. County Sanitation District Marine Lab, or sent directly
to Dr. D'Asaro at the following address:
Dr* Charles D'Asaro
Biology - University of West Florida
11000 University Parkway
Pensacola, Florida 32514-5771
A NAME CHANGE :
Due to her recent marriage treasurer Ann Martin will now be known
as Ann Dalkey. This change has been approved by the ICZN.
Congratulations Ann!
If you need any other information concerning
free to contact any of the officers.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
president
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Larry Lovell
Diane O 1 Donohue
Ann Dalkey
SCAMIT please feel
(619)692-4903
(619)945-1608
(619)692-4900
(213)648-5317
J.LBamard Memorial and Symposium, Washington D.C.
Through the gpod offices of both SCAMTT and LA County Sanitation Districts I was able
to participate in the J. Laurens Barnard Memorial Service and Symposium, April 9-10 1992. I went
to present a SCAMTT poster at the Symposium, to pay respects to the memory of a man who aided
SCAMTT generously and frequently, to lobby for the continuation of his position with the selection
committee, and to pursue some research questions with the staff and collections of the Smithsonian
Institution. Others from the west coast attending were Dr. Donald J. Reish, Dr. Rick Brusca, and
Regina Wetzer (San Diego Society of Natural History). All will probably enjoy talking to you about
the proceedings should you see them.
I took the RED EYE flight back on the morning of the 7th, took the Metro to the museum,
and began meeting and talking with the staff there. During the first afternoon I was given a tour of
the Crustacea stacks by Alan Child: rather impressive considering that in the Crustacea collection
alone there are 6.5 miles of shelving - little of it empty. During this first day I met and talked with
Jim Thomas (Reef Foundation, Florida), Les WatLing (University of Maine), A1 Child (Smithsonian
Support Center), Brian Kensley (Invertebrate Zoology Dept. Chairman), Marilynn Schotte (SI -
isopods), Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson (J,LB.’s assistant), and Rae Germon (SI - mollusks). I had
called ahead to make arrangements for a place to work, and was put into Roger Cressey’s office.
On the 3th I was able to meet with Ray Manning (SI - stomatopods, ghost shrimp), Fenner
Chace (SI - alpheid shrimp), Austin Williams (SI - decapods in general, Upogebia), Brian Kensley (SI
- axiid shrimp, anthurid isopods) about taxonomic problems in their area of expertise (and lobby them
on the continuation of service in amphipods). Some of the fruits of these meetings were incorporated
into the group summary on the thalassinoid shrimps given at the 20th of April meeting. I took
advantage of the breaks between these meetings to take materials from the collection to examine
over the weekend after the memorial and symposium.
I also managed to steal across to the East Wing (Crustacea are in the West Wing) to examine
molluscan types. The type of Philine bakeri was nearly identical to one of the specimens I had from
Long Beach Harbor. Examination of the holotype confirmed this species is as described on the
Philine jp. A voucher sheet. Since Dali never illustrated P. bakeri , I was a tittle uneasy about my
earlier conclusions based on the narrative description alone. The species which R.T. Abbott (in
American Seashells) and Dave Behrens (in Pacific Coast Nudibranchs) call Philine bakeri is really
Philine alba of Mattox, a very different species.
Everyone had finally arrived by the morning of the 9th, and the Memorial Service got
underway promptly at 10 AM in the Waldo Schmitt Room. The place was standing room only, with
about 50 in attendance (see participants from outside the Smithsonian on the attached list). The
proceedings were very affectionate, despite J.LB.’s propensity for raising administrative hackles
during life. I put up the SCAMTT poster and watched the premises during lunch. The afternoon
session was heavy on reminiscences of the period before I knew him, and before he began his
workshops for SCAMTT. During each break the participants would mix and talk; raising such a din
that restarting the proceedings after a break was tough. J.L.B. would have enjoyed this gathering.
At the end of the scheduled program a number of people got up to pass on reflections on
how J.L.B. had affected their lives (uniformly to the good), and Tom Bowman gave a posthumous
award of the Order of the Lobster to J.L.B. for his innovative use of the English language (Bowman
was an editor of the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington during a period in which
J.L.B. published numerous articles in that journal). In the late afternoon we were treated to wine and
beer courtesy of the Director. Both J.LB.’s collaborator and widow Charline and his son Robert were
in attendance. The proceedings were videotaped by A1 Child, and SCAMTT is purchasing a copy of
the video for our archives. Those of you who want to experience the Memorial can do so by
borrowing and viewing this tape.
The contributed paper session on the 10th began at 0830, as scheduled, and continued
through the day. All were rather interesting, and several produced a number of questions. Les
Wat ling's talk, in particular, started a lively discussion of the pro's and con's of the use of characters
of questionable independence in phylogenetic analyses. The meeting drew in visiting investigators,
and graduate students from Washington's many universities. Many members of the Smithsonian staff
were in and out all day long. Kristian Fauchald, for instance, sat in for Jim Lowry's morning talk on
the use of DELTA, and noted in passing that his recent massive Eunice monograph was produced
using the DELTA program. The proceedings are to be published next year as an issue of the Journal
of Natural History, of which P.G, Moore (an attendee) is editor. Les Watling is to serve as editor
of the symposium papers.
I was fortunate enough to be invited to accompany A1 Child, Jan Stock, Rick Brusca, and
Regina Wetzer for luncheon in the "Castle'’- the old Smithsonian building- as a guest of A1 Child. The
place was beautifully and elegantly restored, and packed with guests.
The number and size of the posters taxed available space severely. Our poster board was
soon exhausted, despite the SCAMIT poster being downsized from 4x8 to 2x4 feet. Interaction
between attendees was so strong during breaks that the posters did not get the attention they
deserved. The conversations were animated and ever-shifting. In the afternoon we played the
videotape of the first (1985) J.L.B./SCAMIT Amphipod Workshop, and those temporarily not in
conversations paused to watch. The Meeting officially ended at 5PM since we had to vacate the room
to accommodate the traditional Friday evening staff beer tastingfTGIF get together.
Despite the end of the official meetings, they continued with a slightly reduced group at the
home of Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson on Saturday evening. The conversational exchange, which had
been vigorous at the Smithsonian, became deafening at Elizabeth's - and could be heard (so I'm told)
from two blocks away. Elizabeth, her husband Fred, and several friends provided bluegrass music
during the evening, but were hard pressed to compete with the social interchange. A number of
persons took advantage of their backyard to relax and talk, play horseshoes (Manning and Williams),
and do a J.L.B. memorial bird watch in the freshly leaved trees (Stock and Vader, with occasional
help from others). The gathering itself was a J.L.B. memorial taco party, with Charline Barnard
providing the special taco innards.
A few diehards also gathered for brunch on Sunday at Paula Rothman's (also an assistant of
J.L.B/s instrumental in the memorial meeting arrangements). Jim Thomas, Trudi Krapp-Schickel,
Gloria Alonso, Charline Barnard, Elva Briones, Les Watling, Jorg Kohn, Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson
and I met for a last talk session before departing to our various destinations.
On both Saturday and Sunday I went in to the Smithsonian in the mornings to work on
materials from the collections before breaking off to resume the unofficial meetings. I was able to
examine a series of munnid and anthurid isopods, pleustid amphipods, and a few stenothoid
amphipods during my stay. Types were as accessible as any other specimens in the collections, and
I examined quite a few.
SCAMIT got favorably mentioned by several of the speakers in their presentations (Jim
Thomas, Don Reish, Ed Bousfield). Positive comments were also received from several attendees on
the basic concept of regional standardization, and on our approach. The results of the lobbying efforts
will not be known for some time, although in theory a selection will be made before the end of May.
The short list for the position has been announced, and there is one amphipod person on it. I hope
that my attendance at the meeting to represent the position of SCAMIT to the search committee
members and administration will prove fruitful. At least our poster was well received. Ron Velarde,
Larry Lovell and I will put together a short paper for the symposium volume to represent the poster.
My thanks to SCAMIT for sending me back as an agent. It was a truly memorable experience from
which I benefited greatly.
Don Cadien - County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County
1000
1130
1300
1400
1430
1500
J. Laurens Barnard Memorial Service
Welcome and Introductions. Brian F. Kensley, Chairman, Department of
Invertebrate Zoology
Remarks. Frank H. Talbot, Director, National Museum of Natural History
Closing Remarks. James D. Thomas, The Reef Foundation
Lunch
A Tribute to J. Laurens Barnard
Reflections and Remembrances by Friends and Colleagues
Welcome and Introductions. f.D. Thomas
The Career and Professional Achievements of J, Laurens Barnard
The Early Years (California) 1928-1967. D. Reish
The Arizona Years, 1970-1974. R. Brusca
The Washington Years, 1975-1991. J. Thomas
Contributions of J.L. Barnard to Southern Hemisphere Taxonomy. J. Lowry
Impact of J.L. Barnard, past, present, and furute on North American Pacific
Amphipod Research. E.L. Bousfield
J. Laurens Barnard: Remembrances, Reflections, Humorous Anecdotes.
A Symposium in Honor of J. Laurens Barnard
April 10, 1992
0830 Thomas, J. D. Welcome and introductory remarks.
0840 Bousfieid, E. 6 C P. Staude. Anatomy of a proposed illustrated guide to amphipods of the
North American Pacific Coast, Alaska to California.
0900 Lowry, J. K The use of the computer program DELTA in amphipod systematic.
0930 Takeucki, L Are the Caprellidea a monophyletic group?
0950 Coffee
1030 Walling, L. Importance of functional morphology to phylogenetic studies.
1050 Myers, A . A . Amphipods as biogeographic models.
1110 Stock, J . Remarkable amphi-Atlantic distribution patterns in stygobiont Amphipoda.
1130 Holsinger, J. Biodiversity of subterranean amphipod crustaceans: global patterns and
zoogeographic implications.
1150 Lunch
1320 Thomas, J , D, Using amphipods to assess and monitor biodiversity in tropical marine systems.
1340 Reish, ZX / Use of amphipods in marine environmental studies (Bioassay): past, present, and
future.
1400 Conlan, K. Response of amphipods to environmental disturbance
1420 Coffee
1500 Kahn, J. Methods in amphipod population studies. Amphipods as indicators of soft-bottom
community structure.
1520 Duffy, E . Amphipod herbivory in the organization of natural marine communities.
POSTERS
Alonso, G. f / L, Barnard & M. Mickevich, Cladistic analysis of haustorioid and phoxocephaloid
Amphipoda.
Bellan-Santini, Z>. £ J. C. Dauvin. Cladistic and biogeographic relationships in amphipods: example
of the Byblis genus.
Cadien, D.(SCAMIT). Regional standardization of taxonomy.
Hirayama, A . An evolutionary scenario of the new subfamily Corophiinae in time and space.
Krapp-Schickel, T. Effects of water pollution on algal dwelling amphipods in Sicily.
Laubitz, D. Caprellidea: towards a new synthesis.
Steele, D. Mandible structure in Anonyx.
Voder, Wim History of the Amphipod Newsletter.
Wailing, L. A proposed global amphipod database.
MEMORANDUM
DATE:
April
1, 1992
TO:
Brian
F. Kensley, chairman, IZ
FROM:
J. D.
Thomas
RE:
List of J.L. Barnard Symposium Participants
Dra. Gloria M. Alonso
Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales
"Bernardino Rivadavia" - Invertebrados
Buenos Aires, ARGENTINA
Dr* Denise. Bellan-Santini
Centre d*Oceanologie de Marseille
Station Marine d'Endoume
Marseille, FRANCE
Dr. Penelope Berents
The Australian Museum
Sydney South, NSW, AUSTRALIA
Dr. E.L. Bousfield
Royal British Columbia Museum
Victoria, British Columbia, CANADA
Dr- Rick C. Brusca
Natural History Museum
Balboa Park
San Diego, CA
Mr. Donald B. Cadien
LA County Sanitation Districts
Carson, CA
Dr. Kathy Conian
Canadian Museum of Nature
Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA
Dr. Jean Claude Dauvin
Museum National d'Histoire Nat.
Paris, FRANCE
Dr. Emmett Duffy
Marine Sciences
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, NC
Dra. Elva Escobar Briones
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico
Mexico, D.F., MEXICO
1
Dr. John Hoisinger
Old Dominion University
Norfolk, VA
Dr. Akirai Hirayama
Asia University Biology Lab
Tokyo, JAPAN
Dr. Jorg Kohn
Wilhelm-Pieck-Universitat
Rostock, GERMANY
Dr. Gertraud Krapp-Schickel
Wachtberg - Adendorf
GERMANY
Dr. Diana R. Laubitz
Canadian Museum of Nature
Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA
Dr. James K. Lowry
The Australian Museum
Sydney South, NSW, AUSTRALIA
Dr. Mary Mickevitch
MCSE, University of Maryland
College Park, MD
P.G. Moore
University Marine Biological
Station Millport
Isle of Cumbrae, SCOTLAND
Dr. Alan A. Myers
University College
Cork, IRELAND
Dr. J. H. Stock
Institute of Taxonomic Zoology
University of Amsterdam
Amsterdam, THE NETHERLANDS
Dr. Ichiro Takeuchi
University of Tokyo
Tokyo, JAPAN
Dr. James D. Thomas
The Reef Foundation
Big Pine Key, FL
Dr. Michael H. Thurston
Institute of Oceanographic Sciences
Surrey, ENGLAND
Dr. w.j.m. Vader
Universitetet I Tromso
Mus eumsvirksomhet
Tromso, NORWAY
Dr. Les Watling
Ira C. Darling Center
University of Maine
Walpole, ME
Dr. D.J. Reish
California State College
Long Beach, CA
Dr. Mark Shih
Canadian Museum of Nature
Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA
Dr. Craig P. Staude
Friday Harbor Laboratories
University of Washington
Friday Harbor, WA
2
\f.\
Southern California Association of
Marine invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro. California 90733
3 April 1992
Dr. Brian Kensley
Division of Crustacea
NHB 163
Smithsonian Institution
National Museum of Natural History
Washington, D. C. 20560
Dear Dr. Kensley:
It was with deep regret that the Southern California
Association of Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists (SCAMIT) learned
of Dr. J, L. Barnard’s death in the fall of last year. He will
be missed by colleagues in invertebrate systematics worldwide.
Our condolences are extended to his co-workers in the
Invertebrate Zoology Department at the Smithsonian.
Dr. Barnard was a member of SCAMIT and actively supported its
goals to promote the study of the marine invertebrate fauna of
southern California and to develop a regionally standardized
taxonomy. His attendance and leadership at our annual Amphipod
Workshop was of benefit to all concerned. He was an excellent
taxonomic resource, having described much of the amphipod fauna
of the west coast. We would observe in awe as he would show us
how to deftly pluck out miniscule mouthparts. He was always
interested in the taxonomic research of local members and
encouraged them to publish their findings. Dr. Barnard, himself,
found these workshops to be of great value. Local SCAMIT members
were able to provide him with valuable amphipod specimens and
ecological information, which Dr. Barnard incorporated into
Smithsonian collections and information files.
SCAMIT needs the continued support and participation of
amphipod researchers if we are to achieve our goals. Amphxpods
are being selected by national and local envioronmental
monitoring agencies as toxicity and bioassay indicators, and will
remain of major interest to researchers and taxonomists in the
future. It is imperitive to SCAMIT and to others involved in
amphipod research that another amphipod researcher replace Dr.
Barnard. We feel it is crucial that amphipod systematics and
research receive continued support nationally and internationally
by the Smithsonian. It would be tragic for the amphipod
collections and resources established by Dr. Barnard to become
inactive through lack of commitment to them by the Smithsonian.
As the chairperson of the selection committee to fill Dr.
1
Barnard f s post, we ask that you strongly consider our request and
present this information to the other committee members. If you
or others should have any questions concerning this letter or
SCAMIT please call Ron Velarde (City of San Diego), President, at
(619) 692-4903 or Larry Lovell (Consultant), Vice-President, at
(619) 945-1608, Don Cadian (Los Angeles County Sanitation
Districts) will be representing SCAMIT at the Barnard Memorial
Service and can answer any questions.
Sincerely
Ronald G. Velarde, President and
Lawrence l, Loven, v ice-r resident
2
/ Paltora.. 66(lK 1992. pp 157-153
Copyright C 1992. The PalmuilqgKal Society
0Q22-3360y91rt»MH01 J7S01.0G
CRISIS IN SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY IN THE
“AGE OF BIODIVERSITY”
RODNEY M. FELDMANN and RAYMOND B. MANNING
Department of Geology, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44242 and
Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560
It is time to address the long-term consequences of the obvious
contradiction between the decline in the study of systematics in
the life sciences and the international cry for the study of bio¬
diversity. Several diverse topics in neontology and paleontology,
all of which are centered upon the questions of present and past
perturbations in the world’s biota, have dominated recent sci¬
ence news. The ozone layer that envelopes (protects) our planet
might well be showing signs of man’s adverse influence. Wanton
harvesting and destruction of the min forests of the world may
be placing an unnatural stress on the recycling of atmospheric
gases. Taken together, these two processes may very well result
in global warming, which could have profound consequences
on the biosphere. On a longer ranging scale, questions of periodic
mass extinctions have piqued the imaginations of scientists and
provide an interesting backdrop for considering cyclical changes
in fauna and flora. These questions, among others, have resulted
in the recognition that knowledge and understanding of biodi¬
versity have reached a higher level of importance than at any
other time in the history of systematics.
Questions of biodiversity are so important, in fact, that the
Systematic Biology Division of the U.S. National Science Foun¬
dation has developed a program to encourage the submission
of proposals in this area and the NSFs Division of Polar Pro¬
grams has noted, "The study of polar paleobiology plays an
important role in defining the influence of the polar regions in
the evolution of Earth's biosphere. Two current areas of interest
are the history of mass extinctions as they pertain to polar regions
and the history of anoxia in the basins and surrounding shelf
areas” (Divisional Advisory Committee for Polar Programs,
1990, p. 16). We find it ironic that, at the same time, training
of systematists and development of systematic collections are
being threatened at a higher level than has ever been the case
in the past. Therefore, it is important for us to recognize the
magnitude of the problems facing the field of systematic biology
and for all life scientists to respond to the crisis.
Systematics or taxonomy is the study of natural diversity,
better known today by the catchword biodiversity, thanks to
the efforts of E. O. Wilson and others (Wilson, 1985, 1988;
Black et ah, 1989), and it is the kind of research characteristic
of museums. Systematic research is basic to any other kind of
biological study involving species, whether it be fisheries or
molecular biology, ecology, behavior, or paleozoogeography.
In the 1990’s we seem to have reached the point where both
individuals and organizations outside the systematic commu¬
nity, including environmentalists, legislators, and sources of re¬
search funding, recognize the fundamental importance of knowl¬
edge of species diversity, museum collections that represent
baseline data over time, and traditional systematic work, and
appear to be beginning to appreciate the need for museum col¬
lections and systematics more than at any time in the history
of systematic research, a time period spanning almost 300 years.
Museums and the systematic profession in general, instead of
being prepared for such a momentous change, are facing a crisis:
we are Losing systematists and systematic organizations, includ¬
ing museums.
Pan of the problem is that the science of systematics has never
been accorded the stature it deserves among all sciences. “Strange
as it may seem, there is less attention and regard paid to sys¬
tematic work at the present time than ever before.” This is not
a quote from an editorial published in 1990 in Science or Nature.
It was published by Waldo Schmitt in 1930, and it is just as
valid today, 60 years later.
Further, even though museums are primary sources of infor¬
mation on species and even though we are in the “information
age," automation of museums* major sources of information on
species, their collections, and their libraries, lags a generation
or more behind current technology. Any major grocery store
chain has in its data inventory specific information, including
inventory, retail cost, and cost per unit of measure, on most
food items in the store. This volume of information on species
of shrimps, even commercial shrimps, is generally unavailable
from any museum collection, large or smaU, in machin e retriev¬
able form. Grocery stores routinely use bar code technology to
check out groceries and prepare bills (invoices). Museums pre¬
pare invoices the old fashioned way, by hand. The technology
needed by museums has existed for years. The funding and the
expertise needed to implement the technology is not yet avail¬
able to most museums, which in consequence are unable to
manage the vast amounts of information on species available
to them.
In the past 30 years we have seen a dramatic increase in
numbers of recognized living and fossil species. Within the study
of crustaceans this is the result of the work of a generation of
specialists. In gcryonid crabs, deep-sea crabs of enormous com¬
mercial potential, for example, specimens identified with Gery-
on affims Milne Edwards and Bouvier and Geryon quinquedens
Smith now have been assigned to at least 18 different species.
Although this may not be true for other crustacean groups, we
are about to lose a generation of world-class specialists in deca¬
pod crustacean systematics. Concomitant with that loss will be
a decline in our ability to examine and respond to questions of
biodiversity.
At the National Museum of Natural History in Washington,
an internal study for the Department of Invertebrate Zoology
shows that seven of the eight crustacean taxonomists now on
the staff potentially will be retired by the turn of the century.
Worse, there are virtually no students in critical groups now
enrolled in American universities. Potentially more than half
of the staff of the department will retire by the turn of the century
and the operative planning buzz-word wi thin the museum is
“downsizing," a direct result of increasingly limited funding.
Furthermore, hiring practices in universities as well as in
157
IOLR.\ \L OF PALEOS TO LOO Y. V 66. SO !. iW
museums have been such that there has not been an orderly
replacement of specialists as they retire. Thus, the crucial process
of mentoring has been truncated. Vacant offices in museums the
world over attest to the fact that we are in a weak, even unten¬
able. position to tackle the questions of biodiversity. There are
few replacements for the generation of systematists now in or
approaching retirement, many of whom worked at the national
or international level. The tragedy is that even if funding for
systematics increased immediately by an order of magnitude,
it would take a generation to attract and train replacements for
existing systematists now neanng the ends of their careers.
Hiring practices in both universities and museums either have
not addressed the problem of replacement of specialists in sys¬
tematic disciplines or have replaced systematists with scientists
specializing in other areas, e.g,, ecology, cell or molecular bi¬
ology, or, worse yet, administration. At the same time university
biology and geology departments have de-emphasized courses
and programs in systematics as a response to the job market—
the loop must be broken, fn a recent editorial in Bioscience, W.
H. Davis (1991) lamented the decision of his university to es¬
tablish a program in molecular biology, and he commented: “As
the public is beginning to recognize the importance of the great
diversity of organisms on Earth and the need for systematic,
behavioral, physiological, and ecological studies of organisms,
the enormous tragedy of the overemphasis on molecular biology
during the 1980 T s will become evident.”
Not only are we losing people, including many invertebrate
systematists, we are losing institutions. The Allan Hancock
Foundation, one of the large, active museums in the United
States with a long tradition of research, is in the process of
transferring its crustacean collections to the Los Angeles County
Museum. The Natural History Museum of San Diego is chang¬
ing its directions, resulting in the termination of its paleontology
program and the loss of all positions for research paleontologists.
The Natural History Museum in London is de-emphasizing
monographic work and work on local faunas, even though one
of its stated areas of emphasis is biodiversity. The government
of New Zealand has disestablished the biosy sterna tics program
of the New Zealand Oceanographic Institute, leaving systema¬
tists without jobs, and both of these latter organizations appear
to have reverted to a strict “pay as you go” basis.
A wide variety of reports on the needs in and importance of
systematics, prepared for a variety of organizations over the
past four decades (Anonymous, 1953, 1968; Mayr and Good¬
win, 1956; Michener et al„ 1956; Steere, 1971a, 1971b; Stuessy
and Thompson, 1981; see also Brusca, 1990), all have common
themes. Systematics is important, there are not enough trained
systematists, systematics as a discipline ranks somewhere under
flatworms in importance, and museum collections need more
support. Yet the situation is much worse today than ever.
Even in the 1990’s, the Decade of Biodiversity, it will take
an herculean effort to raise the level of understanding of the
fundamental importance of systematics, a much higher level of
funding than is now available for systematics and collections,
the development of national and international forms of recog¬
nition for systematic work, a cooperative effort by those in ac¬
ademia and museums to interest people in systematic fields and
to train them, and some long-range planning by museums, plan¬
ning that includes training and jobs for future generations of
systematists. Unless the effort includes creating permanent jobs
in systematics, including many more support positions, the sit¬
uation will not improve. Karl Schmidt (in Anonymous, 1953)
made many of the same points in an article published in 1952,
and noted that E. Ray Lankester had made them in the 1 ISO’s.
More specifically, it is important that each of us exert time
and effort to educating the general public and our fellow sci¬
entists in the importance of their continued maintenance of
systematics, the foundation of life science. The importance of
writing articles for “popular” science outlets, stressing the ap¬
plication of systematics to all studies in the life sciences, cannot
be overstated. It is these articles that influence the nonscientific
public and, in turn, may have an influence on legislators. Care¬
fully written, interesting articles dealing with the importance
and the interest and excitement of working in systematic biology
and paleontology should also have the effect of drawing in young
people as the core for future generations of systematists. An
aggressive approach must be taken to develop the recognition
in legislators and administrators of scientific institutions and
funding agencies, including private foundations, that only if
fundamental areas within science are nurtured will we be able
to progress.
Finally, we must develop in our co-workers in biology and
geology the recognition that systematics is not only a classical
foundation for these subjects but that it forms the fiwdamcntal
core discipline which is essential to the continued success of all
others. If the foundations of our study are neglected, we will be
forced to endlessly re-massage previously gathered data.
references
Anonymous. 1953. [Results of] Conference on the importance and
needs of systematics in biology. April 22, 1953. National Academy
of Sciences, National Research Council, Washington, D.C.. 53 p.
-. 1968. Systematic Biology: a survey of Federal programs and
needs. [Report of] Panel on Systematics and Taxonomy, Committee
on Environmental Quality, Federal Council on Science and Tech¬
nology, Washington, D.C., 148 p.
Black, C., et al 1989. Loss of Biological Diversity: a global crisis
requiring international solutions. National Science Board, Washing¬
ton, D.C., 19 p.
Brusca, ft 1990. Science in the museum. Science and natural history
museums. Part II. Upstairs, 3:3-5.
Davis, W.H. 1991. Recruiting biologists. Bioscience, 41:66.
Divisional Advisory Committee For Polar Programs. 1990. A
tong-range science plan for the Division of Polar Programs of the
National Science Foundation. National Science Foundation, Wash¬
ington, D.C., 45 p.
Mayr, E., and R. Goodwin. 1956. Preserved materials and museum
collections. Biological materials. Part I. National Academy of Sri-
ences-National Research Council, Publication 399:1-20.
Michener, C. D. v et al 1956. Systematics in support of biological
research. Division of Biology and Agriculture, National Research
Council, Washington, D.C., 25 p.
Schmitt, W. L 1930. The study of scientific material in the museum.
The Museum News, 3<12)c8-IO.
Steere, W. C. 1971a. The great collections: their nature, importance,
condition, and future. The systematic biology collections of the Unit¬
ed States: an essential resource. Part 1. Report to the National Science
Foundation by the Conference of Directors of Systematic Collections.
33 p.
-. 1971b. The peat collections: statistical information. The sys¬
tematic biology collections of the United States: an essential resource,
[’art 2. Report to the National Science Foundation by the Conference
of Directors of Systematic Collections, 52 p.
Stuessy, T. F., and HL S. Thompson. 1981. Trends, priorities and
needs in systematic biology. A report to the systematic biology pro¬
gram of N.S.F. Association of Systematics Collections, Lawrence,
Kansas.
Wilson, E. O. 1985. The biological diversity crisis. Bioscience, 35:
700-706.
-. 1988. The current state of biological diversity, p. 3-18. In E. O.
Wilson and F. M. Peter (eds.), Biodiversity. National Academy Press,
Washington, D.C.
Accepted 22 March 1991
WESTERN SOCIETY OF MALACOLOGISTS
1992 Annual Meeting
The 25th annual meeting of the Western Society of Malacologists will be held this
year at the Asilomar Conference Center in Pacific Grove, California. The conference will
commence on Tuesday afternoon, 30 June with registration and a reception and end on
Friday morning, 3 July with an optional field trip. The Asilomar center was the site of the
first formal meeting of the Society after its formation and also several subsequent
gatherings during the 1970's.
Recently the accommodations at Asilomar have been extensively remodeled and
upgraded making it a very comfortable facility both for our conference and for housing.
Enclosed are details about Asilomar, its location on the Monterey peninsula and a detailed
map of the conference grounds. Please note that registration upon your arrival will be at
the administration building (which is also labeled "registration" on the map). Housing and
our meeting area will be in Sea Galaxy nearby. However you must check-in at
Administration first.
SCHEDULE
This year's program will include two symposia, contributed papers, a reception, the
annual auction, a closing banquet and a field trip to the Monterey Bay Aquarium. The
tentative schedule is as follows (timing may vary):
Tuesday, 30 June:
3:00 - 6:00
Registration
6:00 - 7:00
Dinner
7:30 -
Wine/Cheese Reception
Evening slide shows
Wednesday, 1 July:
9:00 - 12:00
Cocos Island Symposium
1:00
Group Photo
1:30-5:00
Cocos Island Symposium
7:30 -
Auction/Reprint Sale
Thursday, 2 July:
9:00 - 12:00
Opisthobranch Symp.
1:30 - 3:00
Contributed Papers
4:00 - 5:00
Business Meeting
6:30 -
Reception/Banquet
This year the banquet speaker with be Dr. Charles Baxter from the Hopkins Marine
Station who will be discussing his studies of the Monterey Bay marine canyon system and
showing deepwater videos of the terrain and marine life.
EXPENSES
Costs for this year's meeting are based on the assumption that you will also be
staying at Asilomar for three nights. Both housing and meals are included under a single
charge for the duration of the conference. If you are planning only on attending for a
single day, you must make other arrangements using nearby hotels. The registration fee
applies to all those in attendance. There is no reduced rate for a single day. Individuals
staying off the Asilomar campus can purchase meals as needed at the dining hall. .
Accomodations consist of rooms which hold up to four studio beds. Each room has
a private bathroom. The double occupancy rate rs $60 per day/per person, equaling $180
for the conference. If you are not registering jointly on the enclosed form, please indicate
your roommate preference if known. Single occupancy is $98 per day/per person/per
room, meaning that you get the whole thing to yourself for only $295.
Additional charges due with your registration and housing reservation include the
banquet and the group photograph. The end of conference banquet will be a special meal
that differs from the other dinners. For residents of Asilomar there will be an added cost of
$14.00. If you are not staying at Asilomar, but wish to attend the banquet the cost is
$25.00.
This year the group photograph will be available for an additional $8.00. Since each
year we invariably end up with dozens of spare photographs, their availability is now going
to be limited to those who really want one, so please indicate your preference.
AUCTION and REPRINT SALES
The annual auction of choice shells and books will be held on Wednesday, 1 July at
8PM. As the auction is a principal source of funding for the Society's activities it is an
important event which deserves you support. If you have quality specimens, with data, or
books which you wish to donate please send them to Henry Chaney (address below). If
you are attending the meeting you can bring your donation with you, but please forward a
list so that the auction can be organized.
Journals and reprints will also be available for sale under the auspices of George
Kennedy. Please donate any publications or notify George at the County Museum of
Natural History, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90007.
FIELD TRIP
The field trip will be an excursion to the Monterey Bay Aquarium on Friday morning.
A sign up for this event wilt be available at the meeting and transportation will be arranged
as needed.
DEADLINE
The deadline for housing reservations is 22 May 1992 after which accommodations
at Asilomar cannot be guaranteed.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION or QUESTIONS
If you have additional questions about the meeting please contact Society President
Dave Mulliner (619)488-2701 or Henry Chaney (805)682-4711 x344 (day) or (805) 963-
2382. A FAX number (805) 963-9679 is also available for inquiries.
fi
©lhi^i®dl®rm
The Organizing Committee invites you to participate in the 8th I.E.C. to be
held at the University of Burgundy, Dijon, on September 6 to 10. 1993 .
People who are interested in receiving registration information are requested to complete
and return the attached form before September 30, 1992 to:
8th I.E.C. - Bruno DAVID
Centre des Sciences de la Terre
6, Bd. Gabriel F-21000 DUON
® 80-39-63-71 T. Fax: 80-39-50-66
X
Pre-registration form (please type or print)
Name . Firstname .
Institution.
Street .
City .
Postal code . Country .
Baker Environmental, Inc. (formerly flaker/TSA, Inc), located
near the Greater Pittsburgh International Airport, continues
to expand, creating excellent growth opportunities for
environmental assessment, design and management
professionals. An Environmental Scientist position Is
available to a person who wants a career with one of the
world's fastest growing environmental consulting
companies. The position requires an M.S. in biology,
ecology or ecotoxicology or strong environmental science
academic credentials and 0-5 years experience in ecological
assessment performance. Familiarity with CERCLA, RCRA
corrective action, CWA and State regulatory programs, as
they relate to ecological assessment procedures, is essential.
Knowledge/experience in field sampling, taxonomy,
ecological endpoints and ecotoxicology with terrestrial
and/or aquatic systems is important. Strong communication,
analytical and computer skills are also necessary. Previous
consulting experience is desirable.
Baker offers a competitive salary and benefits package
including a generous 401k plan and tuition reimbursement.
Please respond by resume to:
Baker Environmental, Inc.
4301 Dutch Ridge Roat}
Beaver, PA 15009
Attn: AFM-TB1
For more information call (412)495-7711
Filename: MANTIS
Updated: 03,JAN.92.hgk
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
Stomatopoda Collection
This file lists number of lots, species name, and localities
represented by each species of stomatopod in the collection. It
includes both the original LACMNH and the transferred AHF
stomatopod collections. A large collection of stomatopods from the
1984 LACM cruise to the Galapagos Ids* are still with Dr. Raymond
B. Manning at the USNM, and are not represented here.
# of
lots Specimens Locality
1
1
7
3
11
6
93
1
9
3
18
1
1
1
3
3
Acanthosguilla digueti
Cloridopsis dubia
Coronida schmitti
(6 + 16 PARATYPES)
Mexico
Ecuador
Galapagos Ids.; Mexico
Eurysguilla veleronis Mexico; Barbados
Gonodactylus bahiahondensis Costa Rica; Columbia; Panama
Gonodactylus festae Ecuador; Costa Rica; Colombia
Gonodactylus oerstedii West Indies; Mexico; Panama;
Columbia; Galapagos Ids.;
Ecuador; Venezuela; Puerto Rico
Gonodactylus spinulosus
Gonodactylus stanschi
Gonodactylus zacae
Hemisguilia ensigera
Lysiosquilla antillensis
(HOLOTYPE) (^ NanhosquITla )
Lysiosguilla Hancocki
(HOLOTYPE)
West Indies
Mexico
Mexico; Galapagos Ids.
Mexico; California
Venezuela
Venezuela
Lyslosquilla mccullochae Mexico
(HOLOTYPE) (- Heterosqullloides )
Lysiosquilla maculata Guatemala; Galapagos Ids.; Ecuador
Meiosguilla polita Mexico; California
Mesacturus dicrurus
(PARATYPESf 2 females)
1
Guam
7 stomatopod larva California, central Pacific
59 unidentified Stomatopoda Ecuador; Mexico; California;
Galapagos Ids.; Bahamas; Florida;
Jamaica; Guam
Total Lots: 324 (03.JAN.92.hgk)
NOTE: Per Janet Haig (AHF), this collection has never been updated
as to synonomies and generic reassignments-6/89.
Hemisguilla ensigera californiensis Stephenson, 1967.
Crustacea: Hoplocarida: Stomatopoda
PL Code C-134 Date examined 22 July, 1988
Voucher by: Larry Basch
Synonomy: Hemisguilla ensigera (Owen, 1832) fide Manning, 1963
Gonodactylus ensiger , Owen, 1832
Gonodactylus stylifecus H. Milne-Edwards, 1837
Hemisguilla stylifera Schmitt, 1940
Pseudosguilla bigelowi Rathbun, 1910
Literature: See the following in Stomatopod Bibliography (attached).
Basch and Engle, in press - a 6 b.
Basch and Engle, in press 1983 in Am.Zool.
Haderlie, et al., 1980
Manning, 1963
Manning, 1980
Schmitt, 1940
Stephenson, 1967
Diagnostic Characters:
1. Rostrum shaped like a triangle with rounded angles.
2. Eyes weakly bilobed, with distinct vide band of ommatldia six cells
across, separating dorsal and ventral corneal lobes.
3. Dactylus of maxilllped 2 (thoracopod 2) without spines on Inner margin.
Heel of dactylus slightly inflated proxlmally.
4. Telson as figured In Schmitt, 1940, p. 183, and attached table.
5. Body coloration yellow-brown to tan. Distal parts of some limbs
yellow. Distal of antennules, maxllllpeds, pereo- and pleo-pods
blue. Uropods deep blue, fringed with dark red setae.
Comments: This is the largest of the California stomatopods. It extends from
Santa Barbara Co., CA, south to the Golfo di Chiriqui, Panama. Besides
its large size, it Is the most numerically abundant species In the region,
and may occur locally in very dense populations (l/m2). Recent work by
Basch and Basch and Engle has provided some information on biogeography
and local population distribution patterns, seasonal patterns In life
history and reproductive ecology, foraging, dlel and seasonal activity
and other areas. Habitats range from shallow (5m or less) inshore areas
commonly down to 70-100m, and to near abyssal depths, where they burrow
in stable mud-sand bottom.
Nannosguilla anomala Manning, L967 *
Crustacea: Hoplocarida; Stomatopoda.
No voucher available, known only from type material. Date examined: See Manning, I
Voucher by: See Manning, L967
Synonomy: None.
Literature: See the following in Stomatopod Bibliography (attached).
Haderlie, et al., 1980
Manning, 1967
Diagnostic Characters:
L. Rostrum of an unusual (anomalous) shape for this taxon, rectangular,
with longest axis across body and short rounded point extending
anteriorally. Rostrum shape may be variable.
2. Eyes somewhat bllobed.
3. Dactylus of maxilliped 2 (thoracopod 2) armed with from 10-14 spines,
including distal one, on inner margin. Outer margin rounded with
proximal basal notch flanked proximally and dlstally by small lobe.
4. Telson and uropod as figured in Manning, 1967 and attached table.
Note posteriorally projecting lateral spines on 6th abdominal segment
(pleotelson).
5. Body covered with dark-brown chromatophores* clustered on midline in
some specimens. Black pigmentation on anterior of carapace, anterior
limbs, 6th abdominal somite and telson.
Comments: Besides the original species description, virtually nothing is known
about this species. Any information or specimens of this, and other
California species would be applied to a work in progress concerning
ecology and distribution of the local stooatopods.
Larry Basch
Pseudosquillopsis marmorata Rocking ton, 1877^
Crustacea: Hoplocarlda; Stomatopoda.
Personel collection: LVB
Date examined: 22 July, L988
Voucher by: Larry Basch
Synonomy: Squilla marmorata Lockington, 1877
Literature: See the following in Stomatopod Bibliography (attached).
Hanning, 1969
Schmitt, 1940
Diagnostic Characters:
1- Rostrum tapers to a sharp point anterio-distally. Broad proxlmally,
2. Eyes strongly bilobed, with narrow median band of ommatidia separating
corneal lobes.
3. Dactylus of maxilliped 2 (thoracopod 2) armed with 3 distinct spines,
including distal one. Outer margin smooth, curving from distal tip
to past the most proximal tooth.
4. Telson as figured in Manning, 1969 and attached table. Note spination
and carination on telson and pleotelson (6th abdominal somite) .
5. Body coloration golden-brown overall, with mottled darker brown
pigmentation in places. Uropods a lighter brown background color
after preservation, fringed with red-purple setae.
Comments: There is little known of this species, save for descriptions of
postlarvae and juveniles (Manning, 1969). They are moderate in s± 2 e
of the California species, and occur in relatively shallow waters
(6-18o) in sand or mixed sand-rubble habitats. They are sympatric with
Hemisquilla ensigera californiensis at one station north of Santa Catalina
Island, and are probably uncommon at several other sites In the Southern
California Bight. They, and close relatives occur south of California.
Schmictius policus (Bigelow, 1891) fide Manning, 1972
Crustacea: Hoplocarida: Stomatopoda.
PL Code: C-212
Date examined 22 July, 19£
Voucher by: Larry Basch
Synonmy: Squilla pollta Bigelow, L891
Meiosquilla polita (Bigelow, 189L)
Literature: Schmitt, W.L., 1940, The Stomatopods of the West coast of America,
based on collections made by the Allan Hancock expeditions, 1933-38.
Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions , 5(4): 129-225. See p, 146 for
Squilla polita Bigelow and included references. Refer also to
Stomatopod Bibliography.
Diagnostic Characters:
1. Rostrum spade-shaped, posterior margin indented with small lobes
extending poscerio-laterally.
2. Eyes strongly bllobed, with distinct, narrow median band of
ommatidia separating lobes.
3. Dactylus of maxilllped 2 (thoracopod 2) armed with 4 distinct
spines, including distal one. Outer margin smooth, curving
from distal tip to past the most proximal tooth, followed by
a small shoulder before the proximal heel, the latter used for
hammering or crushing prey.
4. Telson as figured in Schmitt, 1940 and attached table. Note
spinatlon pattern on 6th abdominal segment (pleotelson).
5. Body coloration overall light golden brown, with darker brown
pigmented chromatophores scattered randomly throughout body.
Some specimens have darker pigments concentrated at the margins
of thoracic and abdominal segments. Rostrum and other anterior
body regions have dark brown clustered chromatophores.
Comments: This animal is not easily confused with other mantis shrimps in
the California region, but has close relatives to the south. It is
recorded as far north as Monterey Bay where, if this record Is
substantiated, it must be very rare. The southern range limit is
recorded as off Punt a Abreojos, Baja California, Sur, but is likely
even further south. It is probably the second most abundant
stomatopod in California (after Kemisquilla enslgera californiensis ) •
Habitats range from shallow coastal lagoons in Southern California,
to back bay and deep (150m) open ocean soft bottom
KEY TO THE ONUPHIDAE OF POINT LOMA
revised 1 by Dean Pasko, 11/91
1. Tentacular cirri absent; outer lateral occipital antennae
clavate (club-shaped) (Fig. 1) . - . . Hvalinoecia iuvenalis
Tentacular cirri present; outer lateral occipital antennae
cirriform (Figs. 2 & 3) 2
2. One to three anterior parapodia prolonged and directed forward
(Fig. 2).3
Anterior parapodia not prolonged and directed forward (Fig.
3) .5
3. Setiger 1 with prolonged parapodia and auricular presetal
lobes - parapodia ~2x the size of the other parapodia (Fig.
4) ; cirrifonn ventral cirri on setigers 1 & 2; eyes present
. Nothria occidental is
Two or three setigers with prolonged parapodia and long,
distally crooked composite setae (Fig. 2); auricular presetal
lobes absent; eyes absent.. . .4
4* Setigers 1 and 2 with prolonged parapodia and cirriform
ventral cirri; branchiae present from setiger 4 .
. Rhamphobrachium cristobalensis
Setigers 1-3 with prolonged parapodia and cirriform ventral
cirri; branchiae present from setiger 8 .
. Rhamphobrachium lonaisetosum
5. Branchiae large, spiral - numerous filaments arranged spirally
around a central axis - and beginning on setigers 4 or 5 (Fig.
5c) . Diopatra sp. 2
Branchiae simple, cirriform or pectinate, beginning on various
setigers (Fig. 5a & b).6
6. Pseudocompound hooks of setigers 1-3 with prolonged, pointed
hoods (Fig. 6a) ; body white, lacking any pigment pattern . .
. £arad jg pa.tra parya
Pseudocompound hooks with blunt hoods (Fig. 6b & c) ; body
usually pigmented . 7
1 Revised from 12/84 key by D. Ituarte.
2 This group includes Diopatra tridentata , fi. ornata and D.
splendidissima . which are not readily distinguishable except by
their tubes or ecology. D. tridentata has a smooth, silty and
annulated tube. D. ornata has a chit ini zed, parchment-like tube
covered with shell and other debris. splendidissima is found in
shallow waters to 20 m. The genus is presently under revision by
Hannelore Paxton, at the Western Australian Museum, NSW, Australia.
7.
Branchiae present after setiger 6; ceratophores with 5 or
fewer rings (see Fig. 1); compound spinigers present in some
anterior setigers (see below; "joint" frequently located
within parapodia, mount several parapods on compound
microscope) . 8
Branchiae present from setiger 1; ceratophores with 10 or more
rings (Fig. 3); compound spinigers absent . 9
8. Branchiae present from setiger 6 or 7; dorsum generally pale
with paired black spots on anterior segments; compound
spinigers from setigers 7-19 . Mooreonuphis nebulosa
Branchiae present from setiger 19; dorsum generally pale
transverse bands on anterior segments; compound spinigers from
setigers 4-16. Mooreonuphis stigmata
9. Branchiae at least bifid, usually pectinate after setiger 18-
20; ceratophores with up to 21 distinct rings; subacicular
hooks first present from setiger 8 (Fig. 7) .
. o n u phi s ere mite parva
Branchiae simple throughout; ceratophores with 15 or fewer
rings that may be indistinct; subacicular hooks first present
after to setiger 8. 10
10. With bi- and tridentate pseudocompound hooks (Fig* 5b & c) ;
cirriform ventral cirrus in first 5 setigers; first 5 setigers
elongate. Onuphis eleaans
All pseudocompound hooks tridentate; cirriform ventral cirrus
in first 6-7 setigers; first 6-7 setigers elongate; anterior
setigers iridescent . 11
11. Subacicular hooks first present from setiger 9; anterior
setigers with distinct transverse pigment band across the
posterior half of each segment .
. Onuphis sp. 1 (=0. "intermediates" of Pt. Loma)
Subacicular hooks first present from setiger 12 (occasionally
setiger 10 in juveniles and sub-adults); pigment pattern does
not include a distinct transverse pigment band across the
segments, though a diffuse or light band may be present,
especially in juveniles . Onuphis iridescens
Fig. 3. Onuphis sp.,
anterior end.
Fig. 1. Hyalinoecia
juvenalis,
anterior end.
Fig. 4. Nothria occidentalis T
parapod L.
Fig. 5. Branchiae:
a) simple;
b) pectinate;
c) spiral.
Fig* 6. Hooded hooks with:
a) prolonged, pointed hood;
b) short, blunt hood and
bidentate hook;
c) short, blunt hood and
tridentate hook.
Fig. 7. a) Parapod
from mid-body
showing sub-
acicular hook;
b) sub-acicular
hook.
KEY TO THE CHAETOPTERIDAE OF POINT LOMA
by Dean Pasko/Ron Velarde
2/3/92
1. Ventrum without color pattern; setigers 1-9 short, of equal
length (Fig. 1); setiger 4 with several major spines ....
. Mesochaetopterus sp.
Ventrum with a combination of light or dark brown and chalky
white color pattern (Fig. 2); at least setiger 4 somewhat
elongate; setiger 4 with one major spine . 2
i
2. Ventrum with dark brown band on setigers 6 & 7; setigers 7-11
chalky white; peristomial flaps prominent (Fig. 2a); eyes
present . Spiochaetopterus costarum
Ventrum with light brown band beginning on setiger 5; setigers
6-9 (occasionally 6-11) chalky white; peristomial flaps absent
(Figs. 3a & 4a) ? eyes absent or present.3
3. Eyes present; setiger 5 light brown and setigers 6-9
(occasionally 6-11) chalky white (Fig. 3) .
. Phvllochaetopterus prolifica
Eyes absent; setigers 5 & 6 light brown and setigers 6-8
chalky white (Fig. 4). Phvl lochaetopterus limicola
Figure 2. Spiochaetopterus
costarum : a) anterior end,
dorsal view; b) anterior
end, ventral view showing
color pattern.
Figure 3. Fhyllochaetopterus
prolifica : a) anterior end
dorsal view; b) anterior
end, ventral view showing
color pattern.
b.
Figure 4. Fhyllochaetopterus limicola :
a) anterior end, dorsal view; b) anter-
REFERENCES FOR ACCOMPANYING FIGURES
Figures 1, 3a Hartman, O. 1969. Atlas of Sedentariate
and 4a Polychaetous Annelids from California. Allen
Figure 2
Hancock Foundation, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles: pp* 207-220.
Uebelacher, J. M., and P. G. Johnson
(Editors). 1984. Taxonomic Guide to the
Polychaetes of the Northern Gulf of Mexico.
Final Report to the Minerals Management
Service, contract 14-12-001-29-91. Barry A.
Vittor & Associates, Inc. Mobile, Alabama.
Vol. II: p. 11-7. (modified from)
THALASSINTDEA OF THE TEMPERATE NORTHEAST PACIFIC
Donald B. Cadien
Marine Biology Laboratory, JWPCP
County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County
Thalassinoid "shrimps 1 ' have received considerable attention in the last 15 years. The
group has undergone significant taxonomic revision at generic and family levels, and its
ecological importance has become better recognized. The mud (or ghost) shrimps that make
up this group all burrow. Estimates made over 50 years ago suggested thalassinoid
bioturbation rates were high (MacGinitie 1934). The actual magnitude of their impact on
benthic communities has now been experimentally established (Posey 1986, Branch & Pringle
1987, Dobbs <& Guckert 1988), and is truly dramatic in many instances.
The thalassinoid families are distributed in overlapping series along a bathymetric
gradient. The callianassids are primarily intertidal-shallow subtidal, but may extend to
depths of more than 100m. Upogebiids and laomediids are usually found at shallow-subtidal
to mid-shelf depths, with the Ctenochelidae and the closely related Axiidae and
Calocarididae containing species which occur from raid-shelf to bathyal depths.
Although all thalassinoids burrow, axiids seem to construct the deepest burrows
(Pemberton et al 1976), while callianassids appear to have the greatest community impact
(ie. Suchanek 1983). Burrowing generally occurs in sediments although there are several
species which burrow only into sponges (Williams 1987) or corals (Sakai 1970). Such
specialized burrowers are all in the family Upogebiidae. Some species may not form
complete burrows, opting instead for excavation of cavities under or between rocks.
Burrow structure is related to nutritive mode of the species (Griffis & Suchanek
1991), with species which filter feed, deposit feed, and detritus feed all forming distinctive
burrow types. Deposit feeders may perhaps be further subdivided into those that only
process sediments, and those which also intentionally groom the burrow walls to facilitate
bacterial or meiofaunal growth (Dobbs & Guckert 1988).
The necessity of respiring in burrow water which may be isolated by tidal flux for long
enough to become hypoxic or anoxic has led to great physiologic tolerance of low oxygen
conditions in intertidal species. This same ability allows subtidal species to burrow deeply
below the redox potential discontinuity layer. Despite their tolerance of low oxygen tensions,
thalassinids routinely ventilate their burrows through pleopod beating. Burrow water
exchange during ventilation oxygenates subsurface sediment pore water and aids elemental
diagenesis in benthic sediments.
Schram (1986) indicated seven families in the Infraorder Thalassinidea: Thalassinidae,
Axiidae, Laomediidae, Callianassidae, Callianideidae, Upogebiidae, and Axianassidae. This
arrangement has been modified by resurrection of the family Calocarididae (Kensley 1989),
by submergence of the Axianassidae within the Laomediidae (Kensley and Heard 1990), and
by elevation of the callianassid subfamily Ctenochelinae to family rank (Manning and Felder
1991). All follow the basic decapod body plan, and are grossly similar. With the exception
of the Axiidae (and some callianideids), they are united by possession of tinea thalassinica,
two grooves which run between the anterior and posterior carapace margins. These lines are
l
usually most easily seen in lightly calcified forms such as callianassids. In some species they
may be undetectable on the posterior portions of the carapace.
Although elongate, "shrimp-like 1 ', and
popularly called shrimp, thalassinoids are
"reptant" decapods rather than caridean or
dendrobranchiate shrimp. Their placement
among other groups within the decapods has
varied over time. They have usually been
included in the Anomura (and will be found
there in most texts). Recent phylogenetic
analyses tend to show the inclusion of the
thalassinoids in the Anomura as no longer
tenable (Saint Laurent, 1979; Burkenroad,
1981; McLaughlin, 1983; Schram, 1986).
Their removal from the Anomura yields a
more cohesive residual group for which
McLaughlin (1983) suggests resurrecting the
Anomala of de Haan. Brusca and Brusca
(1990) place thalassinoids at the infraordinal
level - on a par with Brachyura and Caridea.
General structural features of the group are
indicated in Figures 1 and 2.
Structures important in separation of
the various thalassinoids found in our area
reside primarily on the rostrum and anterior
margin of the carapace; the chelae; the
other four pairs of legs; the telson and
uropods; the pleopods; and the antennae
and antennulae. Since animals recovered in
environmental monitoring samples are often
without attached appendages, substitute
characters have been sought which allow
identification in their absence.
Species of Axiidae, Laomediidae,
Calocarididae, Callianassidae, Ctenochelidae
and Upogebiidae are present in the
temperate to boreal waters of the Northeast
Pacific. The remaining two families are more
tropica] in distribution. Schmitt (1921)
reported nine species of thalassinoids from our area. The list of Wicksten (1980) mirrored
that of Schmitt, but excluded Calastacus investigatoris (now Lophaxius rathbunae ). Both lists
indicated that Caffianassa longimana of Stimpson 1857 was still a valid species. It was,
however, placed in the synonymy of CaUianassa gigas (now Neotrypaea gigas ) by Biffar in his
1972 thesis.
2
abdominal segments
carapace
rostrum
j* e
y antennule
antenna
Schematic drawing of Upogebia. A. Animal in lateral view; H, Coxa and associated articles of legs 1—3 in ventral viewi c .
Carpus; eg. Cervical groove; ch. Cheliped; cx. Coxa {sometimes spined); d. Dactyl; c. Eye; cn. Endopodiic: cx, Exopodile; k Ischium;
m. Menrs {sometimes spined proximally). p. Pro pod us: pi. PI cur on (sometimes bearing spinulcs); pr . Proiopodiic; pJ. Postorbital
spine; St, Stemite (sometimes bearing spinules); tt, Thalassinidean line.
Figure 2. General anatomy of Upogebia in lateral/ventral views
(from Williams, 1986)
Neither list included Naushonia maeginitiei (Glassell 1938), the only member of the
Laomediidae known locally. Aside from the original collection at La Jolla , I know of only
two additional specimens. Both were taken during the aftermath of the strong 1982-83 El
Nifio event; one in San Diego Bay, and one in Long Beach Harbor. The distinctive larvae
of Naushonia (Thompson 1903) were noted occasionally between 1969 and 1984 (Sowby,
personal communication) in Alamitos Bay, Long Beach Harbor, and nearshore on the open
coast as far north as Ventura; so the dearth of adult specimens probably reflects difficulty
of sampling rather than the rarity or intermittent occurrence of the species. George
MacGinitie’s collection of the types "under stones in a small pool at extreme low water"
indicates that these animals probably frequent the rock/sand ecotone, and may be most
effectively sampled by divers using bait.
3
This species was originally described as Homoriscus macginitiei , but Homoriscus was
synonymized with Naushonia by Chace (1939). The genus was reviewed by Gay and
Pravenzano (1979) whose key was modified by Martin and Abele (1982) to include an
additional species from Panama.
Williams (1986) examined the genus Upogebia in the Northeast Pacific and recognized
three new species previously confused with Upogebia pugettensis. Inclusion of his three new
species and Naushonia raises the number of thalassinoids known from our area to twelve.
The record of Calastacus stilirostris Faxon 1893 (described from off Acapulco) in waters off
Washington and western Canada (Kozloff 1987), if accurate, adds a 13th thalassinoid to the
temperate Northeast Pacific fauna.
Revisions of the Axiidae by Sakai and de Saint Laurent (1989), and of the
Callianassidae by Saint Laurent (1974) and Manning and Felder (1991) have modified the
generic placement of several of our species. These changes are reflected in the list below.
Status of some species remains in flux. Acanthaxius spinulicaudus should apparently be
transferred yet again to Calocarides an action to take place in a forthcoming monograph on
the Axiidae (Kensley, personal communication). Unfortunately just after the revision of the
American callianassids by Manning and Felder, Holthuis found Neotrypaea affinis was a
homonym, and erected the replacement name Neotrypaea biffari (Manning, personal
communication).
Additional changes will occur when the west coast callianassids are reexamined
monographically. The necessity of this project has long been apparent. Biffar (1972) noted
a number of provisional Callianassa species in his thesis work, but has not since published
either the thesis, or papers describing his provisional forms further. Biffar’s descriptions and
illustrations are not referable to individual specimens, and since several of his provisional
taxa were based on mixed lots (Manning, personal communication), determination of his taxa
will prove difficult. Dr. Ray Manning of the Smithsonian Institution is considering such a
revision, seeing it as a natural outgrowth of his recent revision of the existing American
species (Manning and Felder 1991). This revision, if ultimately undertaken, is at least
several years off.
Several people assisted in the gathering of the information presented here. I wish to
thank Dr. Brian Kensley, Dr. Ray Manning, and Dr. Austin Williams of the Smithsonian
Institution; Dr, Jody Martin of the Los Angeles County Museum; and Dr. Tom Suchanek
of the University of California, Davis. Special thanks are to to Austin Williams for
constructive comments on an earlier version of this article.
4
List of Temperate Northeast Pacific Thalassinoids
and their primary synonyms
Family Axiidae Huxley 1879
Acanthaxius spinulicaudus (Rathbun 1902)
Axiopsis spinulicauda [= Acanthaxius spinulicaudus]
Calastacus quinqueseriatus [= Calocarides quinqueseriatus]
Calocarides quinqueseriatus (Rathbun 1902)
Family Calocarididae Ortmann, 1891
Calastacus investigatoris of Rathbun 1904 and Schmitt 1921 [= Lophaxius rathbunae]
Calastacus stUirostris Faxon 1893
Calocaris investigatoris of Sakai and Saint Laurent, pars[ = Lophaxius rathbunae]
Lophaxius rathbunae Kensley 1989
Family Laomediidae Borradaile, 1903
Homoriscus macginitiei [= Naushonia macginitiei]
Naushonia macginitiei (Glassell 1938)
Family Callianassidae Dana 1852
Callianassa affinis [= Neotrypaea biffari]
Callianassa califomiensis [= Neotrypaea califomiensis]
Callianassa gigas [= Neotrypaea gigas]
Callianassa longimana [= Neotrypaea gigas]
Neotrypaea affinis [=Neotrypaea biffari]
Neotrypaea biffari Holthuis 1991
Neotrypaea califomiensis (Dana 1854)
Neotrypaea gigas (Dana 1852)
Family Ctenochelidae Manning and Felder 1991
Callianassa goniophthalma [= Callianopsis goniophthalma]
CalUanopsis goniophthalma (Rathbun 1901)
Family Upogebiidae Borradaile 1903
Upogebia lepta Williams 1986
Upogebia macginitieorum Williams 1986
Upogebia onychion Williams 1986
Upogebia pugettensis (Dana 1852)
5
Literature Cited
Biffar, Thomas A. A study of the eastern Pacific representatives of the genus Callianassa
(Crustacea, Decapoda, Callianassidae). 1972. PhD, Dissertation, University of Miami,
Coral Gables, Fla.
Branch, G. M. & A, Pringle. The impact of the sand prawn CaUianassa kraussi Stebbing on
sediment turnover and on bacteria, meiofauna and benthic microflora* Journal of
Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology; 1987; 107: 219-235*
Brusca, Richard C. & Gary J. Brusca* Invertebrates. Sinaur Associates, Inc* Sunderland,
Massachusetts. 1990. 922pp.
Burkenroad, Marti® D, The higher taxonomy and evolution of Decapoda (Crustacea).
Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History; 1981; 19: 251-268*
Chace, Fenner A Jr. On the systematic status of the crustacean genera Naushonia y
Homoriscus, and Coralliocrangon, Annals and Magazine of Natural History; 1939;
11(3): 524-530.
Dobbs, Fred C. & J. B. Guckert. Callianassa trilobata (Crustacea: Thalassinidea) influences
abundance of meiofauna and biomass, composition, and physiologic state of microbial
communities within it’s burrow. Marine Ecology - Progress Series.; 1988; 45(1-2):
68-79.
GlasseU, Steve A. New and obscure decapod Crustacea from the west American coasts.
Transactions of the san Diego Society of Natural History; 1938; 8(33): 411-454.
Goy, J. W. & Anthony J. Provenzano, Jr. Juvenile morphology of the rare burrowing mud
shrimp Naushonia crangonoides Kingsley, with a review of the genus Naushonia
(Decapoda: Thalassinidea: Laomediidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington; 1979; 92: 339-359.
Griffis, Roger B. Sc Thomas H. Suchanek. A model of burrow architecture and trophic
modes in thalassinidean shrimp (Decapoda: Thalassinidea). Marine Ecology -
Progress Series; 1991; 79: 171-183,
Kensley, Brian. New genera in the thalassinidean families Calocarididae and Axiidae
(Crustacea: Decapoda). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington; 1989;
102: 960-967.
Kensley, Brian Sc Richard Heard. The genus Axianassa (Crustacea: Decapoda:
Thalassinidea) in the Americas. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington;
1990; 103(3): 558-572.
Kozloff, Eugene N. Marine Invertebrates of the Pacific Northwest. 509pp. Seattle: University
of Washington Press; 1987.
MacGinitie, George E. The natural history of Callianassa califomiensis Dana. American
Midland Naturalist; 1934; 15:155-177.
Manning, Raymond B. Sc Darryl L. Felder. Revision of the American Callianassidae
(Crustacea: Decapoda: Thalassinidea). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington; 1991; 104(4): 764-792.
Martin, Joel W. Sic Lawrence G. Abele. Naushonia panamensis , new species (Decapoda:
Thalassinidea: Laomediidae) from the Pacific coast of Panama, with notes on the
genus. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington; 1982; 95(3): 478-483.
6
McLaughlin, Patsy A* Hermit crabs - are they really polyphyletic. Journal of Crustacean
Biology; 1983; 3:608-621.
Pemberton, S. J,, M* J. Risk Sc D. E. Buckley. Supershrimp: deep bioturbation in the Strait
of Canso, Nova Scotia. Science; 1976; 192: 790-791.
Posey, Martin H. Changes in a benthic community associated with dense beds of a
burrowing deposit feeder, Callianassa califomiensis. Marine Ecology - Progress Series;
1986; 31:15-22.
Saint Laurent, Michele de. Sur la systematique et la phylogenie des Thalassinidea: Definition
des families des Callianassidae et des Upogebiidae et diagnose de cinq genres
nouveaux (Crustacea Decapoda). Compte rendus Academie des Sciences, Paris (D);
1974 (1973); 277: 513-516.
Saint Laurent, Michele de. Vers une nouvelle classification des Crustac6s Dfccapodes
Reptantia. Bulletin de I’Office National des Pfcches de Tunisie; 1979; 3: 15-31.
Sakai, Katsushi. A new coral burrower, Upogebia trypeta sp. nov.(Crustacea, Thalassinidea)
collected from Amami-Oshima, Japan. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological
Laboratory; 1970; 18: 49-56.
Sakai, Katsushi & Michele de Saint Laurent. A check list of Axiidae (Decapoda, Crustacea,
Thalassinidea, Anomala), with remarks and in addition descriptions of one new
subfamily, eleven new genera and two new species. Naturalists; 1989; 3:1-104.
Schmitt, Waldo L. The Marine Decapod Crustacea of California. University of California
Publications in Zoology; 1921; 23:1-470.
Schram, Frederick R. Crustacea, pp. vii-xiv+606. New York:Oxford University Press; 1986.
Suchanek, Thomas H. Control of seagrass communities and sediment distribution by
Callianassa (Crustacea, Thalassinidae) bioturbation. Journal of Marine Research;
1983; 41: 281-298.
Thompson, M. T. A rare thalassinid and its larva. Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History; 1903; 31(1): 1-21.
Wickstcn, Mary K. Crustacea and Pycnogonida. pp. 196-223 IN: Straughan, Dale & Richard
W. Klink (compilers). A Taxonomic Listing of Common Marine Invertebrate Species
from Southern California. Technical Reports of the Allan Hancock Foundation #3.
Los Angeles, California: Allan Hancock Foundation/Institute For Marine And Coastal
Studies; 1980.
Williams, Austin B. Mud shrimps, Upogebia, from the Eastern Pacific (Thalassinoidea:
Upogebiidae). Memoirs of the San Diego Society of Natural History; 1986; 14: 1*60.
Williams, Austin B. Upogebia synagelas , new species, a commensal mud shrimp from sponges
in the Western Central Atlantic (Decapoda: Upogebiidae). Proceedings of the
Biological Society of Washington; 1987; 100(3): 590-595.
7
KEY TO THE THALASSINIDEA OF THE TEMPERATE NORTHEAST PACIFIC
based on keys in Schmitt (1921), Williams (1986), Sakai and de Saint Laurent (1989), and Kensley (1989)
D.B.Cadien, LACSD - April 1992
1 .
2 .
3.
4.
5.
6 .
7.
8 .
9.
10 .
11 .
12 .
Abdominal pleurae large, extending well below stemites (Axiidae, Calocarididae and
Laomediidae).2
Abdominal pleurae small, not covering or barely covering sides of stemites (Callianassidae,
Ctenochelidae and Upogebiidae).6
Rostrum acute, longer than broad (Axiidae & Calocarididae).3
Rostrum as broad as long, spatulate, with serrated anterior border (Laomediidae).
Naushoma macginihei
Hermaphroditic; pleopod 1 present in all specimens, spatulate .4
Pleopod 1 absent in rf 1 , present and slender in ? ..... 5
Carapace with anterolateral tooth and with post-cervical carina or ridge. Pleurobranchs
present on pleopods 2-4. Lophaxius rathbunae
Anterolateral margin of carapace unarmed, and post-cervical carina or ridge absent. No
pleurobranchs present on pleopods . Calastacus stilirostm
Rostral carina in sections continuing to gastric region; carapace lateral ridges lacking spines
. Acanthaxius spinulicaudus
Rostral carina unbroken to gastric region; carapace lateral ridges strongly spined
. Calocarides quinqueseriatus
Rostrum large, tridentate, rough and hairy. First pereopods subequal, with very small pollex
(fixed finger), tending to become subchelate; other pereopods not chelate. External
maxillipeds pediform . (Upogebiidae)7
Rostrum reduced or absent. First pereopods unequal, chelae well developed; pereopod 2
chelate. External maxillipeds operculiform . (Callianassidae & Ctenochelidae) 10
Postocular spine absent or at most obsolescent (tiny). Upogebia macgpiitieomm
Postocular spine present and well developed .8
Pereopod 3 with inconspicuous proximoventral spines on merus; articles 1 and 2 of antennular
peduncle bearing large distoventral spines. Upogebia lepta
Pereopod 3 lacking meral spines; article 2 of antennular peduncle lacking large distoventral
spine (small spine may be present on article 1) .9
Pollex (fixed finger) of chelae with slender laterally compressed tip; small spine distoventrally
on article 1 of antennule. Upogebia pugettensis
Pollex (fixed finger) of chelae with broad tip flattened on prehensile edge and corneous;
antennular peduncle spineless . Upogebia onychion
Uropodal endopod carinate dorsally (Ctenochelidae) . Callianopsis goniophthabna
Uropodal endopod lacking dorsal carina (Callianassidae).II
Eyestalks with acute and divergent tips .12
Eyestalks with tips tuberculiform and parallel. Neotrypaea biffari
Anterior carapace margin rounded medially: cornea emergent (surface above cornea
definitely convex). Neotrypaea califomiensis
Anterior carapace margin subacute to acute medially: cornea immersed (surface above cornea
almost flat) . Neotrypaea gigas
This key includes thalassinid species reported from the temperate North Eastern Pacific region. Their cryptic
habits make it likely other species will be taken, even in well investigated areas. Since these species may key to
an existing species, use the best available description of the named species to verify the key identification.
8
Nassarius fossatus (Could) BRITISH COLQMBIA-
BAJA CALIFORNIA
N A5 SAR1 lOAt
Nassarius insculptus (Carpenter)
off So.CALIFORNIA;
GULF OF CALIFORNIA
Nassarius perpinguis (Hinds) WASHINGTON-BAJA CALIFORNIA
£ O. d
J* « M
HASSMllDAR
3700
Nassarius tnendicus (Gould)
form cooper! (Forbes)
CALIFORNIA-BAJA CALIFORNIA
TS
ill
C 3 *4
u o ja
o
^ P O
luX
U * rH
0 3 4t
b HR
41 0 *
JC (S
v ►. >%
S tl rl M
h U (I
4 M-C
_ B 41 CL
6 3 -H
O >. ef L>
h H V 4
H h &
<4 'Ll
« h 01
C tt -0 *1
"ECU
3
W
3UJ
NASSAU Il OAF
H AssASdus Fcs.v*t«s'‘
MAasAftms
I--
Vt*-4A-<U-tc«0
£ ^jk ■
NCTE3
the stcmatopcd crlstacia (mantis shrimp) of California
L.V. Sasch 25VII3S
Four species of stomatopcd crustaceans have been reported from
the Southern California Bight. They are all usually uncommon or
rare in benthic trawl and grab samples. However, dense populations
of some species may occur locally* Numbers of some species appear
to have increased dramatically since 1983, following the latest large
El Nino. Individuals have been caught on hook and line, and all
should be handled with extreme caution to avoid serious injury.
When held out of water with two fingers behind the carapace and two
holding the telson, they should pose little threat, and may be
observed and measured if held on a flat surface.
Ranging in size from small to large: Nannosquilla anomala Manning,
1967 is known only from the type specimens taken at San Clemente
Island in 5-21m depths on sand bottom over 20 years ago. No additional
records are known. Schmittius politus (Bigelow, 1891) has been
recorded from shallow bay depths to about 150m depth in mud to coarse
sand bottom. Fseudosguillopsis marmorata Lockington, 1877 occurs from
shallow (about 7m) to 110m depths on sand and mixed sand-rock substrate
Specimens have been taken from impingements of electric generating
stations. Hemisquilla ensiqera californiensis Stephenson, 1967 have be
recorded from less than 5m to a maximum of 1300m, but are more often
collected from silty-sand habitats at depths shallower than 70m.
All small specimens, including postlarvae, may be easily confused.
The four Californian species may be easily distinguished from one
another by six characters: telson, dentition of the dactylus of the
enlarged second maxilliped or thoracopod, rostrum shape, eye shape,
body coloration and size (Total length). Refer to the attached
table for further information on these traits. The only larval
descriptions presently available are for Fseudosguillopsis (see Manning
1969). Any information and specimens of all species would be appreciate^
The systematics of mantis shrimps is beginning to approach stability
due mainly to the efforts of Raymond B. Manning and Frederick R. Schram.
The Order Stomatopoda is contained within the Class Malacostraca and
Subclass Hoplocarida. It is comprised of about 400 species in
four Superfamilies, three of which are known from California:
Gonodactyloidea; Lysiosquilloidea, and Squilloidea.
Morphological characters distinguishing the Stomatopods are*:
stalked compound eyes; well developed, laterally expanded carapace
covering cephalon and anterior half of thorax; antennules with three
segmented peduncle and three flagella; antennae with two segments and
exopod with segment expanded as scaphocerite antennal scale);
thoracic appendages: 8 pair, first 5 subchelate, second modified as an
enlarged, powerful raptorial claw (= 2nd maxilliped), all used in
feeding, thoracopods 6-8 biramous, used in locomotion; abdominal
appendages: 5 pair of biramous, laminar pleopods, often with gills,
sixth somite with uropods; telson: well developed, occasionally fused
with 6th abdominal somite (pleotelson) . usually well armored with spines
somites: head with 5, excluding acron; thorax with 8; abdomen with 6,
excluding telson; sexual characters: gonopores on 6th thoracic somite of
female, 8th of male, male with penes median to 8th thoracopods.
STOMATOPOD BIBLIOGRAPHY
Compiled by Larry Basel 1
25 July, 1988
Basch, L.V., and J.M. Engle, in press. Aspects of the ecology and
behavior of the stomatopod Hemisquilla ensiqera californiensis
(Gonodactyloidea: Hemisquillidae). Bollettino di Zoologia .
Basch, L.V., and J.M- Engle, in press. Biogeography of Hemisquilla
ensigera californiensis (Crustacea: Stomatopoda) with emphasis on
Southern California Bight populations. In: Recent advances in
research on the California Channel Islands , Edited by F.G- Hochberg.
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History/ Santa Barbara, California.
Basch, L.V., and J.M. Engle, 1985. Diel activity and foraging patterns
in Hemisquilla ensigera californiensis . American Zoologist , 25 (4) : 63.
Bigelow, R.F., 1891. Title Unknown (not seen). Johns Hopkins Univ.
Circular , 10 (88): 93. (Original description of Schmittius politus
as Squilla polita ).
Brusca, R.C., 1980. Arthropoda: Crustacea: Stomatopoda (Mantis Shrimp)
chapter 13, In: Common intertidal invertebrates of the Gulf of Californ
2nd edition, by R.C. Brusca. University of Arizona Press, Tucson, Arizo
Caldwell, R.L., and H. Dingle, 1976. Stomatopods. Scientific American ,
234: 80-89.
Haderlie, E.C., D.P. Abbott, and R.L. Caldwell, 1980. Three other
crustaceans: A Copepod, a Leptostracan, and a Stomatopod, chapter 26
in: Intertidal invertebrates of California , edited by R.H. Morris,
D.P. Abbott, and E.C. Haderlie, Stanford University Press, Stanford
California.
Holthuis, L.B., and R.B. Manning, 1969. Stomatopoda. In: R.C. Moore,
editor, Treatise on invertebrate paleontology . Part R, Arthropoda 4,
2: R535-R552. Geological Society of America.
Kunze, J., 1983. Stomatopoda and the evolution of the Hoplocarida. In:
F.R. Schram, editor. Crustacean phylogeny. Crustacean Issues , 1:
165-188. A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, Netherlands.
Manning, R.B., 1963. Hemisquilla ensigera (Owen, 1832) an earlier name
for H. bigelowi (Rathbun, 1910) (Stomatopoda). Crustaceana , 5 (4) :
315-317.
Manning, R.B., 1967. Nannosauilla anomala, a new Stomatopod Crustacean
from California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. , 80: 147-150.
Manning, R.B., 1969. The postlarvae and juvenile stages of two species
of Pseudosguillopsis (Crustacea: Stomatopoda) from the Eastern Pacific
region. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. , 82: 525-537.
Manning, R.B., 1980. The superfamilies, families, and genera of recent
Stomatopod Crustacea, with diagnoses of six new families. Proc. Biol._
Soc. Wash., 93 (2): 362-372.
STOMATOFOD BIBLIOGRAPHY p.2.
L.Basch
Manning, R.B., H. Schiff, and B.C. Abbott, 1984. Eye structure and
the classification of Stomatopod Crustacea. Zoologica Scripta . 13 (1):
41-44 *
McLaughlin, P.A., 1980. Subclass Hoplocarida, Order Stomatopoda, In:
Comparative morphology of recent Crustacea , by P.A. McLaughlin.
W.H. Freeman, San Francisco, California.
Reaka, M.L., 1979. The evolutionary ecology of life history patterns
in Stomatopod Crustacea. In: Reproductive ecology of marine
invertebrates , edited by S. Stancyk. University of South Carolina
Press, Columbia, South Carolina.
Reaka, M.L., 1986* Biogeographic patterns of body size in Stomatopod
Crustacea: Ecological and Evolutionary Consequences, In: Biogeography
of the Crustacea^ Crustacean Issues . A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, Netherlan
Schmitt, W.L., 1940. The Stomatopods of the West coast of America, has
on collections made by the Allan Hancock Expeditions, 1933-38.
Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions , 514): 129-225.
Schram, F.R., 1969. Some Middle Pennsylvanian Hoplocarida (Crustacea)
and their phylogenetic significance. Fieldiana: Geology , 12: 235-289.
Schram, F.R., 1986. Crustacea . Oxford University Press, New York, Oxfo
Stephenson, W., 1967. A comparison of Australasian and American
specimens of Hemisguilla ensigera (Owen, 1832)(Crustacea: Stomatopoda)*
Proc. U.S. National Museum, 120 (3564) : 1-18.
DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OP STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM CALIFORNIA
CHARACTER (none to scale)
L.V. Basch
SPECIES
ROSTRUM
SHAPE
EYE SHAPE
DACTYLUS OF
MAXXLLIPED 2
TELSON
BODY COLORATION
BODY SIZE
(TOTAL LENGTH)
Hemisguilla
ensigera
californiensis
Stevenson,
1967
Frontal
Later'al
Overall color
yellow-brown to
tan. Distal parts
of some limbs
yellow. Distal o
antennules, max-
illipeds, pereo-
£ plea-pods blue
Uropods deep blue
with red setae
Adults to 300nun;
Post-larvae to
40nun.
Pseudosguillopsis
marroorata
Lockington,
1677
Frontal
Dorsal
3 Spines
Overall color
light golden
brown w/ mottled
darker brown.
Uropods light
with red-purple
fringing setae.
Adults to
Juveniles
50mm;
Post-larvae
25 to 33mm.
1 2 Onun;
to
f ram
Nannosquilla
anomala
Manning, 1967
10-14 spines;
Outer margin
rounded, with
proximal basa
notch flanked
proximally 6
distaily by
small lobe.
Dorsal
Body covered w/
dark chromato-
phores, clusterec
on midline in
some spins. Black
pigmentation on
anterior of cara¬
pace, anterior
limbs, 6th abdm.
segment 6 telson.
Adults from
34 to 41.2mm.
Schmittius
politus
(Bigelow, 1891
8
Frontal
Median
4 Spinw
Overall color is
light golden
brown with dark
brown pigments
scattered througl
whole body & some
dark brown
clustered chrom-
Adults to 60mm;
Post-larvae from
16 to 23mm.
rvK H' scam it ywrn
7
n *| 3 t7\_ v\ dd$A~ >
Chfij-AopA~ $ A^pk'C^'
G-K^c-t ^^3 Ut^
Y>Vl1x ^ JuS-f */ ^Ltlj^rW SpCtA* ^ S C*J?/f,
/ { /l^W 'dt-P Sk&$I L^a-A ) YHls aJlAJij*_cf_^ A^S
A& imaJU oImWlL^AZ, ^
y/^S AjiCiJ^J -f^A^r IM& bwdJ O&cL tu'btJjL JU-xsOu&v Q/OtCu^
Wo ort'k&\ <Z_^Lr\<LLM~^' jAfiC$-&dju &JiL. AjX^>^o^ ^ o. j A ^
•$ dO-s^^LS
A ±d r
Y^as £<m$J) 5 l/iJ ua_^> a cs/Pl dj* Jits Jk'&'L QJy\
zAUM^d -X -y. tM-^Juf 0*.dJ ikj^ *2 a
■4bL kJs$ fat p 0 S&t lxJ)^ y^uAi t^Cj -
f)UyA UmJLP Jte-^ *to oL\mcL ij\ji o iaA Sf?<usL*->
&*->d O^A j h&r*~ \
^ $\$k£&tn^ ~ Scnr^J-' Hf WA/ p^dbui f j>vu& /\ 0 A A a **-o
dUcUdJL- SW/^/f vo^aA^ sAuAs -
* Jyuujt Sf. A ; ff y *2 ^ -h La d^SL
_ Ud>A
b>J*a l*M.-kjt b^ olft\4 / -A -i/'U3
^CAp\< . _ /
VfllA^ivW +-
m^'r^Aows/tfnrffi \ (vrf. p< 0
A y' ^
-5i lackLgttd ^LaA SLxA 0$ii'dj Y’A'^Aj jJ&ft <* JtpjAA&A-h
VK8‘th&0t frj olj^nOj^n^'j J v/l- fa&t-Q^r ^gsXMMS V> ^A Jp.rj* ; <^ .^i - jL ' L .
ft S* f-^d) ^SpACu^J
{h
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11